Gen 1.26: da animals, all da land, an all da small kine animals dat go aroun on top da groun.
Gen 2.11: One riva get da name Pishon, an go aroun da outside Havilah land.
Gen 2.13: One nodda riva get da name Gihon, an go aroun da outside Cush land.
Gen 2.14: One nodda river get da name Tigris, da one dat go by Assyria on da east side.)
Gen 2.21: Den da God Yahweh make da guy lay down an go pass out sleep.
Gen 2.22: He make her go by da guy.
Gen 2.24: (Dass how come da guys go way from dea fadda-mudda guys, an come tight wit dea wife,
Gen 3.5: But God ony saying dat, cuz he know, da same time you guys go eat da fruit from dat tree, jalike yoa eyes goin come open
Gen 3.7: Dey know dat dey naked, an dey go get plenny fig leaf an sew um togedda fo make someting fo
Gen 3.8: Dey go hide behin da trees inside dea, so da God Yahweh no can
Gen 3.10: Az why I wen go hide.
Gen 3.13: Da bugga wen go trick me!”
Gen 3.19: an sweat Fo get nuff food outa da groun, An afta, you goin go back to da dirt Cuz I wen make you outa da dirt.
Gen 3.22: So now, no good we let um go take da fruits from Da Tree Dat Make You Live Foeva, an
Gen 3.23: God make dem go work da same groun dat he wen make um outa, firs time.”
Gen 3.24: Afta dat, God neva let dem go back inside again.
Gen 3.24: fire dat come out, an dat move all aroun so nobody goin go nea da Tree Dat Make You Live Foeva.
Gen 4.8: We go ova dea country side!
Gen 4.8: Wen dey dea, Cain wen go kill his own brudda Abel.
Gen 4.9: I da guy suppose to take care my brudda an watch wea he go, o wat?”
Gen 4.12: From now, you gotta jus go one place inside dis world to anodda!
head: God Wen Make Cain Go Way
Gen 4.14: I gotta jus go hide!
Gen 4.14: Goin be lidis: I gotta jus go one place inside dis world to anodda, an anybody dat meet
Gen 4.16: Den Cain go way from da place wea da God Yahweh stay.”
Gen 4.16: He go da land dey call "Da Homeless Land" fo live ova dea, from
Gen 4.23: Had one guy dat go bus me up.
Gen 4.24: Kay den, anybody go kill me, Lamek, God goin kill seventy-seven a dem!
Gen 6.14: Go get cypress wood, an make one big boat fo yoaself.
Gen 6.16: round, eighteen inch down from da roof, so da light goin go inside.
Gen 6.18: You goin go inside da big boat, you an yoa boys, an yoa wife, an yoa
Gen 6.21: Dis wat you gotta do: Go get togedda ery kine ting dat you an da animals eat, an
head: Time Fo Go Inside Da Big Boat
Gen 7.1: Go inside da boat, you an all yoa ohana.
Gen 7.6: Dass wen da big watta from da sky wen go all ova da world.
Gen 7.7: an his boys, an his wife, and his boys wifes, dey all wen go inside da big boat togedda, fo get away from da big watta.
Gen 7.9: da groun, had two a dem, boy kine and girl kine, dat wen go by Noah fo go inside da big boat, jalike God wen tell Noah
Gen 7.9: two a dem, boy kine and girl kine, dat wen go by Noah fo go inside da big boat, jalike God wen tell Noah fo do.
Gen 7.13: same day dat Noah, an Noah boys Shem an Ham an Jafet, wen go inside da big boat, plus Noah wife an da three wahines dat
Gen 7.15: Dey all go by Noah inside da big boat.
Gen 7.16: Da ones dat go inside, had da boy kine an da girl kine fo ery kine ting
Gen 7.18: come mo an mo plenny on top da groun, an da big boat just go hea an dea on top da watta.
Gen 7.20: An still yet, da watta stay go up, till was mo den 25 feet ova da top a all da mountains.
head: Da Watta Start Fo Go Down
Gen 8.1: wen make da wind blow ova da world, an da watta start fo go down.
Gen 8.3: bout five month, da watta dat stay on top da groun wen go down litto bit.
Gen 8.7: da groun, dat Noah wen open da window he wen make an let go one black scavenja bird, da kine dey call “raven.
Gen 8.7: Dat bird go out an fly aroun one side an da odda side an come back,
Gen 8.8: Afta dat, Noah wen let go one dove, fo find out if da watta stay going down awready
Gen 8.9: But da dove neva can find one dry place fo go down, so wen go back by Noah inside da big boat, cuz still
Gen 8.9: But da dove neva can find one dry place fo go down, so wen go back by Noah inside da big boat, cuz still yet get watta
Gen 8.10: Noah wen wait one mo week, an he let da dove go out from da big boat one mo time.
Gen 8.11: Az how Noah know dat da watta wen go down fo real kine from on top da groun.
Gen 8.12: Still yet, he wait one mo week for let go da dove one mo time.
head: Da Watta Go Down
Gen 8.13: inside da year, an da firs day inside da month, Noah wen go take off da canvas dat cova da open space aroun da top a
Gen 8.16: Go outside da big boat, you an yoa wife, an yoa boys an dea
Gen 8.18: So Noah an his wife, an his boys an dea wifes, wen go outside.
Gen 8.19: All da diffren ohanas wen go outside da big boat, ery animal an eryting dat crawl on
Gen 8.21: Cuz from small kid time, weneva da peopo go tink an make plan, dey ony like do bad kine stuff.
Gen 9.1: He tell um, “Get plenny kids now, an go make da world wit mo plenny peopo.
Gen 9.5: An fo you guys too, anybody dat go make you guys bleed an mahke, eh!
Gen 9.5: An anybody dat go kill one guy o one wahine, I da Judge, an I goin take away
Gen 9.6: Whoeva go make somebody bleed an mahke, Somebody gotta make dem
Gen 9.7: Get plenny kids, an go fill up da world wit mo plenny peopo.
Gen 9.19: Dey da three Noah boys, dat erybody no matta wea dey go all ova da whole world, dey come from dem.
Gen 9.22: But Ham, he no shame, he go outside da tent make big deal bout um to da two brudda
Gen 9.23: Dey go get one blanket an hold um behind dem an go backwards
Gen 9.23: Dey go get one blanket an hold um behind dem an go backwards inside da tent, an dey cova him wit da blanket.
Gen 9.27: I like Jafet an his peopo go live togedda wit da Shem ohana, But da Canaan ohana, dey
Gen 10.11: From dea, Nimrod wen go take ova eryting Assyria side an build Nineveh town,
Gen 10.19: Canaan peopo wen live wen start makai side, from Sidon, an go by Gerar nea Gaza, den go mauka side by Sodom an Gomorrah,
Gen 10.19: start makai side, from Sidon, an go by Gerar nea Gaza, den go mauka side by Sodom an Gomorrah, an from dea go by Admah
Gen 10.19: Gaza, den go mauka side by Sodom an Gomorrah, an from dea go by Admah an Zeboim nea Lasha.
Gen 10.19: Lata, da diffren ohanas dat wen come from Canaan, dey wen go live all ova da place).
Gen 10.30: Da place wea dey all wen live go from Mesha to Sefar, dass da up country east side.
Gen 11.3: Erybody tell dea friends: “Eh, we go make brick fo house, da kine you put inside da fire fo
Gen 11.4: We go build one big town fo all us guys.
Gen 11.4: We make one big towa dea dat go up inside da sky wea God stay!
Gen 11.5: Yahweh Up Dea Inside Da Sky, he wen go down by dea town fo look, an fo check out da towa dat da
Gen 11.9: Dass how Yahweh wen make all da diffren peopos go way from Shinar an go all ova da world.
Gen 11.9: wen make all da diffren peopos go way from Shinar an go all ova da world.
Gen 11.31: He tell um: “Eh, we all go move house Canaan side!
Gen 11.31: So dey wen go outa Ur, da Chaldea town, to Canaan side.
Gen 11.31: But dey neva go Canaan yet.”
Gen 12.1: Go way from yoa own country an yoa own ohana.
Gen 12.1: Go way from yoa fadda house.
Gen 12.4: So, dass how come Abram go way from Haran, jalike his God Yahweh wen tell um fo do.
Gen 12.4: Lot, da nephew, he go too.
Gen 12.5: Dey start fo go Canaan side, an bumbye, dey get dea.
head: Abram Go Canaan Side
Gen 12.6: Den Abram dem start fo go from one side Canaan land to da odda side.
Gen 12.6: Da Canaan peopo dat live ova dea awready stay go Moreh, fo find out wat dea gods like dem fo do.
Gen 12.8: From dea, Abram dem go mo down inside da Canaan land.”
Gen 12.8: Dey go up country, da east side from Bethel town.
Gen 12.9: Lata on, Abram dem go way from dea an move da tents, litto bit mo south erytime.
Gen 12.10: So Abram, he go move house Egypt side short time, cuz hard time fo dem.
Gen 12.11: Jus befo dey go inside da Egypt land, Abram tell his wife Sarai, “Eh!
Gen 12.12: dey goin say, ‘Dat wahine, she dis guy wife,’ an dey goin go kill me an let you stay alive.
Gen 12.15: Egypt peopo call dea king guy), dey wen spock her, an dey go tell da Pharaoh guy all kine good stuff bout her.
Gen 12.20: Abram wen go home from dea wit his wife an all his stuffs.
Gen 13.2: Dat time, wen he wen go outa Egypt, he go da Negev side, him an his wife an Lot an
Gen 13.2: Dat time, wen he wen go outa Egypt, he go da Negev side, him an his wife an Lot an all dea stuffs.
Gen 13.3: Afta Abram come Negev side, he go ery day litto bit moa up country.
Gen 13.5: Da nephew Lot, he stick wit Abram, all da diffren place he go.
Gen 13.9: If you like go left side, I go right side.
Gen 13.9: If you like go left side, I go right side.
Gen 13.9: If you like go right side, I go left side.
Gen 13.9: If you like go right side, I go left side.
Gen 13.11: Him an his peopo, dey wen go move house ova dea, da east side.)
Gen 13.12: Lot, he go stay nea da valley towns.
Gen 13.14: Afta Lot dem wen go way from Abram, Yahweh tell Abram: “Eh!
Gen 13.14: Go check out all da land you can see from dis place, ery
Gen 13.17: So, go now.
Gen 13.17: Go holoholo all ova da land.
Gen 13.18: Dass why Abram wen go move his tents.
Gen 13.18: He go live Hebron side, nea da big trees wea Mamre live.”
Gen 14.4: odda king guys from da big towns aroun Babylon wen stay go togedda fo give hard time to da peopo dat live aroun da
Gen 14.4: Dey go get all dea army guys togedda fo get ready wen da
Gen 14.5: an da three king guys dat stay tight wit him, dey all wen go ova dea wit dea army guys fo make war wit da Sodom guys
Gen 14.5: Befo Kedorla`omer guys get dea, dey all go Ashterot-Karnaim side an make war wit da Refa peopo.
Gen 14.5: Den dey go Ham side an make war wit da Zuz peopo.
Gen 14.5: Den dey go Shaveh-Kiriathaim side an make war wit da Em peopo.
Gen 14.6: Den dey go up country to da Seir mountains an make war wit da Hor
Gen 14.7: Den da king guys from aroun Babylon, dey start fo go back home.
Gen 14.10: da ones from Sodom an Gomorrah an dea king guys, dey all go run away from da Babylon army guys.
Gen 14.11: Den da four king guys from Babylon an dea army guys wen go take all da stuffs dat get inside Sodom an Gomorrah, an
Gen 14.11: dat get inside Sodom an Gomorrah, an all dea food, an dey go.
Gen 14.13: He go by Abram da Hebrew guy an tell wat happen.
Gen 14.14: He tell um all fo go out wit him, an dey chase da Babylon king guys an dea army
Gen 14.15: Night time, Abram wen tell his guys fo split up fo go afta da Babylon guys, so dey can hit um from ery side same
Gen 14.15: Abram guys wen go bus up da Babylon guys real good, an chase um all da way
Gen 14.18: King Kedorla`omer an da odda king guys Hobah side, he go home.
Gen 14.18: Wen Abram stay go, da king fo Salem town wen come out talk wit him, Shaveh
Gen 14.18: Da king fo Sodom town, he go dea too.
Gen 14.21: da king guy fo Sodom, he tell Abram, “Eh, jus let da peopo go wit me.
Gen 14.23: I no like bumbye you go tell, ‘Eh, no was God -- was me!
Gen 14.24: guys wen eat awready, an da share fo da odda guys dat wen go wit me -- dass Aner an Eshcol an Mamre.
Gen 15.9: Firs ting, go get one cow an one goat, girl kine, an one sheep, boy
Gen 15.10: Abram wen go get all da animals an bring um in front God, an kill um fo
Gen 15.12: Den, wen da sun go down, Abram wen pass out sleep.
Gen 15.13: dis fo shua: Da peopo dat goin come from you, dey goin go live inside one nodda land dat not dea own land.
Gen 15.14: da peopo dat make um come slaves, an den yoa peopo goin go outa dat land wit plenny stuffs.
Gen 15.15: You goin go wea yoa ancesta guys stay dat wen mahke awready, an all
Gen 15.17: Den da sun wen go down an eryting all come dark.
Gen 16.2: So den, get dis custom, you go sleep wit my slave wahine Hagar, fo make kids fo me hanai
Gen 16.6: Go do wateva you like, den.
Gen 16.7: Hagar go da boonies.
Gen 16.7: get watta inside, in one place wea you can see da road dat go Shur side.
Gen 16.9: Da angel messenja guy dass Yahweh tell her, “You go back now, to da lady you work fo.”
Gen 16.15: Hagar, she wen go home an born Abram's boy.
Gen 17.3: Abram, he wen go down right den an dea wit his face on top da groun fo show
Gen 17.17: Den Abraham wen go down wit his face on top da groun fo show respeck to God.
Gen 17.22: Afta God pau talk to Abraham, God go way from Abraham up inside da sky.
head: Yahweh Go By Abraham
Gen 18.2: Den he [wen] go down wit his face on top da groun in front dem, fo show
Gen 18.4: I goin tell one a da worka guys go get litto bit watta fo wash you guys feets, an you guys
Gen 18.5: An let me go get litto bit bread.
Gen 18.5: Go do jalike you say.”
Gen 18.7: wit good meat, an tell one young guy dat work fo him fo go kill da cow quick an fix da meat nice.”
Gen 18.16: Da three guys wen stand up an make ready fo go.
Gen 18.16: Abraham, he go wit dem litto bit fo show aloha.
Gen 18.21: I gotta go down dea, fo make shua az fo real da ting da peopo aksing
Gen 18.22: Da two odda guys, dey hele on from dea fo go Sodom side.
Gen 18.24: Mo betta you let um all go, yeah?
Gen 18.26: inside Sodom town dat stay do da right ting, I goin let go all da peopo from dat place, cuz a dem.
Gen 18.33: Abraham, he go back his place.”
Gen 19.1: Den he go down in front dem wit his face on top da groun fo show dem
Gen 19.2: Ova dea you guys can wash yoa feet an go sleep.
Gen 19.3: So dey go wit him his house.
Gen 19.4: Befo dey go sleep, all da guys from Sodom town, young guys and old
Gen 19.6: Lot, he go outside fo talk to dem.
Gen 19.14: So Lot wen go talk to da guys dat goin come his son in law guys wen dey
Gen 19.23: Da sun jus coming up awready, wen Lot go inside Zoar town.
Gen 19.27: Dat morning, Abraham wen get up early an go to da place wea him an Yahweh wen stand fo talk da day
Gen 19.29: Dass wat wen happen da time God wen go wipe out da towns all ova da Siddim Valley.
Gen 19.30: Lata, Lot an his two daughtas wen go way from Zo`ar to da mountains.
Gen 19.32: Den we go sleep wit him.
Gen 19.33: Den da older daughta wen go by her fadda an go sleep wit him.”
Gen 19.33: Den da older daughta wen go by her fadda an go sleep wit him.”
Gen 19.34: Las nite, I wen go sleep wit our fadda.
Gen 19.34: We give um plenny wine fo drink, den you go sleep wit him.
Gen 19.35: Da younga daughta wen go sleep wit him, an cuz he drunk, he neva know notting wen
Gen 20.1: Abraham move house from da place he stay an go sout to da Negev land.
Gen 20.1: Afta dat, he go Gerar town fo live short time.
Gen 20.2: So Abimelek, da king guy fo Gerar, he go take Sarah fo come his wife.
Gen 20.3: But one nite, God wen go by Abimelek an make um dream.”
Gen 20.4: But Abimelek, he neva even go nea her yet.
Gen 20.6: Dass why I neva let you go do notting bad agains me.”
Gen 20.9: But you wen make to me so I wen go do one real bad ting, an now God goin punish me an all my
Gen 20.13: Dass why, wen God wen make me go way from da place wea my fadda guy stay, I tell her, ‘Eh!
Gen 20.13: Ery place we go, tell da peopo dat I yoa brudda guy.
head: Hagar An Ishmael Gotta Go Way
Gen 21.14: Abraham get up early da nex morning, an go get food an one goat skin all sew up fo carry watta.
Gen 21.14: Den, he make her an da boy go way from dea.
Gen 21.14: Hagar an da boy go da boonies, Beer-Sheba side, an dey go hea an dea but dey
Gen 21.14: Hagar an da boy go da boonies, Beer-Sheba side, an dey go hea an dea but dey neva know wea dey going.
Gen 21.16: Den Hagar go mo down, like hundred yard.
Gen 21.18: Go by Ishmael an put yoa arms aroun him!
Gen 21.19: She go dea an put da goat skin down inside da puka an fill um
Gen 21.20: Lata, he go live inside da boonies, an he come good fo use da bow an
Gen 21.21: Ishmael stay live inside da boonies Paran side, his mudda go Egypt side, an she bring back one wahine from dea fo come
Gen 21.25: But lata, Abraham gotta go talk wit Abimelek, cuz had guys dat work fo Abimelek who
Gen 21.32: promise, Abimelek an his main army guy Pikol, dey go home.
Gen 21.33: Abraham, he wen go plant one ironwood tree ova dea Beer-Sheba side.
Gen 22.1: Long time afta, God wen go check out Abraham.
Gen 22.2: God tell um, “Go get yoa boy Isaac, da ony one you get, da one you get
Gen 22.2: Take um an go Moriah side.”
Gen 22.3: Den he start fo go da place God wen tell um, him an his boy Isaac an two
Gen 22.5: Dass da place we goin go down in front God fo show him love an respeck.
Gen 22.6: Befo dey go, Abraham take down from da donkey da wood fo burn da
Gen 22.6: Abraham an Isaac wen go on top da mountain togedda.
Gen 22.7: Afta dey go litto bit, Isaac, he aks: “Eh Dad!
Gen 22.8: Den dey go some moa togedda.”
Gen 22.9: Den he go tie up his boy Isaac an put him on top da alta, on top da
Gen 22.13: Abraham go pull da sheep outa da bushes, an take him to da altar.
Gen 22.19: Den Abraham an Isaac wen go back by da worka guys, an dey all go home togedda
Gen 22.19: Abraham an Isaac wen go back by da worka guys, an dey all go home togedda Beer-Sheba side.’
Gen 23.2: Abraham go inside da tent wea dey put Sarah body, an he cry plenny fo
Gen 23.3: Den Abraham stand up an go outa da tent wea his wife body stay, an go ova by da town
Gen 23.3: stand up an go outa da tent wea his wife body stay, an go ova by da town gate fo talk to da Het peopo dat live dea.
Gen 23.6: We like you go take da bestes place dat us guys get fo bury yoa mahke
Gen 23.7: Den Abraham wen go down fo show respeck to da Het peopo dat was da local
Gen 23.8: Go talk to Efron fo me, dass Zohar boy.
Gen 23.12: Abraham, he wen go down in front all da local peopo fo show um respeck.
Gen 23.15: Go bury yoa wife ova dea.
Gen 24.4: You gotta go my land, da land wea I wen born, fo find one wahine fo
Gen 24.7: dat goin send his angel messenja guy to da place you goin go, so you find one wahine from dea fo marry my boy.
Gen 24.10: He go ova dea by da Aram peopo Mesopotamia side between da two
Gen 24.11: He make his camels go down an rest dea.
Gen 24.11: Was late aftanoon time, da time wen da wahines go da puka fo get watta.
Gen 24.16: She go down inside da puka place an fill up da pot wit watta.)
Gen 24.22: Den, afta da camels pau drink, da luna guy wen go open one a da bags dey carrying, an he take out one
Gen 24.26: Da luna guy go down on top da groun fo show respeck fo Yahweh.
Gen 24.27: An same ting fo me too, Yahweh show me wea fo go, strait to da peopo from my boss guy ohana, jalike I
Gen 24.32: Da luna guy go inside Laban house, an dey take down da bags from da
Gen 24.37: on top da Canaan peopo land, you know, but I no like you go get one Canaan wahine fo marry my boy.
Gen 24.38: Dis wat you gotta do: go my fadda house, by my ohana peopo, fo get one wife fo my
Gen 24.44: An if she tell me, “Shua, drink up, an I go pull up watta fo yoa camels too” -- eh Yahweh, let dat be
Gen 24.45: da town wit her watta pot on top her shoulda, an she go down inside wea get da puka an fill up da watta pot.”
Gen 24.48: I wen go down on top da groun fo show respeck fo Yahweh, da God fo
Gen 24.49: An if you guys no like, tell me strait, an I go odda place.
Gen 24.52: Wen da luna guy fo Abraham hear wat dey say, he go down on top da groun fo show love an respeck fo Yahweh.
Gen 24.54: I like you guys let me an Rebecca go back by my boss now.
Gen 24.55: stay hea wit us guys like ten days moa, an afta, she can go.
Gen 24.56: I like you guys let me go back by my boss.
Gen 24.58: Dey tell Rebecca fo come, an dey aks her, “You like go now wit dis guy, o wat?”
Gen 24.59: So, dey wen let dea sista Rebecca go, her an da lady dat work fo her from small bebe time.”
Gen 24.59: Dey wen go wit Abraham luna guy an his helpa guys.”
Gen 24.60: people dat goin come from you be strong So wen odda peopo go agains dem, Yoa peopo goin take ova dea towns!
Gen 24.61: Den Rebecca an da wahines dat work fo her wen go ride on top da camels, an go wit da luna guy.
Gen 24.61: wahines dat work fo her wen go ride on top da camels, an go wit da luna guy.
Gen 24.61: He take Rebecca an he go.”
Gen 24.63: Wen da sun going down, Isaac wen go fo one walk inside da countryside.
Gen 25.8: He go da same place his ancesta guys wen go.
Gen 25.8: He go da same place his ancesta guys wen go.
Gen 25.18: Da places wea da Ishmael boys go fo live start from Havilah an go all da way to Shur nea da
Gen 25.18: wea da Ishmael boys go fo live start from Havilah an go all da way to Shur nea da Egypt land, wea you go Ashur
Gen 25.18: an go all da way to Shur nea da Egypt land, wea you go Ashur side.
Gen 25.18: Den he mahke, an he go da same place his ancesta guys go.
Gen 25.18: Den he mahke, an he go da same place his ancesta guys go.
Gen 25.34: An Esau eat an drink, an den he stand up an go way.
Gen 26.2: Gerar, Yahweh wen let Isaac see him, an he tell Isaac, “No go Egypt side fo get stuff fo eat.
Gen 26.8: Long time afta dey go Gerar, da Abimelek guy dass da king fo da Philistine
Gen 26.10: Might be one a our guys go take yoa wife an go sleep wit her, an den, God go punish
Gen 26.10: Might be one a our guys go take yoa wife an go sleep wit her, an den, God go punish all us guys cuz a wat
Gen 26.10: our guys go take yoa wife an go sleep wit her, an den, God go punish all us guys cuz a wat you wen do!”
Gen 26.15: Ery puka fo watta, da Filisha guys go fill um up wit dirt inside so da watta no come out.
Gen 26.16: Abimelek, he tell Isaac, “Eh, mo betta you go way from our land.
Gen 26.4_1: So Isaac go way from Gerar town.
Gen 26.4_1: He put up his tents makai from da town, an go by da Gerar Stream, an live dea.
Gen 26.18: Isaac tell his guys fo go back an dig da dirt outa da pukas dat da guys dat work fo
Gen 26.29: We wen let you go way an eryting okay wit you.
Gen 26.31: Den Isaac let um go home.
Gen 26.31: Dey go, an eryting stay okay.
Gen 26.34: Wen Esau 40 year old, he go marry Judit.”
Gen 27.3: I like you go get da stuff fo hunt, da bag wit da arrows inside, an da
Gen 27.3: Go da boonies an hunt wild meat fo me.
Gen 27.5: Den, Esau go da boonies fo hunt da wild meat fo bring to Isaac.”
Gen 27.7: He tell Esau, ‘Go bring me wild meat an cook um fancy kine, da way you know
Gen 27.9: Go outside wea da goats stay an bring me two nice bebe goat
Gen 27.12: Den he go aks God fo do bad tings fo me, not good tings.
Gen 27.13: Jus go do how I tell you: go bring da bebe goats hea by me.”
Gen 27.13: Jus go do how I tell you: go bring da bebe goats hea by me.”
Gen 27.14: So Jacob wen go get da bebe goats an kill um, an bring um by his mudda
Gen 27.15: Den, Rebecca go wea her older boy Esau keep his clotheses inside her
Gen 27.18: Jacob go inside da place wea his fadda stay wit da food.
Gen 27.22: Jacob go nea his fadda Isaac, an his fadda touch him, but he still
Gen 27.27: So Jacob go by him an kiss him.
Gen 27.29: Plenny odda peopos goin work fo you, Odda nations goin go down in front you fo show respeck.
Gen 27.29: Go come da boss fo all yoa brudda guys.
Gen 27.29: Da odda boys yoa mudda wen born goin go down in front you fo show respeck.
Gen 27.30: good tings he like Yahweh fo do fo his boy bumbye, Jacob go outa da place wea his fadda Isaac stay.
Gen 27.33: He tell, “Den, who da odda guy dat wen go hunt wild meat an bring um by me?
Gen 27.46: Den Rebecca go talk to Isaac.
Gen 27.46: If Jacob go marry one a dem wahines from da Het peopo jalike Esau wen
Gen 28.2: You gotta go now Padan-Aram side, by yoa mudda's fadda Betu`el house.
head: Isaac Tell Jacob Fo Go
Gen 28.5: Den Isaac tell Jacob fo go Padan-Aram side, by his uncle Laban.
Gen 28.7: know dat Jacob lissen to his fadda an mudda guys an like go Padan-Aram side.
Gen 28.9: Az why Esau go by his uncle Ishmael.
Gen 28.10: Jacob go way from Be`er-Sheba, an now go Haran side.
Gen 28.10: Jacob go way from Be`er-Sheba, an now go Haran side.
Gen 28.11: He come one place an stay dea dat nite, cuz da sun go down awready.
Gen 28.14: Dey goin go all ova dis land, makai side an mauka side, up country
Gen 28.15: I goin take care you, ery place you goin go.
Gen 28.17: Gotta be, dis da house wea God stay, an da gate fo go inside da sky!”
Gen 28.21: fo wear, an if I come back my fadda house an eryting go good fo me -- den you, Yahweh, you goin be da God fo me
head: Jacob Go Laban House
Gen 29.3: dey push da big rock from on top da puka an let da sheeps go drink.
Gen 29.7: Mo betta give da sheeps watta an let um go back eat grass.
Gen 29.10: So, right den an dea, Jacob go by da puka, an push da big rock from on top, an he let his
Gen 29.11: Afta, Jacob go kiss Rachel, an he start fo cry plenny.
Gen 30.3: Da slave wahine Bilhah dat work fo me, go sleep wit her.”
Gen 30.16: Leah go meet him.”
head: Jacob Like Go Home
Gen 30.25: Rachel born Joseph, Jacob tell Laban, “I like you let me go back home now, my own land.
Gen 30.26: Let me take my wifes an my kids, an go.
Gen 30.27: But Laban tell um, “I no like you go, but I like tell you one mo ting, cuz I yoa friend.
Gen 30.30: Ery place I go, Yahweh make eryting come out good fo you.
Gen 30.33: Cuz wen you go look da animals I wen get, if get one goat ova dea dat no
Gen 30.35: Dat same day, Laban guys wen go get all da boy kine goats dat get twist kine tail o stripe
Gen 30.37: But Jacob go cut shoots from da poplar tree, an da almond tree, an da
Gen 30.38: Dey stay in heat wen dey go dea fo drink.
Gen 30.40: But da girl kine, he let um go breed ony wit Laban sheeps dat get stripes an brown color.
Gen 30.40: make his own boy kine sheeps stay one side an neva let dem go wit da odda sheeps dat Laban get.
head: Jacob Get Ready Fo Go Home
Gen 31.3: Den Yahweh tell Jacob, “Time awready fo you go back yoa ancesta guys land wea yoa ohana guys stay.”
Gen 31.4: He send somebody fo go tell Rachel an Leah fo come ova dea by him.
Gen 31.13: So now, go way from dis land, an go back yoa own ohana land.
Gen 31.13: So now, go way from dis land, an go back yoa own ohana land.
head: Jacob Wifes, Dey Like Go Too
Gen 31.16: So now, you go do wateva God tell you.
Gen 31.17: So, Jacob go put his wifes an his kids on top camels fo go.
Gen 31.17: So, Jacob go put his wifes an his kids on top camels fo go.
Gen 31.18: an cows, an odda stuffs dat he get Paddan-Aram side, fo go by his fadda Isaac, Canaan land side.
Gen 31.19: Dat time dey go, Laban awready stay inside da boonies fo cut da wool from
Gen 31.19: Befo Rachel go, she go steal da idol kine gods dat her fadda ohana pray
Gen 31.19: Befo Rachel go, she go steal da idol kine gods dat her fadda ohana pray to.
Gen 31.20: Jacob, he neva tell Laban da Aram guy dat he goin go, so he neva know notting dat dey was goin leave.
Gen 31.21: He take all da stuffs he get, an go.
Gen 31.21: He go cross da Eufrates Riva, fo go up country Gilead side.
Gen 31.21: He go cross da Eufrates Riva, fo go up country Gilead side.
Gen 31.22: Laban neva know dat Jacob wen go, till somebody wen tell him three days lata.
Gen 31.27: How come you go hide yoaself so you can run away?
Gen 31.27: me you going befo time, I goin make big party fo let you go, wit songs an tambourine an guitar!
Gen 31.33: So Laban go inside Jacob tent firs, den inside Leah tent an da tents
Gen 31.33: Afta he pau inside Leah tent, he go inside Rachel tent.
Gen 31.34: But befo Laban go inside Rachel tent, Rachel take da idol kine gods an put
Gen 31.37: Cuz you wen go look ova eryting I get.
Gen 31.42: he neva stay wit me, you no give me notting, an tell me fo go way.
Gen 31.46: Den Jacob tell his ohana guys, “Go bring some mo rocks.”
Gen 31.52: pos, dey stay dea so us no goin foget dat I not suppose to go da odda side dis pile fo bus you up, an you not suppose to
Gen 31.52: da odda side dis pile fo bus you up, an you not suppose to go da odda side dis pile an dis pos fo bus me up.
Gen 31.55: Den he go home.
Gen 32.1: Jacob go hele on again.
Gen 32.3: Den Jacob send messenja guys fo go by his brudda Esau, Edom side, Se`ir land, befo Jacob get
Gen 32.6: Da messenja guys go ova dea.
Gen 32.6: Dey tell um, “We wen go by yoa brudda Esau.
Gen 32.9: You Yahweh, da One wen tell me: ‘Go back yoa own land wea yoa ohana stay, an I goin make good
Gen 32.10: Cuz wen I go da firs time an I go cross dis Jordan Riva, I no mo
Gen 32.10: Cuz wen I go da firs time an I go cross dis Jordan Riva, I no mo notting.
Gen 32.16: worka guys, “Ery one a you guys, take one bunch animals an go wit dem.
Gen 32.16: from one bunch animals to da nex bunch, wait short time fo go, so dey all no go same time.
Gen 32.16: to da nex bunch, wait short time fo go, so dey all no go same time.
Gen 32.16: Bumbye I go too.
Gen 32.20: Maybe he let me go.”
Gen 32.21: So all da animals fo make present wen go ahead, but Jacob dem, dey stay da place dey wen camp out
Gen 32.22: He tell um all fo go cross da Jabbok Stream togedda, one place you can go
Gen 32.22: fo go cross da Jabbok Stream togedda, one place you can go cross.
Gen 32.23: Afta all dem go da odda side da stream, Jacob tell his worka guys fo take
Gen 32.25: see dat he no goin win, he hit Jacob, da place wea da leg go inside da hip bone, an he pull da leg bone outa da hip
Gen 32.26: Da guy tell Jacob, “Let me go!
Gen 32.26: Jacob tell da guy, “No way I goin let you go.
Gen 32.26: Den I let you go.
Gen 32.31: Wen he go by Peni`el, da sun come up.”
Gen 32.32: wen dey eat meat, dey no eat da part wea da leg bone go inside da hip bone, cuz dass da place wea da guy wen hit
Gen 33.2: He tell da odda two wifes go firs wit dea kids.
Gen 33.3: Den Jacob go fas an go in front his wifes an kids.
Gen 33.3: Den Jacob go fas an go in front his wifes an kids.
Gen 33.3: Wen Jacob come nea his brudda Esau, he go down on top da groun fo show respeck, till he come nea his
Gen 33.6: Den da odda two wifes an dea kids come by Esau an go down on top da groun fo show um respeck.
Gen 33.7: Den Leah an her kids come, an dey go down on top da groun fo show respeck."
Gen 33.7: Afta Leah, Joseph an Rachel come, an dey go down on top da groun fo show respeck too.
Gen 33.12: Den Esau tell Jacob, "Kay den, you get ready, an we go togedda."
Gen 33.12: I go firs, cuz you guys no can go fas.
Gen 33.12: I go firs, cuz you guys no can go fas.
Gen 33.13: If my guys make um go too fast, even one day, bumbye all da animals goin mahke.
Gen 33.14: But you go stay go firs, an I go stay come afta, easy kine, how da
Gen 33.14: But you go stay go firs, an I go stay come afta, easy kine, how da animals an
Gen 33.14: But you go stay go firs, an I go stay come afta, easy kine, how da animals an da kids can
Gen 33.14: Dass how I goin go by you, my boss, Se`ir side.
Gen 33.15: Esau tell, "Kay den, I tell some a my ohana guys hea fo go wit you fo help.
Gen 33.16: So, Esau guys go back Se`ir side dat same day.
Gen 33.17: But Jacob, he go Succot.
Gen 34.1: One time Dinah go holoholo fo make visit wit some a da wahines dat live dea.
Gen 34.7: Shekem fadda guy Hamor wen go outa da town fo talk wit Jacob.
Gen 34.10: land wit us, any place you like live, any place you like go.
Gen 34.17: But if you guys no like lissen fo go cut skin, den us guys goin take her an go way.
Gen 34.17: like lissen fo go cut skin, den us guys goin take her an go way.
Gen 34.20: So Hamor an his boy Shekem, dey go da place by da town gate wea da importan peopo hang out,
Gen 34.21: Good dey stay live dis land, an go any place dey like, cuz ova hea get plenny land fo dem.
Gen 34.25: Jacob boys an Dinah brudda guys, dey take dea swords an go inside da town, an nobody know dey coming.
Gen 34.26: Den Simeon an Levi take Dinah outa Shekem house an go back dea place.
Gen 34.27: Jacob odda boys, dey go da town wea da mahke bodies stay, an steal eryting from da
Gen 35.1: Had one time, God tell Jacob, “Go move house Bethel side.
Gen 35.3: Ery place I stay go, dat God stay wit me.
Gen 35.5: Wen Jacob dem start fo go way from Shekem, God make da peopo inside all da odda
Gen 35.5: all da odda towns aroun dea come real scared, so dey no go afta da Jacob ohana peopo fo kill um.
Gen 35.6: Dass how wen happen, da time Jacob an all da peopo wit him go Luz, da place dey call Bethel nowdays, inside da Canaan
Gen 35.13: Den, God go way from da place wea he stay talk wit Jacob.
Gen 35.16: Afta dat, Jacob dem go way from Bethel.
Gen 35.19: Dey bury Rachel nea da road dat go by Efratah town, dass Betlehem.
Gen 35.22: Da time Israel stay dat side, Reuben wen go sleep wit Bilhah, dat was his own fadda odda wife.
Gen 35.29: Den Isaac mahke afta dat, an go da place wea his ancesta peopo stay.
Gen 36.6: all da stuffs he get wen he live Canaan side, an dey all go one nodda land, mo far from his brudda guy Jacob.
Gen 36.8: Dass how come Esau wen go live up country Se`ir side.
Gen 37.7: Da wheat plants I wen tie, go stand up!
Gen 37.7: plants you guys wen tie, make circle around mines, an go down in front my wheat fo show um respeck!
Gen 37.10: me an yoa mudda an all yoa brudda guys, bumbye we all goin go down in front you jalike you somebody importan, o wat?
head: Joseph Go Look Fo His Brudda Guys
Gen 37.12: Had one time, Joseph brudda guys wen go Shekem, fo take care dea fadda's sheeps an goats ova dea.
Gen 37.13: I like you go ova dea by dem.
Gen 37.14: Joseph fadda tell um, “Go ova dea.”
Gen 37.14: So Joseph go from da Hebron Valley, all da way Shekem side.
Gen 37.15: Wen Joseph get dea, he go all aroun da fields, but he donno wea he going.”
Gen 37.17: We go Dotan side!
Gen 37.17: Den dey wen go way.
Gen 37.17: So Joseph wen go Dotan side, fo look fo his bruddas.’
Gen 37.20: So now, dis wat us guys gotta do: Firs ting, we go kill um.
Gen 37.22: No go bus um up!
Gen 37.25: Afta dat, da brudda guys go sit down fo eat.
Gen 37.26: If us guys go kill our brudda Joseph, an den cova ova wat we do, you
Gen 37.28: Ishmael ohana guys from Midian side dat buy an sell stuffs go by dem.”
Gen 37.28: Da brudda guys go pull up Joseph outa da big hole.
Gen 37.29: Latas, Reuben come back an go by da big hole, an you know wat?
Gen 37.30: He go back by da odda brudda guys, an tell um, “Da boy!
Gen 37.31: Den Joseph brudda guys go kill one a dea goats.
Gen 37.33: One wild animal wen go eat um!”
Gen 37.35: All Jacob's odda kids, guys an wahines, go by him fo try help um fo come good inside.
Gen 37.35: Bumbye wen I go down da Mahke Peopo Place, I still goin stay crying fo my
Gen 37.36: Same time, da guys from Midian side, dey go Egypt.
Gen 38.1: Almos da same time, Judah go way from da place wea his brudda guys stay.
Gen 38.1: He wen go da sout side, an put up tent nea one guy name Hirah from
Gen 38.6: Afta Er come big, Judah go get wife fo him, cuz he da numba one boy.
Gen 38.11: Judah tell his daughta in law Tamar, “Go back to yoa fadda place.
Gen 38.11: So, Tamar wen go home by her fadda guy, and she live dea.”
Gen 38.12: pau, Judah an his friend Hirah from da Adullam peopo, dey go togedda Timnah side, cuz Judah get guys ova dea dat
Gen 38.14: She go ova dea wea da Timnah road go inside Enaim, an she sit
Gen 38.14: She go ova dea wea da Timnah road go inside Enaim, an she sit down ova dea nea to da road, wit
Gen 38.16: Judah wen stop an go ova dea by her, an tell her, “Eh come!
Gen 38.19: Den Tamar go home from dea.
Gen 38.22: Da Adullam guy go back by Judah, an tell um, “I no can find da wahine dat
Gen 38.24: She wen go sleep wit some guy fo money.
Gen 38.24: Judah tell, “Go get her.
Gen 38.25: Wen dey ready fo go take her outside fo kill her, she tell one guy fo go by
Gen 38.25: fo go take her outside fo kill her, she tell one guy fo go by her fadda in law, an tell um dis: “Da guy dat wen make
Gen 39.7: We go bed togedda.
Gen 39.9: No way I goin go agains God an do dis real bad ting you talking bout!
Gen 39.10: Ery day, she talk to Joseph lidat, fo try make um go bed wit her o hang out wit her.
Gen 39.10: But Joseph no lissen, an try fo no go nea her.”
Gen 39.11: But had one time, Joseph go inside Potifar house fo work.
Gen 39.12: Potifar wife go grab his shirt an tell, “We go bed togedda now!
Gen 39.12: Potifar wife go grab his shirt an tell, “We go bed togedda now!
head: Joseph Go Prison
Gen 39.17: You know dat Hebrew slave guy, da one you wen go bring inside oua house?
Gen 39.20: trow um inside da jail wea da guys dat da king say gotta go.”
Gen 40.6: Morning time, Joseph go by dem inside da prison, an he look dem, an he see dat
Gen 40.11: spesho wine glass fo da Pharaoh guy inside my hand, so I go grab da grapes an squeeze um so da juice go inside da
Gen 40.11: my hand, so I go grab da grapes an squeeze um so da juice go inside da glass.
Gen 40.14: Go tell da Pharaoh guy bout me, an aks him fo get me outa dis
Gen 40.20: Den, he tell all dem guys fo go get da guy dat befo time stay in charge a da guys dat give
Gen 40.23: Da guy wen go foget all bout him!
Gen 41.2: Dey go by da tall grass by da Riva, an dey was eating um.
Gen 41.3: Dey go stay stand by da cows dat awready stay ova dea by da Riva.
Gen 41.4: Den da ugly skinny kine cows, dey go eat um up da seven good looking fat cows.
Gen 41.5: Den da Pharaoh guy go sleep one mo time an get dream, secon time again.
Gen 41.7: Da skinny kine bunch wheat go eat up all da seven bunch solid an full kine wheat.
Gen 41.8: He send peopo fo go tell all da kahuna guys from all ova Egypt fo come, an
Gen 41.10: You wen make me go prison.
Gen 41.13: Da odda guy, you wen tell da army guys fo go kill um, den hang um on top one post.
Gen 41.14: Den da Pharaoh guy go send guys fo bring Joseph by him right den an dea.
Gen 41.14: prison, an afta he shave an change all his clotheses, he go by Pharaoh.
Gen 41.18: Dey go inside da tall grass dea by da Riva, an start fo eat.
Gen 41.20: Da seven skinny an ugly cows wen go eat up da seven fat cows dat wen come up firs time.
Gen 41.23: an all dry up, jalike da hot wind from da east side wen go burn um wen dey coming up.
Gen 41.24: Da skinny kine wheat wen go eat up da seven bunch good kine wheat!
Gen 41.33: You gotta go find one guy dat can figga out tings an know wat fo do
Gen 41.43: da one dass spesho fo da numba two guy, an ery place he go, had guys run down da street in front him an yell,
Gen 41.43: had guys run down da street in front him an yell, “Erybody go down in front Joseph fo show um respeck!
Gen 41.46: Firs ting, he go outside da palace wea da Pharaoh guy stay, an he go all
Gen 41.46: he go outside da palace wea da Pharaoh guy stay, an he go all ova Egypt.
Gen 41.48: was good inside Egypt land, Joseph tell his guys fo go bring togedda all da food dey suppose to put away.
Gen 41.55: He tell all da Egypt peopo, “Go by Joseph.
Gen 41.57: Had peopo from all ova da odda lands dat wen go Egypt side fo buy food from Joseph, cuz all ova, no can
head: Joseph Brudda Guys Go Egypt Fo Buy Wheat
Gen 42.2: Go ova dea.
Gen 42.3: So ten a Joseph olda brudda guys wen go Egypt side fo buy wheat.
Gen 42.4: But da odda brudda Benjamin, Jacob neva let him go wit da oddas, cuz he tinking, “Maybe someting bad goin
Gen 42.5: Dass how da Israel boys wen go Egypt side fo buy food, jalike plenny odda peopo, cuz no
Gen 42.6: Joseph brudda guys go by him, an dey go down in front him, and put dea face on
Gen 42.6: Joseph brudda guys go by him, an dey go down in front him, and put dea face on top da groun fo
Gen 42.15: dis: You guys younga brudda gotta come hea, den you can go.
Gen 42.16: One a you guys go fo bring yoa brudda ova hea.
head: Joseph Let His Brudda Guys Go Home
Gen 42.19: You odda guys, go.
Gen 42.24: Den Joseph go way from dem an cry plenny.
head: Da Brudda Guys Go Back Canaan Side
Gen 42.25: Joseph do one nodda ting too: he tell his worka guys fo go get wheat an fill up ery gunny bag da bruddas wen bring,
Gen 42.26: guys put da wheat dey wen buy on top dea donkeys, an go home from dea.
Gen 42.33: me, an take da food fo yoa ohana guys dat stay hungry, an go home.
Gen 42.34: da odda brudda guy dat I keeping ova hea, and you guys can go any place you like inside oua land.
Gen 42.36: Eryting stay go agains me!
Gen 42.38: My boy no goin go wit you guys.”
Gen 42.38: real plenny sore inside, an you goin make my gray hair go down da Mahke Peopo Place!
head: Joseph Bruddas Go Back Egypt Side
Gen 43.2: So dea fadda Jacob wen tell his boys, “Go back dea one mo time.
Gen 43.4: So, if stay okay wit you, fo let oua brudda go wit us guys, den we goin go Egypt an buy food fo you.
Gen 43.4: wit you, fo let oua brudda go wit us guys, den we goin go Egypt an buy food fo you.
Gen 43.5: But if you no like let um go, us no can go.’
Gen 43.5: But if you no like let um go, us no can go.’
Gen 43.8: Den we can go, so we goin stay alive an no mahke -- us guys, an you, an
Gen 43.10: you know, if us no had wait so long time bout dis, us wen go Egypt side an come back hea two times awready.
Gen 43.11: So do dis: go get da bestes kine stuffs dat come from dis land.
Gen 43.13: Go back by da Egypt guy.
Gen 43.14: you guys an give you guys chance, an let yoa odda brudda go wit you guys, an Benjamin too.
head: Joseph Brudda Guys Go Back Egypt Wit Benjamin
Gen 43.15: Dey wen go Egypt side, an dey go stand in front Joseph.
Gen 43.15: Dey wen go Egypt side, an dey go stand in front Joseph.
Gen 43.19: Befo da brudda guys go inside da gate, dey go nea da guy dat take care Joseph
Gen 43.19: Befo da brudda guys go inside da gate, dey go nea da guy dat take care Joseph house kine stuff fo him,
Gen 43.21: But afta us guys go way from hea, da place we wen stay dat nite, we open up
Gen 43.26: Den dey go down in front him on top da groun fo show respeck.
Gen 43.28: An dey wen go down on top da groun one mo time fo show um respeck.
Gen 43.30: So he go inside one nodda room an cry dea.
Gen 43.31: Den Joseph wash face an go back by da brudda guys, an now he cool an can handle.
Gen 44.1: Wen da bruddas ready fo go home, Joseph tell da guy dat take care his house, “Go fill
Gen 44.1: fo go home, Joseph tell da guy dat take care his house, “Go fill da guys bags wit food, all dat can go inside da bag.
Gen 44.1: his house, “Go fill da guys bags wit food, all dat can go inside da bag.
Gen 44.2: Go put um inside da younga brudda bag, same time you put da
Gen 44.2: Da worka guy go do jalike Joseph tell um.
head: Da Egypt Guy Go Afta Da Bruddas
Gen 44.3: wen help da brudda guys put da bags on top da donkeys an go.
Gen 44.4: Afta da brudda guys go litto bit outside da town, Joseph tell da guy dat take
Gen 44.4: Go afta dem guys!
Gen 44.6: Joseph guy wen go catch up da brudda guys.
Gen 44.9: Go check out all us guys bags hea, cuz we jalike yoa slave
Gen 44.11: So dey go take down da bags from on top da donkeys real quick an put
Gen 44.13: Dey put da bags back on top dea donkeys an go back inside da town.
Gen 44.14: Judah an da odda brudda guys, dey go inside, an right away dey go down on top da groun in front
Gen 44.14: an da odda brudda guys, dey go inside, an right away dey go down on top da groun in front Joseph fo show um respeck.
Gen 44.15: Wass dis ting you guys wen go do?
Gen 44.16: God, he wen find out da bad ting us guys wen go do awready.
Gen 44.17: You guys can go back by yoa fadda guy, an no need worry, eryting goin be
head: Judah Go Aks Joseph Fo Let Benjamin Go
head: Judah Go Aks Joseph Fo Let Benjamin Go
Gen 44.18: Den Judah, he go nea Joseph an tell um, “Eh, you my boss, an I yoa slave
Gen 44.22: Cuz if he go leave him, da fadda guy goin mahke.’
Gen 44.24: So us guys wen go back by oua fadda, dass yoa slave guy too.’
Gen 44.25: “Den lata, our fadda guy wen tell us, ‘Go back again.
Gen 44.26: We tell um, ‘No way us guys can go back dea.
Gen 44.26: Ony if oua younga brudda guy stay come wit us, den we can go dea.’
Gen 44.29: guys goin make me come so plenny sore inside, dat I goin go wit all my grey hair to da place wea da mahke peopo stay.
Gen 44.30: “So, I no can go home to my fadda dass yoa slave guy, an da boy no stay wit
Gen 44.31: so plenny trouble an come sore inside lidat, an he goin go wit all his grey hair to da Mahke Peopo Place.
Gen 44.33: Let him go back wit his odda bruddas.’
Gen 44.34: No way I can go back by my fadda guy, if da boy no stay wit me!
Gen 45.4: So dey go nea by him, an he tell dem, “Me, I yoa brudda guy Joseph.
Gen 45.4: I da one you guys wen sell an make me go Egypt side.”
Gen 45.9: Go back by my fadda.
Gen 45.13: Den go bring my fadda back hea real quick!
Gen 45.14: Den Joseph wen cry cuz he was so happy, an he wen go hug his brudda Benjamin, an same time Benjamin wen hug
Gen 45.15: Den Joseph go kiss all his brudda guys an cry wen he hug um.”
Gen 45.17: Go Canaan side right away.
Gen 45.18: Go bring yoa fadda guy, an all yoa ohana peopo, an come back
Gen 45.19: Go bring yoa fadda guys hea.’-”
head: Da Jacob Boys Go Back An Tell Jacob
Gen 45.24: Wen Joseph tell his brudda guys goodbye fo go home, he tell um, “Wen you going, no make ugly wit each
Gen 45.25: Da brudda guys go outa Egypt, an go back by dea fadda Jacob, Canaan side.
Gen 45.25: Da brudda guys go outa Egypt, an go back by dea fadda Jacob, Canaan side.
Gen 45.28: I goin go see him, befo I mahke!
head: Jacob An His Ohana Peopo Go Egypt Side
Gen 46.3: No scared go Egypt side.”
Gen 46.5: Den Israel go way from Beer-Sheba, Da Place Wit Da Seven Puka Fo Watta.
Gen 46.6: how wen happen wen Jacob an all da peopo dat come from him go Egypt side.
Gen 46.8: time, dass Jacob an da peopo dat wen come from him dat wen go Egypt side wit him, dis dea names.
Gen 46.26: All da Jacob peopo dat wen go Egypt, if you no count da wifes a his boys, dass 66 peopo.
Gen 46.28: befo dem fo meet Joseph, so Joseph can show dem how fo go Goshen.
Gen 46.28: Dass how da peopo wen go Goshen side.
Gen 46.29: Den he go Goshen fo meet his fadda Israel.
Gen 47.1: Den Joseph go by Pharaoh an tell um, “My fadda an my brudda guys, wit
Gen 47.6: Go put yoa fadda an yoa brudda guys inside da bestes part.
Gen 47.10: An he wen go out from da place wea da Pharaoh guy stay.
Gen 47.15: All da Egypt peopo go by Joseph an tell um, “Eh!
Gen 47.20: All da Egypt peopo wen go sell dea field.
Gen 47.30: I goin go sleep wea my mahke ancesta guys stay.
Gen 48.1: Joseph go by Jacob, an he take his two boys, Manasseh an Efraim wit
Gen 48.12: from wea dey sitting nex to dea granfadda, an Joseph wen go down on top da groun in front his fadda fo show um
Gen 49.6: No go tink dat I like make plan wit dem guys.
Gen 49.8: Erybody dat go agains you, You goin make dem do wat dey suppose to.
Gen 49.8: Yoa odda brudda guys, dey goin go down in front you fo show you respeck.
Gen 49.19: But lata, Gad goin go afta dem an bus up dem too.
Gen 49.27: He jalike one wild dog dat go afta da animals.
Gen 49.29: He say, “Pretty soon, I goin mahke an go meet my peopo.
Gen 49.33: Den he breave da las time an mahke, an he go meet his peopo from befo time.”
Gen 50.4: Wen pau da time fo show sad, Joseph go by da guys dat work fo da Pharaoh guy, dass da king.
Gen 50.4: Go talk to da Pharaoh guy, an tell um dat Joseph say, ‘My
Gen 50.5: So now, I like go ova dea fo bury my fadda guy.
Gen 50.6: Da Pharaoh guy tell um, “Go.
head: Joseph Go Canaan Fo Bury His Fadda
Gen 50.7: So Joseph go Canaan side fo bury his fadda.
Gen 50.7: Pharaoh palace, an all da older leada guys from Egypt, dey go wit him.
Gen 50.8: guys, an da peopo dat wen work fo his fadda befo time, dey go too.
Gen 50.9: Had army wagons an guys dat ride horse dat go wit him too, az real plenny peopo all togedda.
Gen 50.10: Wen dey get to one place you can go across da Jordan Riva, da place dey call Goren Ha-Atad,
Gen 50.14: Joseph an his brudda guys an all da odda peopo dat wen go Canaan side wit him, wen go back Egypt side.
Gen 50.14: an all da odda peopo dat wen go Canaan side wit him, wen go back Egypt side.
Gen 50.17: fo tell you dis: ‘Please, I like you let yoa brudda guys go, an no poin finga dem cuz dey wen go agains you, dat time
Gen 50.17: let yoa brudda guys go, an no poin finga dem cuz dey wen go agains you, dat time dey wen do bad tings to you.
Gen 50.17: So now, we aksing you, let us go, cuz we slave guys fo da same God yoa fadda guy wen work
Gen 50.18: Lata, afta dey send da message, Joseph brudda guys go by him, an dey go down on top da groun in front him fo
Gen 50.18: dey send da message, Joseph brudda guys go by him, an dey go down on top da groun in front him fo show um respeck, an
Exo 1.1: Dis, da names fo da Israel boys dat wen go Egypt side wit dea fadda Jacob an dea ohanas: Reuben,
Exo 1.5: he awready stay Egypt side, da time all da ohanas wen go dea.
Exo 1.5: Had seventy peopo from Jacob ohana dat wen go Egypt wit him.
Exo 1.10: Cuz bumbye if get war, no good if dey go help da guys dat fight agains us, an afta dat, dey go outa
Exo 1.10: dey go help da guys dat fight agains us, an afta dat, dey go outa our land.
Exo 1.17: But da helpa wahines, dey mo scared fo go agains God.
Exo 2.1: Dat time, had one guy from da Levi ohana dat wen go marry one wahine from da Levi ohana.
Exo 2.4: Moses older sista go mo down, fo watch wat goin happen wit da bebe.
Exo 2.5: Da Pharaoh guy daughta wen go da Nile Riva fo bafe.
Exo 2.5: She tell one slave girl fo go get um.
Exo 2.7: Da older sista, she go by da Pharaoh guy daughta.
Exo 2.7: She tell, “Eh, you like I go find one Israel wahine dat get milk?”
Exo 2.8: Da Pharaoh guy daughta tell her, “Go!
Exo 2.8: So da girl run home an tell da bebe own mudda fo go.”
Exo 2.11: One time afta Moses come one big man Egypt side, he go visit his ohana peopo, da Israel peopo.
Exo 2.13: Da nex day, Moses go see his ohana peopo again.
Exo 2.15: fo shua, wen da Pharaoh guy find out, he tell da police fo go kill Moses.
Exo 2.16: Ery day, da daughtas go by da puka wea da watta come out.
Exo 2.17: Get odda sheep farma guys ova dea dat erytime go da same place an make da girls go way an no give dea
Exo 2.17: guys ova dea dat erytime go da same place an make da girls go way an no give dea sheeps watta.
Exo 2.18: Da girls, dey go back by dea fadda guy, his name Reuel.
Exo 2.20: Go!
Exo 3.3: Den Moses still yet tinking, “I gotta go look dis real awesome ting I stay see!
Exo 3.4: Yahweh see dat Moses going way from da trail fo go look.
Exo 3.10: Now, go!
Exo 3.11: Moses, he tell God, “You tink I can go by Pharaoh an jus take da Israel peopo outa Egypt?
Exo 3.13: Den Moses tell God, “But, wen I go by da Israel peopo an tell um, ‘Da same God dat yoa
Exo 3.16: Go now!
Exo 3.18: an da older leada guys fo da Israel peopo, you all gotta go togedda by da king fo da Egypt peopo.”
Exo 3.18: Now, all us guys gotta walk three day fo go dat place inside da boonies.
Exo 3.19: get ony one way Pharaoh da king fo Egypt goin let you guys go -- gotta get somebody mo strong den him fo give him
Exo 3.20: Afta dat, da king guy goin make you guys go way.
Exo 3.21: Wen you go way, dey goin make shua dat you guys get plenny stuffs.
Exo 3.21: So wen you guys go, you no goin go wit notting.
Exo 3.21: So wen you guys go, you no goin go wit notting.
Exo 3.22: So, wen you guys go, you goin leave da Egypt peopo wit notting.
Exo 4.9: spesho sign, an if dey no like lissen to you still yet, go get watta outa da Nile Riva, an pour um on top da dry
Exo 4.12: Go now.
head: Moses Go Back Egypt Side
Exo 4.18: Moses, he go back by Jetro, his fadda in law.
Exo 4.18: Moses tell Jetro, “Eh, I like go back by my ohana guys Egypt side, fo check um out how dey
Exo 4.18: Jetro, he tell Moses, “Go.
Exo 4.18: I like eryting go good fo you.”
Exo 4.19: Yahweh tell Moses, “Go from hea now.
Exo 4.19: Go back Egypt side.”
Exo 4.20: Moses start fo go back Egypt side, an he carry da walking stick dat God wen
Exo 4.21: But, I goin make him come hard head, so he no goin let go da peopo.
Exo 4.23: I tell you dis awready, “Let go da Israel peopo, cuz dey spesho jalike dey my numba one
Exo 4.23: But you saying, you no goin let um go.
Exo 4.24: nite, Moses an his ohana wen stop one place nite time fo go sleep.
Exo 4.24: Yahweh meet dem ova dea, an he go by Moses an almos kill um.
Exo 4.27: Dat time, Yahweh tell Aaron, “Go da boonies fo meet Moses.
Exo 4.27: So Aaron wen go an he find Moses nea da Mountain Wea God Stay.”
Exo 4.31: Right den an dea dey go down on dea knees fo show God love and respeck.
head: Moses An Aaron Go By Pharaoh
Exo 5.1: Afta Moses an Aaron talk to da leada guys, dey go by Pharaoh, da King fo Egypt.
Exo 5.1: He say dis: Let my peopo go way, fo all dem gotta go do religious kine stuff fo me
Exo 5.1: He say dis: Let my peopo go way, fo all dem gotta go do religious kine stuff fo me inside da boonies.
Exo 5.2: suppose to lissen wat he tell me, so I let da Israel peopo go?
Exo 5.2: An no way I goin let go da Israel peopo!
Exo 5.3: Dass why we aksing you, please, let us go take three days fo get inside da boonies.”
Exo 5.7: He tell um wat dey gotta do: “From now, you Egypt guys no go get da wheat stalk an give um to da Israel peopo fo make
Exo 5.7: You guys wen give um befo time, but now, dey gotta go bring in da wheat stalk demself.
Exo 5.8: Dass why dey talking, ‘Us guys like go inside da boonies fo make sacrifice fo oua God!
Exo 5.10: slave peopo work, an da luna guys from dea own peopo, dey go by da Israel peopo an tell um, “Da Pharaoh guy, he say
Exo 5.11: You guys, you gotta go aroun any place get da wheat stalk yoa own self.”
Exo 5.12: So da Israel peopo wen go all ova da place inside da Egypt land, fo cut da wheat
Exo 5.15: Da Israel guys dat was da lunas fo da work crews, dey go by da Pharaoh guy, an dey beg him fo help um: “Please!
Exo 5.17: Dass how come you guys stay talk lidat: ‘Us guys like go make sacrifice fo oua God Yahweh.
Exo 5.18: Now, go back!
Exo 5.21: Jalike you give dem one sword an tell um az okay fo go kill us guys!
Exo 5.22: Den Moses go back talk to Yahweh.
Exo 5.22: An how come you send me fo go do um?
Exo 5.23: From da time I go talk to da Pharaoh guy an tell um wat you tell me fo say
Exo 6.1: Cuz I get mo powa den him, he goin make da peopo go way.
Exo 6.6: So den, go tell da Israel peopo dis: I Yahweh.
Exo 6.11: He tell um, “Go back now.
Exo 6.11: da Pharaoh guy, da King fo Egypt, fo let da Israel peopo go way from his land.
Exo 6.26: I writing bout hea, dey da same ones Yahweh wen tell, “Go take da Israel peopo outa da Egypt land, wit ery ohana all
Exo 6.27: Moses an Aaron, dey da same guys dat wen go tell da Pharaoh guy, da King fo Egypt, dat he gotta let da
Exo 6.27: guy, da King fo Egypt, dat he gotta let da Israel peopo go way from Egypt.
head: Dey Go Gains Da Pharaoh Guy
Exo 6.29: So, go tell da Pharaoh guy, da King fo Egypt, eryting dat I stay
Exo 7.2: Bumbye da Pharaoh guy goin make da Israel peopo go outa his land.
Exo 7.4: All you Israel peopo, you goin go out togedda, jalike you one army.
Exo 7.10: Den Moses an Aaron go by da Pharaoh guy.’
Exo 7.14: He still yet no like let da peopo go way.
Exo 7.15: Tomorra, morning time, wen da Pharaoh guy go da Nile Riva, you stand right dea nea da riva fo talk to
Exo 7.16: wen tell me fo come by you fo tell you dis: “Let my peopo go way from hea, so dey can make trip fo do religious kine
Exo 7.19: Yahweh tell Moses fo tell Aaron too: “Go take yoa walking stick, put out yoa arm an hold up da
Exo 7.23: But da Pharaoh guy ony turn aroun an go inside his palace.
Exo 8.1: Den Yahweh tell Moses dis: “Go by da Pharaoh guy.
Exo 8.1: Dis wat Yahweh say: “Let my peopo go way, so dey can do religious kine stuff fo me.
Exo 8.2: If you no let um go, den I goin make you guys get uku plenny frogs, all ova
Exo 8.3: Dey goin come up outa da riva an go inside yoa palace.
Exo 8.8: I goin let yoa peopo go way fo make sacrifice to Yahweh.
Exo 8.11: Da frogs goin go way from you an yoa house an yoa palace peopo an da odda
Exo 8.12: Afta Moses an Aaron go way from da Pharaoh guy, Moses wen aks Yahweh fo help,
Exo 8.16: Den Yahweh tell Moses, “Tell Aaron dis: Go take yoa walking stick, an hit da groun.
Exo 8.20: Go to da riva, an wait fo da Pharaoh guy come.
Exo 8.20: He goin go dea.
Exo 8.20: Dis wat Yahweh say: Let my peopo go way from hea, fo do religious kine stuff fo me.
Exo 8.21: Cuz if you no let my peopo go way, I goin let go by you, plenny flies.
Exo 8.21: Cuz if you no let my peopo go way, I goin let go by you, plenny flies.
Exo 8.21: Dey goin go on you an yoa palace peopo an da odda peopo an da houses.
Exo 8.24: An dass wat Yahweh wen go do.
Exo 8.24: All kine flies wen go inside da palace wea da Pharaoh guy live.’-”
Exo 8.24: Dey even go inside da houses wea da palace peopo live.
Exo 8.25: He tell um, “Go awready!
Exo 8.26: If us guys go kill dat kine animal, an da Egypt peopo see us, fo shua
Exo 8.27: Dass why us guys gotta walk three days, fo go all da way inside da boonies, so we can make da sacrifice
Exo 8.28: I let you guys go da boonies fo make sacrifice fo yoa God, Yahweh.”
Exo 8.28: Ony one ting -- no go long way inside da boonies, you hear?
Exo 8.29: I goin go way from you right now.”
Exo 8.29: Tomorra, he goin make da flies go way from you da Pharaoh guy, an from da palace peopo, an
Exo 8.29: No good you bulai da peopo one mo time, an no let us go make sacrifice fo Yahweh, jalike da las time, aah?
Exo 8.30: Den Moses go way from da Pharaoh guy an pray to Yahweh.
Exo 8.32: He still yet no let da peopo go way.
Exo 9.1: Yahweh tell Moses fo go by da Pharaoh guy an tell um, “You betta lissen!
Exo 9.1: He say, ‘Let my peopo go way fo do religious kine stuff fo me.
Exo 9.2: Cuz if you no let da peopo go way, an you still yet hold um hea, den Yahweh goin use his
Exo 9.7: He still no like let da peopo go way.
Exo 9.8: Den Yahweh tell Moses an Aaron, “You guys, go da place wea dey melt da metal.
Exo 9.10: So Moses an Aaron wen go get da black ashes from da place wea dey melt da metal.
Exo 9.10: Dey go by da Pharaoh guy.”
Exo 9.13: Go stand wea da Pharaoh guy goin come.
Exo 9.13: wat Yahweh say, da God fo da Hebrew peopo: Let my peopo go way fo do religious kine stuff fo me.
Exo 9.17: ova an ova ack jalike my peopo ony junk, an you no let um go way!
Exo 9.19: Same ting fo all da stuffs you get inside da fields, go put um wea get roof.
Exo 9.28: I goin let you guys go way, you guys no need stay hea moa long.
Exo 9.29: Moses tell da Pharaoh guy, “Wen I go outside da town, I goin put up my hands an pray to Yahweh.
Exo 9.33: Afta Moses go way from da Pharaoh guy, he go outside da town.
Exo 9.33: Afta Moses go way from da Pharaoh guy, he go outside da town.
Exo 9.35: Pharaoh guy still hard head, an he no let da Israel peopo go way from dea, jalike Yahweh wen tell Moses befo time fo
Exo 10.1: Yahweh tell Moses, “Go back by da Pharaoh guy.
Exo 10.3: So Moses an Aaron go by da Pharaoh guy.
Exo 10.3: Let my peopo go way from hea, so dey can do religious kine stuff fo me.
Exo 10.4: An if you still no like let my peopo go way, dis wat I goin do: Tomorrow I bring plenny locust
Exo 10.6: Den Moses turn aroun an go way from da Pharaoh guy.
Exo 10.7: Mo betta, let da peopo go way fo do religious kine stuff fo dea god Yahweh!
Exo 10.8: So da Pharaoh guy tell somebody fo go bring back Moses an Aaron by him one mo time.
Exo 10.8: Pharaoh tell um, “Go!”
Exo 10.8: So den, who da ones dat goin go?
Exo 10.9: Moses tell um, “Erybody goin go, our young peopo an our ol peopo too.
Exo 10.10: guy tell dem, “You guys tink I goin let all you guys go, an dass how goin be afta?
Exo 10.11: Okay fo da mens go do religious kine stuff fo ‘Yahweh’, cuz dass wat you guys
Exo 10.17: So, let me go fo da bad ting I wen do, jus dis one time.
Exo 10.18: Moses dem go way from da Pharaoh guy.
Exo 10.18: He go pray to Yahweh.”
Exo 10.20: hard head still yet, an he no like let da Israel peopo go.
Exo 10.23: Fo three days, no mo nobody can go from his place an move aroun.
Exo 10.24: He tell um, “Go awready.
Exo 10.24: Go do yoa religious kine stuff fo Yahweh.
Exo 10.26: Oua own animals, dey gotta go wit us.
Exo 10.27: Dass why da Pharaoh guy no like let go da peopo.”
Exo 11.1: Afta dat, he goin let you guys go way from hea.
Exo 11.1: Mo den dat, wen he let you guys go, he goin chase all you guys outa hea!
Exo 11.2: Tell da peopo fo go aks da Egypt peopo dat stay friends wit dem o live nea
Exo 11.8: Dey goin go down on top da groun in front me, an tell me, ‘Go way now,
Exo 11.8: Dey goin go down on top da groun in front me, an tell me, ‘Go way now, you an all da peopo dat follow you!
Exo 11.8: An me, I goin go way from hea!
Exo 11.8: Den he go way.”
Exo 11.10: Dass why he no like let da Israel peopo go way from his land.
Exo 12.3: Go bring togedda all da Israel peopo, an tell um dis: Day
Exo 12.5: mo someting wrong o funny kine wit da kine animal you guys go get.
Exo 12.6: Dat day, from da time da sun go down, befo come real dark, all da Israel peopo gotta kill
Exo 12.11: how you goin be wen you eat da meat: you gotta be ready fo go, an wear da kine clotheses you need, wit yoa slippas on
Exo 12.21: He tell um, “Go now!
Exo 12.21: Tell ery ohana fo go pick da bebe sheeps o goats dat dey goin kill fo make da
Exo 12.22: But afta dat, nobody go outside da door till morning time!
Exo 12.23: “Den, wen Yahweh go all ova Egypt fo kill dea numba one boy an dea numba one
Exo 12.23: He no goin let da Killa Angel Guy go inside fo wipe out da peopo inside da house.
Exo 12.27: Wen da peopo hea wat Moses tell um, dey go down on top da groun fo show love an respeck fo Yahweh.
Exo 12.28: So da Israel peopo go home an do eryting dat Yahweh wen tell Moses an Aaron dat
Exo 12.31: Go way from my peopo, you an all da Israel peopo!
Exo 12.31: Go do religious kine stuff fo Yahweh, jalike you guys wen aks
Exo 12.32: But befo you go, aks God fo make eryting come out good fo me, jalike he
head: Da Israel Peopo Go Outa Egypt
Exo 12.33: Egypt peopo, dey all making presha fo da Israel peopo fo go way quick from dea land, cuz da Egypt guys tinking,
Exo 12.37: Da Israel peopo, dey go outa Ramses town an dey go Sukkot town.
Exo 12.37: Da Israel peopo, dey go outa Ramses town an dey go Sukkot town.
Exo 12.38: Had plenny guys from da odda peopos dat go wit dem too, an plenny sheeps an plenny cows.
Exo 12.41: Wen da 430 year pau, az was da time dat all da peopo go outa da Egypt land, jalike dey one army fo Yahweh.
Exo 12.42: ery year, all da peopo dat come from Israel an dea kids go stay watching foeva.
Exo 13.3: Dis da day you guys go outa Egypt, da place wea you guys was slaves.
Exo 13.15: Pharaoh guy, he come real hard head an no like let us guys go way from dea.’
head: Wat Happen Afta Pharaoh Let Go Da Peopo
Exo 13.17: Afta da Pharaoh guy wen let da Israel peopo go, God neva take dem da road dat go strait to da Filisha
Exo 13.17: wen let da Israel peopo go, God neva take dem da road dat go strait to da Filisha peopo land, even was mo short.
Exo 13.17: “Wen dese peopo get war, maybe dey goin change dea mind an go back Egypt side.
Exo 13.18: Dass why God make da peopo go da odda way, thru da boonies by da Red Sea.
Exo 13.18: Wen da Israel peopo go outa da Egypt land, dea leada guys make ery fifty guys go
Exo 13.18: go outa da Egypt land, dea leada guys make ery fifty guys go togedda erytime, so dey jalike one big army ready fo
Exo 13.19: So den, wen you guys go back, you gotta carry my bones from hea to da Canaan land.
Exo 13.20: Afta da peopo go way from Sukkot, dey make camp Etam side, nex to da
Exo 13.21: Yahweh, he stay go in front a da peopo.”
Exo 13.21: Day time, had one cloud dat go from da groun to da sky, fo show um wea fo go.
Exo 13.21: cloud dat go from da groun to da sky, fo show um wea fo go.
Exo 13.21: Nite time, dat cloud was one fire dat go from da groun to da sky, fo give um light.
Exo 13.21: Dat way, day time o nite time, dey can still go.
Exo 13.22: Da cloud dat go from da groun to da sky neva leave da peopo in da day
Exo 13.22: da sky neva leave da peopo in da day time, an da fire dat go from da groun to da sky neva leave um nite time.
Exo 14.2: Yahweh tell Moses: “Tell da Israel peopo fo go back an go da odda way.
Exo 14.2: Yahweh tell Moses: “Tell da Israel peopo fo go back an go da odda way.
Exo 14.4: I goin make da Pharaoh guy come hard head, so he goin like go afta you guys.
head: Pharaoh Go Afta Da Israel Peopo
Exo 14.5: tell da king fo da Egypt peopo dat da Israel peopo wen go way awready from Egypt.
Exo 14.5: We wen let go da Israel peopo, an now, dey no stay work fo us guys no
Exo 14.7: He take 600 war wagon, an da spesho one fo go wit him.”
Exo 14.8: Dass why him an da oddas wen go afta da Israel peopo.
Exo 14.8: But da Israel peopo, dey stay go outa Egypt, jalike dey no scared notting.
Exo 14.9: But da Egypt army guys go afta dem, wit all da war wagons an da horses from da
Exo 14.12: Cuz mo betta fo us guys work fo dem, den go mahke ova hea inside da boonies!
Exo 14.15: Tell da Israel peopo make ready fo go.
Exo 14.16: walking stick, an hold um out ova da sea, fo make da watta go one side an da odda side.
Exo 14.16: Den da Israel peopo goin go thru da middo a da Red Sea, an da groun in da middo goin
Exo 14.19: Da angel messenja guy from God, da one befo time wen go in front a da Israel army guys, he wen go move da odda
Exo 14.19: befo time wen go in front a da Israel army guys, he wen go move da odda side, fo stay behin dem.
Exo 14.19: Da cloud dat go from da groun to da sky, move from in front dem, an go
Exo 14.19: dat go from da groun to da sky, move from in front dem, an go behin dem.
Exo 14.20: So da cloud go inside da middo a da Egypt guys an da Israel guys, wit da
Exo 14.20: mo da light dat nite, so da guys dat stay one side no can go nea da guys dat stay da odda side.
Exo 14.22: An da Israel peopo wen go thru da middo inside da Red Sea, but da groun wea dey
Exo 14.23: Da Egypt army guys, dey go chase afta da Israel peopo.
Exo 14.23: guy, an da war wagons, an da horse rida guys, dey all go follow dem, wea had watta befo time.
Exo 14.24: get light, Yahweh look down outa da fire an da cloud dat go up inside da sky.
Exo 14.25: God make da wheels fo dea war wagons go come off, so dey no can move how dey like.
Exo 14.26: Moses, “Hold out yoa hand ova da Red Sea, so da watta can go back an go ova da Egypt guys an dea war wagons an dea
Exo 14.26: out yoa hand ova da Red Sea, so da watta can go back an go ova da Egypt guys an dea war wagons an dea horse rida
Exo 14.27: Da Red Sea watta go back jalike was befo time.”
Exo 14.28: an da horse rida guys, an all da Pharaoh army guys dat wen go chase da Israel peopo inside da Red Sea.
Exo 15.4: Even da bestes officer guys dat Pharaoh get, Dey go down awready inside da Red Sea.
Exo 15.5: Dey go down deep inside da watta jalike one stone!
Exo 15.7: You so big, you wipe out erybody dat go agains you.
Exo 15.13: “You stay wit yoa peopo, An show us wea fo go!
Exo 15.13: You strong, dass why you goin help us go Da good an spesho place wea you stay.
Exo 15.16: stand dea like stone an no talk notting, Till yoa peopo go all da way da odda side, Yahweh, Till da peopo go da odda
Exo 15.16: peopo go all da way da odda side, Yahweh, Till da peopo go da odda side, Dey da ones you wen pay fo let um go!
Exo 15.16: peopo go da odda side, Dey da ones you wen pay fo let um go!
Exo 15.19: horses from Pharaoh, wit da war wagons an da horse riders, go inside da sea, Yahweh make da sea watta go back ova dem.
Exo 15.19: horse riders, go inside da sea, Yahweh make da sea watta go back ova dem.
Exo 15.20: She start fo dance, an all da odda wahines, dey go pick up tambourine too an dance in circle wit her.
Exo 15.22: Afta dat, Moses tell da Israel peopo fo go.
Exo 15.22: Dey go way from da Red Sea an go inside da boonies Shur side.
Exo 15.22: Dey go way from da Red Sea an go inside da boonies Shur side.
Exo 15.27: Afta dat, dey go Elim.
Exo 16.1: Lata, da mont numba two, day numba 15 afta dey go way from da Egypt land, all da Israel ohana peopo go way
Exo 16.1: dey go way from da Egypt land, all da Israel ohana peopo go way togedda from Elim.
Exo 16.1: Dey go inside da boonies Sin side.
Exo 16.1: Afta you go way from Elim, firs you come by Sin, den you come Sinai
Exo 16.4: Ery day, da peopo goin go out an pick up food from da groun.
Exo 16.9: Moses tell Aaron fo tell all da Israel peopo dis: “Go ova dea by da place Yahweh stay, cuz he hear wat you guys
Exo 16.12: Tell um dis: ‘Wen da sun go down, you guys goin eat meat.
Exo 16.16: Dis wat Yahweh say you guys gotta do: Ery guy, go pick up how plenny you need fo eat.
Exo 16.16: Fo erybody dat stay inside yoa tent, go get two pound.
Exo 16.21: Ery day, morning time, dey go pick up da stuff.
Exo 16.22: All da leada guys fo da peopo go tell Moses dat dea peopo wen do dat.
Exo 16.27: Still yet, da numba seven day, had some peopo dat go out fo pick up food.
Exo 16.29: da numba seven day, erybody gotta stay dea own place an no go outside.
Exo 17.1: da Israel peopo stay inside da boonies Sin side, dey all go way from dea togedda.
Exo 17.5: Yahweh tell Moses, “Go from one side da camp to da odda side, so all da peopo see
Exo 17.5: Go ova dea.
head: Da Amalek Peopo Go Afta Da Israel Peopo
Exo 17.8: peopo stay ova dea Refidim side, da Amalek peopo come an go afta dem.
Exo 17.9: Moses tell Joshua, “Pick some guys fo go wit you, an go make fight wit da Amalek peopo.
Exo 17.9: Moses tell Joshua, “Pick some guys fo go wit you, an go make fight wit da Amalek peopo.
Exo 17.9: I goin go up da top a da hill tomorrow an stand dea, an I goin take
Exo 17.10: Him an his guys go fight da Amalek guys.”
Exo 17.10: Same time, Moses go up to da top a da hill wit Aaron an Hur.
Exo 17.12: Den Aaron an Hur go get one rock an put um unda him fo sit down on top.
Exo 17.12: Dass how dey keep his arms up till da sun go down.
Exo 18.2: (Befo Moses go outa Egypt, he send his wife Zipporah back wit her fadda
Exo 18.5: So Moses fadda-in-law Jetro, he go fo see Moses.”
Exo 18.5: Him an Moses wife an boys go ova dea inside da boonies, da place Moses stay make camp
Exo 18.6: Jetro send somebody fo go tell Moses, “Dis me, Jetro, yoa fadda-in-law!
Exo 18.7: Moses go da boonies fo meet his fadda-in-law.
Exo 18.7: Moses go down in front Jetro, den he give um hug an kiss.”
Exo 18.7: Den dey go inside Jetro tent.”
Exo 18.8: He tell um all da trouble dey had afta dey go outa Egypt, an how Yahweh get dem outa all dat.
Exo 18.13: Da nex day, Moses go sit down in front da peopo fo judge.
Exo 18.19: Wen dey like go see da judge, you da one fo find out wat God say bout dat
Exo 18.21: Same time, from all da peopo, go find an pick guys dat can handle dis job, da kine dat stay
Exo 18.23: fo all da peopo, afta dey talk to da judge guys, wen dey go home, eryting goin be okay wit dem too.
Exo 18.27: Moses tell his fadda-in-law “Aloha,” an da fadda-in-law go back his own place.
head: Da Israel Peopo Go Mount Sinai
Exo 19.1: Three month afta da Israel peopo go outa da Egypt land, da same day get new moon, dey come
Exo 19.2: Afta dey go from Refidim to da boonies Sinai side, dey make camp ova
head: Moses Go Talk To God
Exo 19.3: Wen dey get dea, Moses go up da mountain, da place wea God stay.
Exo 19.7: Moses go back.
Exo 19.8: Moses go back by Yahweh an tell um wat da peopo wen say.
Exo 19.10: God wat da peopo wen promise fo do, Yahweh tell Moses, “Go by da peopo.
Exo 19.12: You gotta show da peopo wea no can go, all aroun da mountain.
Exo 19.12: You no can go up da mountain!
Exo 19.13: Anybody go dea, all da peopo going throw rocks fo kill um, o shoot um
Exo 19.13: one long trumpet sound from da sheep horn, den dey can go up da mountain.
Exo 19.15: You guys, no go sleep wit one wahine.
Exo 19.17: Dey go stand down side da mountain.
Exo 19.18: Da smoke go up jalike da smoke from one place wea dey melt da metal.
Exo 19.20: An Moses go dea.
Exo 19.21: Yahweh tell Moses, “Go down now.
Exo 19.21: No good dey go broke da kapu rule an come up hea fo look me, Yahweh.
Exo 19.22: Cuz if dey no stay right, I goin go agains dem an dey goin mahke too!
Exo 19.24: Yahweh tell Moses, “Go now.
Exo 19.24: Go back down.’-”
Exo 19.25: So Moses go back down by da peopo an tell um dat.
Exo 20.3: You no go take odda gods fo you, cuz me, I da ony God fo you.
Exo 20.4: “No go make idol kine gods fo yoaself dat look like anyting from
Exo 20.5: No go down in front da odda gods fo show um love an respeck, an
Exo 20.5: An I one jealous God, if you go down in front da odda gods!
Exo 20.5: Wen peopo do bad tings dat need punish, I go afta dem an I punish da ones dat hate me.
Exo 20.7: “No go use my name an ack like dat give you da right fo do any
Exo 20.7: Cuz I Yahweh, an anybody use my name fo go do any kine stuff, no way I goin let dem go an no punish
Exo 20.7: use my name fo go do any kine stuff, no way I goin let dem go an no punish um.
Exo 20.13: “No go murda nobody.
Exo 20.14: “No go fool around behind yoa wife o husban back.
Exo 20.15: “No go steal notting.
Exo 20.17: “No go tink, ‘I like take da odda guy stuffs, an I goin take um!
Exo 20.17: Dat mean, no go afta his wife, o his slave guy, o his slave wahine, o his
Exo 20.17: Dey go stand back long way from da mountain.
Exo 20.20: stay scared a him, cuz if you scared, bumbye you no goin go do someting bad.
Exo 20.21: But Moses, he go strait ova dea, nea da dark cloud wea God stay.”
Exo 20.26: No make big alta fo me wit steps fo go up, cuz no good you let somebody see yoa privates unda yoa
Exo 20.26: you let somebody see yoa privates unda yoa robe wen you go up dea.
Exo 21.2: From da numba seven year, he can go, an no be yoa slave no moa, an he no need pay you notting
Exo 21.2: yoa slave no moa, an he no need pay you notting fo let um go.
Exo 21.3: guy, if he no mo wife, den wen he pau be yoa slave he can go.
Exo 21.3: buy one married guy, den wen he pau, him an his wife can go.
Exo 21.4: Ony da guy go, da wife stay wit da slave owna guy.
Exo 21.5: I no like go way from hea an no be slave no moa,” den da slave owna guy
Exo 21.11: tings: give her food, an clotheses, an sex, den she can go way.
Exo 21.11: no moa, an she no need pay da guy money notting fo let her go.
Exo 21.13: But if he neva go afta da guy fo kill um, but God jus let um happen, den God
Exo 21.14: But wen one guy ony like fo go kill one nodda guy, an he bulai da guy an kill um, den no
Exo 21.20: If one guy take one stick an go bus up his slave guy o his slave wahine, an dey mahke
Exo 21.26: make um so dey no can see, da slave owna guy gotta let um go.
Exo 21.27: guy o da slave wahine so one teeth fall out, gotta let um go.
Exo 21.29: But if from long time da bull cow like use his horn fo go afta peopo, an peopo awready tell da owna he betta watch
Exo 21.29: dat cow, an da owna no do notting fo make shua da cow no go afta peopo -- den, if da cow use his horn fo kill one guy
Exo 21.36: peopo know from long time dat dat cow like use his horn fo go afta da odda cows, an da owna no do notting fo make shua
Exo 21.36: odda cows, an da owna no do notting fo make shua da cow no go afta um -- den da owna guy gotta pay back one cow fo da
Exo 22.1: “If one guy go steal one cow o one sheep, an he kill um o sell um, fo da
Exo 22.5: “If one guy let his animals go inside one nodda guy field o grape farm, an da animals eat
Exo 22.6: “If get one fire, an da fire go burn da thorn bush fence, an burn some odda guy field, o
Exo 22.8: guy, den da house owna guy dat wen keep da money gotta go in front God so God can tell da peopo if he wen touch da
Exo 22.11: Da guy dat keep da animal fo da odda guy gotta go in front Yahweh, an swear to God dat he neva do notting to
Exo 22.16: “If one guy tell one girl fo go sleep wit him, den da guy sleep wit her, an da girl not
Exo 22.19: “Anybody go make sex wit one animal, gotta kill um.
Exo 22.20: “Anybody go make sacrifice to one nodda god dass not Yahweh, gotta
Exo 22.24: Jalike wen one fire come big fire, I goin go afta you guys an make odda peopo go kill you guys wit
Exo 22.24: come big fire, I goin go afta you guys an make odda peopo go kill you guys wit swords.
Exo 22.26: he owe you, you gotta give da coat back to him befo da sun go down.
Exo 23.1: “No go tell odda people tings you hear if you know az not true.
Exo 23.1: Wen get somebody dat do bad ting, no go make deal wit da guy dat do bad ting so you go bulai da
Exo 23.1: ting, no go make deal wit da guy dat do bad ting so you go bulai da judge fo him.
Exo 23.2: Even if get plenny peopo say da same ting, no go togedda wit dem fo help um do someting bad.
Exo 23.2: Wen you go in front da judge, no go follow da oddas jus fo make um
Exo 23.2: Wen you go in front da judge, no go follow da oddas jus fo make um come good fo yoa friends.
Exo 23.3: if one guy dat no mo notting come in front da judge, no go make diffren kine to him, jus cuz da guy no mo notting.
Exo 23.4: you find da guy cow o donkey inside da boonies, you gotta go take um back to da owna no matta da guy stay agains you.
Exo 23.6: by you dat no mo notting an get hard time, an dey gotta go in front da judge, no go do notting fo mess um up.
Exo 23.6: an get hard time, an dey gotta go in front da judge, no go do notting fo mess um up.
Exo 23.7: No go do notting agains da peopo dat stay do wass right, den
Exo 23.7: Cuz I God, an I no goin let you go if you go do bad ting.
Exo 23.7: Cuz I God, an I no goin let you go if you go do bad ting.
Exo 23.9: “Wen get peopo from odda place dat live by you guys, no go do notting fo make presha fo dem.
Exo 23.11: Jus let um go an leave um.
Exo 23.20: “Dis wat I doing: I stay send one angel messenja guy fo go in front a you, fo make shua notting bad happen to you.
Exo 23.21: No go agains him wit bad feeling.
Exo 23.21: Cuz if you guys go against wat he tell, he no goin take dat, cuz he get his
Exo 23.22: he tell, an do eryting I goin tell you fo do, den I goin go agains da peopo dat go agains you, an I goin go fight da
Exo 23.22: I goin tell you fo do, den I goin go agains da peopo dat go agains you, an I goin go fight da peopo dat goin fight
Exo 23.22: den I goin go agains da peopo dat go agains you, an I goin go fight da peopo dat goin fight you.
Exo 23.23: “Cuz my angel guy, he goin go in front an take you da place wea da Amor peopo, da Het
Exo 23.24: You betta not go down in front dea gods fo pray to dem, an you betta not
Exo 23.27: All da places you goin go, all da peopo no goin know wat fo do, an dey all stay
Exo 23.29: But I no goin make um all go way da same year, cuz no good da land stay lidat, an no mo
Exo 23.30: I goin make da peopo go way litto by litto.
Exo 23.31: stay live inside dat land to you, an you goin make um all go way.
Exo 23.33: If you go do stuff fo dea gods, dat goin be jalike one trap fo catch
Exo 24.1: Wen you guys still long way from da top, start fo go down in front me.
Exo 24.2: Da leada guys, dey no can go nea dea.
Exo 24.3: Moses go by da peopo.
Exo 24.5: pick some young guys from da Israel peopo, an send um fo go kill some animals an put da bodies on top da altar an burn
Exo 24.9: So den Moses go up da mountain.
Exo 24.9: Abihu, an da seventy older leadas fo da Israel peopo, dey go too.
head: Moses Go Talk Wit God
Exo 24.13: Moses an his helpa guy Joshua start fo go up God's mountain.
Exo 24.14: Befo dey go, Moses tell da leada guys, “You guys stay hea.”
Exo 24.14: in charge, so anybody dat need fo talk to one judge can go by dem.
Exo 24.15: Wen Moses go up da mountain, had one cloud cova da mountain.
Exo 24.18: Den Moses go inside da cloud.
Exo 24.18: He go all da way up to da top a da mountain.
Exo 25.2: Yahweh tell Moses dis: “Go tell da Israel peopo fo bring me someting dey like give an
Exo 25.18: One a dem go on top one side a da cova, an da odda go on top da odda
Exo 25.18: One a dem go on top one side a da cova, an da odda go on top da odda side a da cova.
Exo 25.27: Da rings go nea da edge dat stay aroun da top, fo take da poles fo
Exo 25.29: Make da dishes an pans an cups an bowls outa pure gold fo go wit da table, fo pour da kine wine offerings you pour out.
Exo 25.31: Make da bottom wit da main piece dat go strait up, an da side pieces too, wit cup dat look like da
Exo 25.37: Den make seven olive oil lamp fo go on top da lamp stan.
Exo 26.5: 14 yard piece fo da odda side a da tent, make 50 loop dat go wit da 50 loop on top da odda piece.
Exo 26.7: “Fo da tent dat go ova da Place Fo Me Stay, make cloth outa goat hair, 11
Exo 26.10: 15 yard piece fo da odda side a da tent, make 50 loop dat go wit da 50 loop on top da odda piece.
Exo 26.17: so get two piece dat stick out nex to each odda, an dis go inside da metal piers, so come strong.
Exo 26.19: Make 40 pier outa silva metal fo go unda da 20 board, two pier unda ery board fo hold da two
Exo 26.28: Da middo pole fo hold da boards togedda gotta go ova all da boards, fo make dat side a da Tent.
Exo 26.29: Put gold rings on top ery board, fo da poles go inside.
Exo 27.7: Da poles go inside da rings, so da poles stay da two sides a da altar
Exo 27.16: Fo put in front da place fo go inside da yard, so no can look inside from da outside,
Exo 27.17: “All da poses dat go aroun da yard, put silva band aroun da top an silva hook
Exo 27.19: All da odda tings dat go inside da yard, make um outa bronze.
Exo 27.21: Dey gotta put da lamps in front Yahweh wen da sun go down, an dey gotta pio um wen da sun go up.
Exo 27.21: Yahweh wen da sun go down, an dey gotta pio um wen da sun go up.
Exo 28.10: Start wit da one dat wen born firs, an go all da way to da one dat wen born last.
Exo 28.12: Cuz Aaron, erytime wen he go in front Yahweh, he take dea ohana names dea, on top his
Exo 28.29: “Erytime Aaron go inside da Place Dat Stay Spesho Fo God, he goin carry da
Exo 28.29: goin do dis an tink bout all da Israel ohanas erytime he go in front Yahweh.
Exo 28.30: Erytime Aaron go in front Yahweh, da Urim an da Tumim goin be dea, on top
Exo 28.31: “Make da robe dat go wit da ves ony wit da blue kine wool cloth.
Exo 28.35: Da bells goin make noise wen he go inside da Real, Real Spesho Place in front Yahweh, an wen
Exo 28.36: “Make one small piece gold fo go on top Aaron forehead.
Exo 28.43: Erytime Aaron an his boys go inside da Tent Wea Dey Come Togedda Wit Me, an erytime dey
Exo 29.5: on Aaron wit da shirt fo undaneat da robe, den da robe dat go wit da ves, an da ves, an da ches piece.
Exo 29.11: Kill da cow in front me, Yahweh, right dea wea you go inside da Tent Wea You Come Togedda Wit Me.
Exo 29.13: stick out from da liver, an da two kidneys wit da fat dat go aroun dem, an burn um on top da altar fo make smoke.
Exo 29.30: Aaron mahke an one a his boys come da main pries guy, fo go inside da Tent Wea I Come Togedda Wit You Guys fo do da
Exo 29.32: an da breads dat stay inside da basket, by da place fo go inside da Tent Wea I Goin Come Togedda Wit You Guys.
Exo 29.39: bebe sheep morning time, an da odda one right afta da sun go down but still get light.
Exo 29.41: Afta da sun go down, wen you kill da odda bebe sheep fo sacrifice, you do
Exo 29.42: sacrifice you goin make ery day foeva, by da place you go inside da Tent Wea I Come Togedda Wit You Guys, in front
Exo 30.8: da olive oil lamps, he goin do dat, an ery day wen da sun go down an Aaron put up da olive oil lamps on top da stand,
Exo 30.12: get ery place, ery guy gotta pay me, Yahweh, fo let um go.
Exo 30.13: Da guys wen dey go ova to da side wea awready wen count da peopo, dey gotta
Exo 30.20: Erytime dey go inside da Tent, dey gotta wash wit watta, so bumbye dey no
Exo 30.20: Same ting, erytime dey go nea da big altar fo do dea job, fo burn up da sacrifices
Exo 30.23: Den Yahweh tell Moses: “Go get da bestest kine sap fo make perfume.
Exo 30.27: da tings you use wit um, da lamp stand an all da tings dat go wit um, da small altar fo da incense, da big altar fo burn
Exo 30.33: Anybody go make da same kine oil outa da same kine stuffs, o anybody
Exo 30.33: make da same kine oil outa da same kine stuffs, o anybody go put um on top some guy dat not one pries, gotta cut dem
Exo 30.38: Anybody go make da same kine incense, jus so dey can smell um, gotta
Exo 31.11: make um come da prieses, and da incense dat smell nice fo go inside da Spesho Place inside da Tent.
Exo 31.14: Anybody go work dat day, you guys gotta cut um off from da Israel
Exo 31.15: Anybody go work da Res Day, gotta mahke.
Exo 32.1: an tell um, “Make one idol god fo show us guys wea fo go.
Exo 32.6: Den dey start fo go fool aroun.
Exo 32.7: Den Yahweh tell Moses, “Go back down da mountain quick!
Exo 32.8: da right way fo do, but right away dey stay turn aroun an go da wrong way awready.
Exo 32.8: Dey go down in front da idol god an make sacrifices fo um.
Exo 32.12: If you go wipe um out, da Egypt peopo goin say, ‘Dat god fo da
Exo 32.12: Cuz wen he take um outa oua Egypt land, was ony fo go kill um inside da mountains an wipe um out, so den dey no
head: Moses Go Down Da Mountain
Exo 32.15: Den Moses turn aroun an go down from da mountain.
Exo 32.23: Make gods fo us guys, dat goin show us wea fo go!
Exo 32.26: So Moses go stand by da camp gate, an yell, “Erybody dat stay stick
Exo 32.27: Go get yoa swords an tie um on top yoa belt.
Exo 32.27: Den go all ova da camp, one side to da odda side an back, all da
Exo 32.27: Go kill da idol god guys, no matta dey yoa brudda guys, an
Exo 32.29: Cuz all you guys even wen go agains yoa own boys an yoa own brudda guys.
head: Moses Tell God Fo Let Go Da Peopo An Hemo Dea Shame
Exo 32.30: Maybe I can do someting so he go let you guys go fo da bad ting you wen do, an hemo yoa
Exo 32.30: Maybe I can do someting so he go let you guys go fo da bad ting you wen do, an hemo yoa shame, an let you
Exo 32.31: So Moses go back by Yahweh.
Exo 32.32: But now, if you like let um go fo da bad ting dey wen do, an hemo dea shame from dat,
Exo 32.32: If you no like let um go, mo betta you wipe my name out too from inside yoa book!
Exo 32.34: Now, you go.”
Exo 32.34: Take da peopo da place I wen tell you fo go.
Exo 32.34: Goin get one angel messenja guy from me dat goin go in front a you.
head: Da Peopo Go Way From Mount Sinai
Exo 33.1: Den Yahweh tell Moses: “Go way from dis place, you an da peopo dat you wen bring outa
Exo 33.1: Go up da land wea I wen make strong promise to Abraham, an
Exo 33.2: I goin send one angel messenja guy fo go in front a you guys.
Exo 33.3: Go dat good land, wea get plenny milk an honey erytime.
Exo 33.3: But me, I no goin go wit you guys, cuz you all hard head, an bumbye I go wipe
Exo 33.3: goin go wit you guys, cuz you all hard head, an bumbye I go wipe out all you guys befo you get dea!
Exo 33.5: If I go wit you guys even one minute, I goin wipe out all you
Exo 33.5: I goin go tink wat I goin do to you guys.
Exo 33.7: Anybody dat like aks God bout someting, dey go ova dea outside da camp by da Tent Fo Meet Wit God, fo aks
Exo 33.8: Erytime Moses go out by da tent, all da peopo stand up in front dea own
Exo 33.8: front dea own small tent, an dey stay watch Moses till he go inside da tent.
Exo 33.9: Wen Moses go inside da tent, da cloud dat go from da groun to da sky
Exo 33.9: Wen Moses go inside da tent, da cloud dat go from da groun to da sky come down an stay by da door, all
Exo 33.10: Erytime da peopo see da cloud dat go from da groun to da sky, standing in front da tent, all da
Exo 33.10: groun to da sky, standing in front da tent, all da peopo go down on top dea face on top da groun, right wea dey
Exo 33.11: Afta, Moses go back da camp.
Exo 33.11: da young helpa guy fo Moses, dat Joshua Nun's boy, he no go way from inside da tent, he stay dea.
Exo 33.12: Moses tell Yahweh, “You stay telling me, ‘Go take dese peopo da place dey suppose to go.
Exo 33.12: telling me, ‘Go take dese peopo da place dey suppose to go.
Exo 33.14: God tell Moses, “Goin be me dat stay go wit you, an I goin make tings so you can rest.
Exo 33.15: Moses tell, “If you no stay go wit us guys, no make us go way from dis place.”
Exo 33.15: Moses tell, “If you no stay go wit us guys, no make us go way from dis place.”
Exo 33.16: You gotta go wit us guys!
Exo 33.16: An if you go wit us guys, az how me an yoa peopo goin be diffren [from
Exo 33.22: Den, wen I go by dea an show you how awesome I stay fo real kine, I goin
Exo 33.22: put my hand ova you so you no can see notting, till afta I go by dea.”
Exo 34.1: Yahweh tell Moses, “Go cut two flat stone jalike da ones I wen give you da firs
Exo 34.2: Be ready fo go up Mount Sinai morning time.
Exo 34.3: No mo odda guy goin go up dea wit you.
Exo 34.3: Nobody can go any place on top da mountain.
Exo 34.4: Early morning time, Moses get up an go up Mount Sinai, jalike Yahweh wen tell um fo do.”
Exo 34.7: I let peopo go an hemo dea shame Fo wen dey do da wrong ting an go agains
Exo 34.7: peopo go an hemo dea shame Fo wen dey do da wrong ting an go agains me an do bad tings.
head: Moses Aks God Fo Go Wit Dem
Exo 34.8: Moses go down on top da groun real quick, fo show God love an
Exo 34.9: check me out an you like me, let me aks you one ting: stay go wit us guys, no matta dese peopo, dey hard head.
Exo 34.9: Let us guys go wen we get outa line an do bad kine stuff.
Exo 34.14: You no go show love an respeck fo any odda god, ony fo me.
Exo 34.14: I Yahweh, da one dey call da Jealous God, an I one God dat go all out fo keep my good name.
Exo 34.15: Cuz wen dey go do stuff fo dea gods, dey goin go all out, jalike one guy
Exo 34.15: Cuz wen dey go do stuff fo dea gods, dey goin go all out, jalike one guy like go all out fo fool aroun one
Exo 34.15: fo dea gods, dey goin go all out, jalike one guy like go all out fo fool aroun one wahine dat take money fo sex.
Exo 34.16: But dea daughtas, dey goin go all out fo do stuff fo dea gods, jalike wen one guy like
Exo 34.16: all out fo do stuff fo dea gods, jalike wen one guy like go all out fo fool aroun one wahine dat take money fo sex, an
Exo 34.24: An da three times ery year wen you guys go da place wea you suppose to come togedda in front me,
Exo 34.30: peopo see dat Moses skin stay shining, dey scared fo go nea him.
Exo 34.34: Erytime Moses go in front Yahweh fo talk wit him, Moses take off da cloth
Exo 34.35: he put da cloth ova his face again, till da nex time he go inside da Tent fo talk wit Yahweh.
Exo 35.5: Erybody dat like do dat, go bring him gold, an silva, an bronze metal, blue, an
head: Da Tings Dat Go Inside Da Tent
Exo 35.11: hooks an da boards, da bars an da poses, an da bases dat go undaneat, da Box Fo Rememba Da Deal, wit da poles, an da
Exo 35.15: guys head, da incense dat smell nice, da thick cloth dat go in front da door fo da Tent so no can see inside, da big
Exo 35.16: tings dey use wit da altar, da watta tub an da stand dat go undaneat, da cloth dat go aroun da yard, wit da poses an
Exo 35.17: da watta tub an da stand dat go undaneat, da cloth dat go aroun da yard, wit da poses an da bases dat go undaneat,
Exo 35.17: cloth dat go aroun da yard, wit da poses an da bases dat go undaneat, an da thick cloth so no can see inside da yard,
Exo 35.18: tent pegs fo da main Tent, da pegs fo hold up da poses dat go aroun da yard, an da rope fo dem, da clotheses dey goin
Exo 35.20: Den all da Israel peopo go way from da place wea Moses talk to dem.
Exo 35.33: silva an bronze, an how fo work wit da jewelry stone dat go inside da frames, an how fo work wit wood -- ery kine ting
Exo 36.5: tings fo da Tent, dey all wen leave da tings dey making fo go tell Moses, “Nuff awready!
Exo 36.6: So Moses tell peopo fo go all ova da camp fo tell erybody.
Exo 36.14: guys wen make cloth outa goat hair fo make one tent dat go ova da inside tent.
Exo 36.22: up, dey make two piece dat stick out nex to each odda, fo go inside da metal piers.
Exo 36.24: side a da Tent dey make 20 boards an 40 silva piers fo go unda da 20 boards, two piers fo one board, wit holes fo da
Exo 36.26: da nort side, dey make 20 boards an 40 silva piers fo go unda da 20 boards, two piers fo one board, an same ting fo
Exo 36.31: Dey make koa wood poles dat go across fo make da odda boards stay togedda.
Exo 36.33: Da main pole across da middle, stay long so can go across all da boards dat stand up, from one end to da
Exo 36.34: make gold metal piece on top dem fo hold da five poles dat go across, an dey cova da pole dat go across wit gold too.
Exo 36.34: hold da five poles dat go across, an dey cova da pole dat go across wit gold too.
Exo 37.8: One a da statues go on top one side a da cova, an da odda go on top da odda
Exo 37.8: One a da statues go on top one side a da cova, an da odda go on top da odda side a da cova.
Exo 37.14: Da rings go right unda da rim dat stay aroun da top, fo hold da poles
Exo 37.16: Dey make dishes an pans an cups an bowls outa gold fo go wit da table, fo pour out da kine wine offerings.
Exo 37.17: Dey make da bottom, an da main piece go strait up, an da side piece wit cup dat look like da bud
Exo 37.23: Bezalel dem make da seven olive oil lamp fo go on top da lamp stand, an da pans fo carry da fire an da
Exo 38.4: Da grill go inside da middo a da altar, half way down unda da top.
Exo 38.16: All da curtains dat go aroun da yard, dey make um wit fancy kine linen cloth.
Exo 38.17: All da piers dat go undaneat da poses, dey make um outa bronze metal.
Exo 38.18: Same ting fo da odda curtains dat go aroun da yard, dey all 7 feet 6 inch high.
Exo 38.27: wen use 7,500 pound silva fo melt an make da piers dat go undaneat da boards fo da main tent an undaneat da poses fo
Exo 38.31: dat dey use fo dat altar, an fo da piers fo da poses dat go aroun da yard, an fo da poses fo da gate, an da pegs fo da
Exo 38.31: da gate, an da pegs fo da ropes fo da Tent an da poses fo go aroun da yard.
Exo 39.22: Dey weave da whole robe dat go wit da ves outa da kine blue wool string dat cos plenny.
Exo 39.33: bring da Tent to Moses Da inside tent an all da stuffs fo go inside da tent: da hooks, Da stand up boards, an da poles
Exo 39.33: da tent: da hooks, Da stand up boards, an da poles dat go across da boards, Da poses an da piers, Da red leather
Exo 39.40: make da sacrifices, Da watta tub an da stand, Da cloth fo go aroun da yard, Da poses an da piers, Da curtain dat go in
Exo 39.40: fo go aroun da yard, Da poses an da piers, Da curtain dat go in front da gate fo da yard, Da ropes an da tent pegs, All
Exo 40.8: Put up da curtain by da gate fo go inside da yard.
Exo 40.12: “Den bring Aaron an his boys fo come by da place fo go inside da Tent Fo Come Togedda Wit Me.
Exo 40.15: Wen you go put dat spesho oil on top dem, dat mean, dea ohana goin be
Exo 40.17: So den, two years afta dey wen go outa Egypt, on da numba one month an da numba one day, dey
Exo 40.18: put da boards inside da pukas in da piers, an da poles dat go across da boards dat stand up.
Exo 40.28: Den Moses dem put up da curtain dat go in front da Tent so no can look inside from outside.
Exo 40.32: Moses an Aaron, an his boys, erytime dey go inside da Tent Fo Come Togedda Wit God, an erytime dey go
Exo 40.32: go inside da Tent Fo Come Togedda Wit God, an erytime dey go nea da altar, dey wash dea hands an dea feets, jalike
Exo 40.34: Afta Moses pau set up eryting, da Cloud Dat Go From Da Groun To Da Sky wen cova da Tent Fo Come Togedda
Exo 40.35: Moses, he no can go inside, cuz da cloud stay on top da Tent an da awesome
Exo 40.36: erytime da Israel peopo suppose to move camp, da cloud go up from da Tent, an den dey go.
Exo 40.36: to move camp, da cloud go up from da Tent, an den dey go.
Exo 40.37: But, if da cloud no go up, da peopo no move camp.
Exo 40.37: Da ony time dey move camp is wen da cloud go up.
Exo 40.38: Dass how was, all da time da Israel peopo stay go outa Egypt till dey get to dea own land.
Lev 1.3: He gotta show da cow to da pries guys outside wea you go inside da yard fo da Tent wea da peopo come fo meet me,
Lev 1.5: um on top all da sides a da altar, by da door wea you go inside da yard fo da Tent wea da peopo come fo meet me.
Lev 1.9: dat dey burn eryting up, so da smoke from da fire go up an make one real nice smell fo me, Yahweh.
Lev 1.13: dat dey burn eryting up, so da smoke from da fire go up an make one real nice smell fo me, Yahweh.
Lev 1.17: az one sacrifice dat dey burn up, so da smoke from da fire go up an make one real nice smell fo me, Yahweh.
Lev 2.2: An da smoke from da fire goin go up an make one real nice smell fo me.
Lev 2.9: An da smoke from da fire goin go up an make one real nice smell fo me, Yahweh.
Lev 3.2: da sacrifice animal, den kill um outside da place wea you go inside da yard fo da Tent wea da peopo meet me, Yahweh.
Lev 3.5: An da smoke from da fire goin go up an make one real nice smell fo me, Yahweh.
Lev 3.16: An da smoke from da fire goin go up an make one real nice smell fo me, Yahweh.
Lev 4.20: Den God goin let go da peopo, an hemo dea shame fo da bad kine stuff dey wen
Lev 4.26: guy da same side wit Yahweh, an Yahweh goin let da guy go, an hemo his shame from da bad ting he wen do.
Lev 4.31: Den I goin let him go, an hemo da shame from da bad ting he wen do.
Lev 4.35: no matta da guy wen do bad kine stuff, I goin let him go an hemo his shame.
Lev 5.10: An Yahweh goin let him go an hemo his shame cuz a da bad ting he wen do.
Lev 5.13: An I goin let him go an hemo his shame.
Lev 5.16: Den I goin let da guy go, an hemo his shame [from / cuz a] da bad ting he wen do.
Lev 5.18: An I goin let him go, an hemo his shame.
Lev 6.7: An I goin let him go, an hemo his shame fo da bad kine stuff he wen do dat make
Lev 6.20: make ery day foeva, half in da morning, an half wen da sun go down.
Lev 8.2: tell Moses: “Bring Aaron an his boys, da place wea you go inside da Tent wea da peopo come fo meet me, Yahweh.
Lev 8.3: Tell all da peopo fo come togedda too, ova dea by wea you go inside da yard fo da Tent wea da peopo come fo meet me,
Lev 8.4: All da peopo come togedda, by da place wea dey go inside da yard fo da Tent wea da peopo come fo meet God.”
Lev 8.6: Den he tell dem fo go wash demself wit watta.”
Lev 8.31: an his boys: “Cook da res a da meat by da place wea peopo go inside da yard fo da Tent wea da peopo come fo meet God,
Lev 8.33: No go outside da place wea peopo go inside da yard fo da Tent
Lev 8.33: No go outside da place wea peopo go inside da yard fo da Tent wea da peopo come fo meet God fo
Lev 8.35: You guys gotta stay wea peopo go inside da yard fo da Tent wea da peopo come fo meet God,
Lev 9.3: Den tell da Israel peopo go take one boy kine goat fo make one sacrifice cuz a da bad
Lev 9.8: So Aaron go by da altar, kill da bebe cow fo make sacrifice fo da bad
Lev 9.23: Den Moses an Aaron go inside da Tent wea da peopo come meet God.
Lev 9.24: Den dey go down wit dea face on top da groun fo show respeck fo
Lev 10.7: But you guys, no go way from wea peopo go inside da yard fo da Tent wea da
Lev 10.7: But you guys, no go way from wea peopo go inside da yard fo da Tent wea da peopo come fo meet God, o
Lev 10.9: boys no can drink wine o beer kine stuff weneva you guys go inside da Tent wea da peopo come fo meet me, Yahweh, o you
Lev 10.14: Eat um inside any place dat no make you guys so you no can go in front Yahweh.
head: Da Kine Food Dat Make You So You Can Go In Front God, An Da Kine Food Dat Make You So You No Can
head: In Front God, An Da Kine Food Dat Make You So You No Can Go In Front God
Lev 11.24: touch dea mahke body, no can come in front me till da sun go down.
Lev 11.25: Whoeva pick up one a dea mahke body, dey gotta go wash dea clotheses, an dey no can come in front me till da
Lev 11.25: dea clotheses, an dey no can come in front me till da sun go down.
Lev 11.27: touch dea mahke body no can come in front me till da sun go down.
Lev 11.28: dea clotheses, an dey no can come in front me till da sun go down.
Lev 11.31: um wen dey stay mahke, no can come in front me till da sun go down.
Lev 11.32: No can use um till da sun go down.
Lev 11.39: “If one a da animals dat you guys can eat go mahke, anybody touch da mahke body no can come in front me
Lev 11.39: touch da mahke body no can come in front me till da sun go down.
Lev 11.40: Anybody go eat some a da meat from da mahke body, dey gotta go wash
Lev 11.40: go eat some a da meat from da mahke body, dey gotta go wash dea clotheses, an dey no can come in front me till da
Lev 11.40: dea clotheses, an dey no can come in front me till da sun go down.
Lev 11.40: clotheses too, an dey no can come in front me till da sun go down.
Lev 11.43: No go make yoaself come pilau from da small kine animals dat run
Lev 12.4: She no can touch wateva stay spesho fo me, an she no can go da Tent Dat Stay Spesho Fo Me till da time pau, an den she
Lev 12.6: an da bleeding pau an she ready fo come in front me, she go by da pries guy wea peopo go inside da yard fo da Tent wea
Lev 12.6: fo come in front me, she go by da pries guy wea peopo go inside da yard fo da Tent wea da peopo come fo meet me,
Lev 13.3: place come white awready, an if da sore look like stay go way down unda da skin, den az one bad kine sick dat odda
Lev 13.4: on top da skin come white awready, but no look like stay go way down unda da skin, an da hair inside um not white, da
Lev 13.12: out all ova da guy skin, an da pries see dat [stay / dey] go cova da skin from da head to da feets, da pries guy goin
Lev 13.13: ova his body, da pries guy goin tell erybody dat he can go in front me, Yahweh.
Lev 13.13: Cuz da sick stay all white an dry up, he can go in front me.
Lev 13.14: guy see dat da skin still yet stay raw, den da guy no can go in front me, Yahweh.
Lev 13.15: see da raw skin, he goin tell erybody dat da guy no can go in front me.
Lev 13.16: if da raw skin change an come back white an dry, he gotta go by da pries guy again.
Lev 13.19: o get one kinda red an white shiny kine place, dey gotta go by da pries guy.
Lev 13.20: If da place look like stay go way down inside da skin, an da hair inside um come white,
Lev 13.21: guy check um out, an no mo white hair inside um, an no go down inside da skin, an ony can see um litto bit, den da
Lev 13.24: place come inside da raw skin on top da burn, dey gotta go in front da pries guy.
Lev 13.25: inside da shiny part wen come white, an da sore look like go way down inside da skin, az da kine sick odda guys can
Lev 13.26: da place, an no mo white hair inside da shiny part, an no go down inside da skin, an ony can see um litto bit, den da
Lev 13.30: If look like stay go down inside da skin, an da hair inside um stay yellow an
Lev 13.31: pries see dat da place wea da skin stay broke no look like go way down inside da skin, an no mo black hair inside um,
Lev 13.32: an no mo yellow hair inside um, an no look like stay go down inside da skin, da sick guy gotta shave himself, but
Lev 13.34: If no come plenny, an no go down inside da skin, da pries guy goin tell erybody dat da
Lev 13.45: I no can go in front Yahweh!
Lev 13.51: If da mildew stay go on top da clotheses, o da stuff dey weave o knit, o on top
Lev 13.53: “But if da pries guy see wen he go check out da stuffs, dat da mildew no spread on top da
head: How Peopo Can Go In Front God, Afta Dey Get One Sick On Top Da Skin Dat
Lev 14.3: Da pries guy goin go outside da camp, an check out da guy.
Lev 14.7: Den he goin let go da bird dat stay alive, fo fly away inside da fields.
Lev 14.8: Afta dat he can go inside da camp, but he still gotta stay outside his own
Lev 14.11: bring da guy an da sacrifice animals in front me wea peopo go inside da yard fo da Tent wea da peopo come fo meet me.
Lev 14.23: an da stuff fo da sacrifice by da pries guy wea peopo go inside da yard fo da Tent wea da peopo come fo meet me, fo
Lev 14.34: Anodda ting Yahweh tell Moses an Aaron: “Wen you guys go inside da Canaan land, dat I stay give you guys fo own um
Lev 14.35: dat goin spread all ova dea, da guy dat own da house gotta go tell da pries guy, ‘I see someting dat look jalike mildew
Lev 14.36: tell um fo take eryting outa da house befo da pries guy go inside.
Lev 14.36: Den da pries guy go inside fo check out da house.
Lev 14.37: If stay lok kinda green o kinda red, an go mo deep den da wall, da pries guy goin go outside da house
Lev 14.38: o kinda red, an go mo deep den da wall, da pries guy goin go outside da house door, an shut um up fo seven days.
Lev 14.39: Day numba seven, da pries guy goin go back fo check out da house.
Lev 14.44: an scrape da house walls, an plasta um, da pries guy goin go check um out again.
Lev 14.46: “Anybody go inside da house all da time da house stay shut up, dey no
Lev 14.46: da house all da time da house stay shut up, dey no can go in front me till da sun go down.
Lev 14.46: house stay shut up, dey no can go in front me till da sun go down.
Lev 14.53: make da house okay fo use, den he goin let da alive bird go fly away inside da fields outside da town.
Lev 15.5: bafe wit watta, an dey no can come in front me till da sun go down.
Lev 15.6: bafe wit watta, an dey no can come in front me till da sun go down.
Lev 15.7: bafe wit watta, an dey no can come in front me till da sun go down.
Lev 15.8: bafe wit watta, an he no can come in front me till da sun go down.
Lev 15.9: Wateva da guy sit on top wen he go ride, goin make peopo so dey no can come in front me, an
Lev 15.10: stuff coming out, dey no can come in front me till da sun go down.
Lev 15.10: bafe wit watta, an dey no can come in front me till da sun go down.
Lev 15.11: bafe wit watta, an dey no can come in front me till da sun go down.
Lev 15.14: doves o two young pigeon, an come in front me wea peopo go inside da yard fo da Tent wea peopo come fo meet me.
Lev 15.16: body wit watta, an he no can come in front me till da sun go down.
Lev 15.17: um, gotta wash um wit watta, an no can use um till da sun go down.
Lev 15.18: bafe wit watta, an dey no can come in front me till da sun go down.
Lev 15.19: Whoeva touch her no can come in front me till da sun go down.
Lev 15.21: bafe wit watta, an dey no can come in front me till da sun go down.
Lev 15.22: bafe wit watta, an dey no can come in front me till da sun go down.
Lev 15.23: somebody touch um, dey no can come in front me till da sun go down.
Lev 15.27: bafe wit watta, an dey no can come in front me till da sun go down.
Lev 15.29: o two young pigeons, an bring um by da pries guy wea peopo go inside da yard fo da Tent wea da peopo come fo meet me,
Lev 16.1: Dey wen mahke, cuz dey wen go in front Yahweh wen dey not suppose to.
Lev 16.3: “Dis how Aaron can come inside da Spesho Place: befo he go dea, he gotta bring one boy kine cow fo make sacrifice cuz
Lev 16.7: an bring dem in front me, Yahweh, by da place wea peopo go inside da yard fo da Tent wea da peopo come fo meet me.
Lev 16.8: Da odda, lata he goin let um go way inside da boonies wea he no can come back.
Lev 16.10: But da goat dat he goin let um go way inside da boonies, he goin bring dat one alive in
Lev 16.16: stuff dat make um so dey no can come in front me, an dey go agains me weneva dey do bad kine stuff.
Lev 16.17: Nobody can go inside da Tent wea da peopo come fo meet me, from da time
Lev 16.17: da Tent wea da peopo come fo meet me, from da time Aaron go inside da Real Real Spesho Place fo bring da peopo back da
Lev 16.21: all da bad kine stuff da Israel peopo wen do, an dat dey go agains me, Yahweh, an jalike put da blame fo all dat bad
Lev 16.21: Den he goin make da goat go way inside da boonies, wit one guy dat stay ready fo take
Lev 16.22: Da guy goin let go da goat ova dea inside da boonies.
Lev 16.23: “Afta da goat go way, Aaron goin go inside da Tent wea da peopo come fo
Lev 16.23: “Afta da goat go way, Aaron goin go inside da Tent wea da peopo come fo meet me, Yahweh, an
Lev 16.23: an take off da linen clotheses dat he put on befo he wen go inside da Real Real Spesho Place, an he goin leave um
Lev 16.26: “Da guy dat let da goat go dat wen take da blame, he gotta wash his clotheses, an
Lev 16.26: Den he can go back inside da camp.
Lev 16.28: Den he can go back inside da camp.
Lev 17.4: Dey suppose to bring da sacrifice animal wea you go inside da yard fo da Tent wea da peopo come fo meet me,
Lev 17.5: Dey gotta bring um by da pries guy, fo me, Yahweh, wea you go inside da yard fo da Tent wea da peopo come fo meet me.
Lev 17.6: da blood on top da altar fo me, Yahweh, da place wea you go inside da yard fo da Tent wea da peopo come fo meet me, an
Lev 17.9: o odda kine sacrifice, you gotta bring da animal wea you go inside da yard fo da Tent wea da peopo come fo meet me, fo
Lev 17.10: wit you guys, eat meat dat still get blood inside, I goin go agains dat guy dat eat da blood, an I goin cut him off so
Lev 17.13: guy, o any guy from odda place dat stay live wit you guys, go hunt any animal o bird dat you guys can eat, dey gotta let
Lev 17.13: animal o bird dat you guys can eat, dey gotta let da blood go outa um, an cova up da blood wit dirt on top.
Lev 17.15: watta, an dey no can come in front me, Yahweh, till da sun go down.
Lev 18.6: “Nobody suppose to go nea one close ohana fo make sex wit dem.
Lev 18.14: “No go nea yoa fadda's brudda's wife fo make sex wit her.
Lev 18.17: “If you make sex wit one wahine, no go make sex wit her girl too.
Lev 18.17: An no go make sex wit her boy's girl o her girl's girl.
Lev 18.19: “No go nea one wahine fo make sex wit her wen she get her sick
Lev 18.20: “No go make sex wit any odda guy wife, an make yoaself pilau
Lev 18.21: “No give any a yoa own kids fo make um go through da fire fo make sacrifice fo da idol kine god
Lev 18.24: “No go do dis kine stuff an make yoaself so you no can come in
Lev 19.10: No go ova yoa grape field one mo time fo make shua you get
Lev 19.11: “No go steal notting.
Lev 19.11: No go cheat each odda.
Lev 19.12: “No go make strong promise an tell az me, Yahweh, said um.
Lev 19.16: “No go aroun an make bulai story bout anybody wit yoa peopo.
Lev 19.18: “If one a yoa peopo do someting bad to you, no go do someting bad to um too.
Lev 19.21: wahine, gotta bring one boy kine sheep by da place you go inside da yard fo da Tent wea da peopo come fo meet me,
Lev 19.22: Den I goin hemo his shame an let him go.
Lev 19.23: “Wen you guys go inside da land an plant any kine fruit trees, tink bout da
Lev 19.26: “No go find out from da gods wat happening.
Lev 19.26: No go call da spirit from da mahke peopo fo come tell you wat
Lev 19.31: “No go look fo da wahines dat talk to da mahke peopo, an no go
Lev 19.31: go look fo da wahines dat talk to da mahke peopo, an no go find da guys dat know how fo find out wat da mahke peopo
Lev 20.2: wit da Israel guys, if dey give any a dea kids fo make um go inside da fire fo make sacrifice fo da idol kine god
Lev 20.3: I goin go agains dat guy, an cut him off from his peopo.
Lev 20.5: a dea kids fo Molek, an da Israel peopo no kill um, I goin go agains whoeva make da sacrifice fo Molek, an agains dea
Lev 20.5: dey make like one wahine dat fool aroun fo money wen dey go down in front Molek, cuz dey ony suppose to go down in
Lev 20.5: wen dey go down in front Molek, cuz dey ony suppose to go down in front me.
Lev 20.6: “I goin go agains whoeva go look fo da wahines dat talk to da mahke
Lev 20.6: “I goin go agains whoeva go look fo da wahines dat talk to da mahke peopo, an da guys
Lev 20.6: Dey make like one wahine dat fool aroun fo money wen dey go agains me an follow da odda spirits.
Lev 20.16: “If one wahine go by one animal fo make sex wit um, you guys gotta kill da
Lev 21.11: Da main pries no can go inside one place wea get one mahke body.
Lev 21.11: He no can let himself come so he no can go in front me, not even fo his fadda o mudda.
Lev 21.12: He no can go way from my spesho place fo go funeral, cuz den he goin
Lev 21.12: He no can go way from my spesho place fo go funeral, cuz den he goin make my spesho place come pilau.
Lev 21.23: But cuz dey get someting wrong wit dem, dey no can go inside da room wit da thick curtain, an dey no can go by
Lev 21.23: can go inside da room wit da thick curtain, an dey no can go by da altar, cuz den dey make my spesho place pilau.
Lev 22.6: dat kine stuff, dey no can come in front me till da sun go down.
Lev 22.7: Afta da sun go down, an dey stay clean, den dey can come in front me, an
Lev 22.13: girl come one widow o get divorce, an no mo kids, an her go back live inside her fadda's house, jalike wen her young,
Lev 23.5: Da Passova fo Yahweh start wen da sun go down, da month numba one, day numba 14.
Lev 23.10: tell Moses fo tell da Israel peopo dis: “Wen you guys go inside da land I goin give you, an you guys cut da food
Lev 23.14: new wheat o barley, till da day you bring da sacrifice dat go wit da wheat in front me, yoa God.
Lev 23.32: From day numba nine wen da sun go down, till da same time da nex day, az one res day fo you
Lev 24.3: take care da lamps in front me, Yahweh, from wen da sun go down till morning time, all da time, so da light no go
Lev 24.3: sun go down till morning time, all da time, so da light no go out.
Lev 24.10: He go wea da Israel peopo stay, an him an one Israel guy start
Lev 25.2: tell Moses fo tell da Israel peopo dis: “Wen you guys go inside da land I goin give you guys, den ery seven year,
Lev 25.5: No go fo cut da food dat grow from da seed you wen drop da las
Lev 25.10: be da spesho Give Back Year numba fifty wen erybody goin go back fo take ova da property dey wen own befo time, an
Lev 25.11: No go plant seed dat year, an no use da food dat grow from wat
Lev 25.13: “Da Year Fo Give Back, numba fifty, erybody goin go back dea own property.
Lev 25.28: to da guy dat wen own um befo, so den da firs owna guy can go back to his land.
Lev 25.41: Den you goin let him an his kids go, an dey goin go back by his own ohana an da property dat
Lev 25.41: Den you goin let him an his kids go, an dey goin go back by his own ohana an da property dat his ancesta guys
Lev 25.54: he no can buy him back, da owna gotta let him an his kids go, wen da spesho Year Fo Give Back come.
Lev 26.1: one stone you cut fo make someting inside yoa land, fo you go down in front um.
Lev 26.6: da wild kine animals from da land, an no mo nobody goin go thru dea making war.
Lev 26.7: You guys goin go afta da guys dat stay agains you, an you goin kill um wit
Lev 26.17: I goin go agains you guys, so dat da guys dat stay agains you guys
Lev 26.22: you guys come ony litto bit peopo, den no mo nobody goin go walk on top da roads inside yoa land.
Lev 26.25: Wen you guys go back inside yoa big towns, I goin send bad kine sick on
Lev 26.32: da guys dat stay agains you guys no goin feel good wen dey go dea fo take ova.
Lev 26.33: I goin make you guys go all ova da place wea all kine peopos stay.
Lev 26.33: I goin take out my sword an go afta you guys.
Lev 26.43: No mo nobody goin stay dea on da land, cuz dey all go way from dea.
Lev 27.21: An wen time fo da land go back to da owna inside da spesho Year Fo Give Back numba
Lev 27.24: Wen da spesho Year Fo Give Back come, da land no goin go back fo da guy dat wen buy da land and make um spesho fo
Lev 27.24: Goin go back fo da guy dat wen own um befo, cuz az his ohana land,
Deu 4.43: Dey Go Down In Front Odda Gods (13:1 - 13:18) 28.
Deu 4.43: No Go Down In Front Odda Gods (16:21 - 16:22) 39.
Deu 4.43: One Boy Dat Go Agains His Fadda An Mudda (21:18 - 21:21) 52.
Deu 22.19: Da Peopo Dat No Can Go Inside Da Tent Yard (23:1 - 23:8) 56.
Deu 22.19: Da Israel Peopo Goin Go Agains Yahweh Bumbye (31:14 - 31:29) 73.
head: God Tell Da Peopo Fo Go Way From Mount Sinai
Deu 1.2: You know, fo go Mount Sinai to Kadesh Barnea, take eleven days, even if
Deu 1.2: Sinai to Kadesh Barnea, take eleven days, even if you go da long way on da Mount Se`ir road.
Deu 1.7: Take all yoa stuffs an go up inside da hills wea da Amor peopo stay.
Deu 1.7: Den go wea da peopo dat live nea dem stay, inside da Jordan
Deu 1.7: Go wea da Canaan peopo stay, den go nort side to da Lebanon
Deu 1.7: Go wea da Canaan peopo stay, den go nort side to da Lebanon mountains, den go east side all da
Deu 1.7: peopo stay, den go nort side to da Lebanon mountains, den go east side all da way to da big Eufrates Riva.
Deu 1.8: Go inside dea an use da land, cuz I wen make one strong
Deu 1.19: “Den, jalike wat oua God Yahweh wen tell us, we go from Mount Sinai to da hills inside da Amor peopo's land.
Deu 1.19: We go thru da big an scary boonies dat you guys wen see.
Deu 1.21: Go take um ova, jalike Yahweh, da God oua ancesta guys wen
Deu 1.22: look da land, an den come back an tell us da way we goin go up, an da towns we goin go inside.
Deu 1.22: back an tell us da way we goin go up, an da towns we goin go inside.
Deu 1.23: “Dat wen sound good to me, so I pick twelve guys fo go, one guy from ery big ohana.’
Deu 1.24: Da guys wen go up country, all da way to da Eshkol Gulch, an check um out
head: Da Peopo Go Agains Yahweh
Deu 1.26: “But you guys, you neva like go dea.
Deu 1.26: You guys go agains wat yoa God Yahweh tell you guys fo do.
Deu 1.28: Wea we goin go, aah?
Deu 1.28: Oua bruddas dat wen go look da land make us lose fight.
Deu 1.28: Dey get big wall dat go up inside da sky.
Deu 1.30: Oua God Yahweh, he da One goin go in front you guys.’-”
Deu 1.33: Yahweh wen go in front you guys inside one fire nite time, an inside one
Deu 1.33: Az how he show you guys wea fo go.
Deu 1.36: Cuz a dat, he goin go inside dat land.
Deu 1.37: He tell me, “Not even you goin go inside da land.’
Deu 1.38: But yoa helpa guy, Joshua, Nun's boy, he goin go inside dea.
Deu 1.39: But dose kids goin go inside da land.”
Deu 1.40: But you guys, turn aroun an go back inside da boonies on top da road fo go by da Red Sea.
Deu 1.40: turn aroun an go back inside da boonies on top da road fo go by da Red Sea.
Deu 1.41: Now we goin go up fight, jalike oua God Yahweh tell us fo do!’
Deu 1.41: guys wen take yoa stuffs fo fight, an tink az not hard fo go up dea inside da hills.
Deu 1.42: “But Yahweh tell me, ‘Tell dem, no go up dea fight, cuz I no goin go wit dem.’
Deu 1.42: tell me, ‘Tell dem, no go up dea fight, cuz I no goin go wit dem.’
Deu 1.43: You guys go agains wat Yahweh tell you.’
Deu 1.43: You guys get big head an you go up inside da hills.
head: Da Israel Peopo Go All Ova Inside Da Boonies
Deu 2.1: “Den we turn aroun an go back inside da boonies on top da road fo go by da Red Sea,
Deu 2.1: turn aroun an go back inside da boonies on top da road fo go by da Red Sea, jalike Yahweh wen tell me.
Deu 2.1: Long time we stay go dis side an dat side aroun da Se`ir [Mountains / Range].
Deu 2.3: Den Yahweh tell me, “You guys stay go aroun dis mountain range long time awready.
Deu 2.3: Now, you go turn aroun an go north side.
Deu 2.3: Now, you go turn aroun an go north side.
Deu 2.4: Tell da peopo wat dey gotta do: ‘You guys, almos you goin go pass da land wea yoa brudda guys stay, da peopo dat get
Deu 2.8: “So us guys go pass our bruddas, da Esau ohana peopo, dat live inside da
Deu 2.8: dat come up da Arabah Valley from Elat an Ezion Geber, an go by da Moab road inside da boonies.”
Deu 2.13: Moses tell da peopo: “Den Yahweh tell me, ‘Now, go da odda side da Zered Stream.
Deu 2.13: So we go da odda side, to da Moab land.)
Deu 2.14: Az was thirty-eight years afta we go way from Kadesh Barnea da firs time, dat we go da odda
Deu 2.14: afta we go way from Kadesh Barnea da firs time, dat we go da odda side da Zered Stream.’
Deu 2.19: You guys go pass da land wea da Ammon peopo stay.
Deu 2.24: “Yahweh tell, ‘Go da odda side da Arnon Stream now.
Deu 2.26: Kedemot side, I wen send some messenja guys fo tell dem fo go by Sihon, da king inside Heshbon, dat us guys like make
Deu 2.27: I tell, ‘Please, let us guys go pass thru yoa land.’
Deu 2.27: We no goin go da right side o da left side.
Deu 2.29: So us guys like fo you do dat too, till we go da odda side da Jordan Riva an go inside da land oua God
Deu 2.29: you do dat too, till we go da odda side da Jordan Riva an go inside da land oua God Yahweh start fo give us.
Deu 2.30: But Sihon, da king fo Heshbon town, no like let us go thru dea.
Deu 3.1: Afta dat we turn go nort side by da road dat go Bashan.
Deu 3.1: Afta dat we turn go nort side by da road dat go Bashan.
Deu 3.18: dat can fight, gotta take dea bows an arrows an swords, an go da odda side da Jordan Riva in front da odda Israel peopo
head: Moses No Can Go Da Odda Side Da Jordan Riva
Deu 3.25: Please let me go da odda side da Jordan Riva fo see da good land ova dea,
Deu 3.27: Go up da top Mount Pisgah.
Deu 3.27: Cuz you no goin go da odda side da Jordan Riva.
Deu 3.28: words, an make him mo strong an solid, cuz he da one goin go da odda side da Jordan Riva wit all dese peopo follow him.
Deu 4.1: So lissen, so you guys can stay alive an go inside da land.
Deu 4.11: an all dat time da mountain stay burning wit fire an go all da way up to da sky.
Deu 4.14: all da time you guys stay inside da land wea you stay go da odda side da Jordan Riva, so you guys can take ova dat
Deu 4.19: -- all da tings dat get inside da sky -- no tink you gotta go down pray to dem an do stuff fo dem, notting.
Deu 4.21: He make one strong promise dat I not goin go da odda side da Jordan Riva an go inside da good land dat
Deu 4.21: promise dat I not goin go da odda side da Jordan Riva an go inside da good land dat yoa God Yahweh stay give you guys
Deu 4.22: I not goin go da odda side da Jordan Riva.
Deu 4.22: But you guys, you almos goin go ova dea, an take ova dat good land fo make um yoa
Deu 4.24: He no like you guys go down in front da idol kine gods.
Deu 4.27: Den Yahweh goin make you guys go all ova inside odda peopos land, an ony litto bit a you
Deu 4.27: ova dea wit da odda peopos, wea Yahweh goin make you guys go.
Deu 4.29: But wen you guys stay ova dea, if you really like go all out fo know yoa God Yahweh wit all yoa heart, an wit
Deu 4.40: If you do dat, eryting goin go good fo you guys an yoa kids afta you, an you goin live
Deu 4.48: Dat land go from Aroer on da side da Arnon Canyon to Mount Siyon, dat
Deu 5.5: in front me, cuz you guys scared a da fire, an no like go up da mountain.
Deu 5.7: “You, you no can go pray to odda gods, cuz me, I da ony God fo you.
Deu 5.9: No go bow down in front odda gods fo show dem love an respeck,
Deu 5.9: down in front odda gods fo show dem love an respeck, an no go work fo dem, cuz I yoa God Yahweh.
Deu 5.9: An if you go down in front odda gods, I no like dat!
Deu 5.9: Wen peopo do bad tings dat need punish, I go afta dem, an I punish da ones dat hate me.
Deu 5.11: “No go use my name an ack like dat give you da right fo make any
Deu 5.11: Cuz I yoa God Yahweh, an anybody use my name lidat, fo go do wase time kine stuff, no way I goin let dem go an no
Deu 5.11: fo go do wase time kine stuff, no way I goin let dem go an no punish dem.
Deu 5.16: Den you guys goin live long time an eryting goin go good fo you guys inside da land I stay goin give you guys.
Deu 5.17: “No go murda nobody jus cuz you like.
Deu 5.19: “No go steal notting.
Deu 5.21: “No go tink, ‘I like go take da odda guy's stuffs!
Deu 5.21: “No go tink, ‘I like go take da odda guy's stuffs!
Deu 5.21: Dat mean, no go afta his wife, o his house, o his land, o his worka guy o
Deu 5.27: So you Moses, go nea God an lissen all da stuff oua God Yahweh tell you.
Deu 5.29: a me an do eryting I tell um fo do, so den eryting goin go good fo dem an dea kids, foeva!
Deu 5.30: “‘Go, tell um go back by dea tents.
Deu 5.30: “‘Go, tell um go back by dea tents.
Deu 5.32: No go turn away from um to da right side o da left side.’-”
Deu 5.33: do um, so den you guys goin live long time an eryting goin go good fo you guys inside da land you goin get.
Deu 6.1: Dass wat you guys gotta do inside da land wea you goin go fo take um ova, da odda side da Jordan Riva.
Deu 6.3: An az how eryting goin go good fo you guys.
Deu 6.18: right an good, da way Yahweh see um, so dat eryting goin go good fo you guys.
Deu 6.18: Den you guys can go inside da good land dat Yahweh wen make strong promise to
Deu 6.24: stay scared a him an get respeck fo him, so eryting goin go good fo us, an he make us stay alive, jalike we stay
Deu 7.3: No go marry dem.
Deu 7.4: Yahweh, an yoa kids goin come tight wit odda gods an goin go work for um.
Deu 7.22: goin wipe out dose peopos litto by litto wen you guys go fo attack dem.
Deu 7.25: No go make like you like take da silva o gold on top da idols,
Deu 8.1: so dat you guys goin stay alive an come plenny peopo, an go inside da land an take um ova, jalike Yahweh wen make
Deu 8.17: But no go tink lidis: ‘Me, I get all dis rich kine stuff cuz my hand
Deu 8.19: Yahweh, an come tight wit odda gods, do stuff fo dem, an go down in front dem fo show respeck, I tell you guys today
Deu 9.1: “Lissen, you Israel peopo, you guys almos ready fo go da odda side da Jordan Riva, fo go inside da land an take
Deu 9.1: you guys almos ready fo go da odda side da Jordan Riva, fo go inside da land an take um ova, no matta da odda peopos dea
Deu 9.1: Dey get big towns an strong walls dat go up inside da sky.
Deu 9.3: you guys can stay shua dat oua God Yahweh, he da One goin go da odda side da Jordan Riva in front you guys now, jalike
Deu 9.4: oua God Yahweh throw dem out wen you guys attack dem, no go tink lidis: ‘Az cuz I stay do wass right erytime, dat
Deu 9.9: Da time I go up da mountain fo get da flat stones dat show da deal
Deu 9.12: Den Yahweh tell me, ‘Go down dea quick time, cuz yoa peopo dat you wen bring outa
Deu 9.15: “So I turn aroun an go down da mountain wen still yet stay burning.
Deu 9.18: “Den jalike da firs time, I go down in front Yahweh fo forty days an forty nites.
Deu 9.23: “An lata, wen Yahweh wen send you guys fo go out from Kadesh-Barnea, he tell, ‘Go!
Deu 9.23: wen send you guys fo go out from Kadesh-Barnea, he tell, ‘Go!
Deu 9.25: “I wen go down in front Yahweh dat time fo forty days an forty
Deu 10.3: Den I go up da mountain an carry da two flat stones in my hands wit
Deu 10.6: (Afta dat, da Israel peopo go from da Ja`akan ohana's pukas fo watta to Moserah.
Deu 10.7: From dea dey go to Gudgodah, an den to Jotbatah, one land dat get plenny
Deu 10.11: Yahweh tell me, ‘Go!
Deu 10.11: Lead da peopo from hea, so dey can go inside da land an take ova, jalike I wen make strong
Deu 10.13: Dass wat I stay tell you guys today fo do, so eryting goin go good fo you guys.
Deu 10.22: Wen all yoa ancesta guys wen go down Egypt side, dey ony was seventy peopo.
Deu 11.8: you guys fo do today, so dat you guys goin be strong fo go ova da odda side da Jordan Riva an go inside da land an
Deu 11.8: goin be strong fo go ova da odda side da Jordan Riva an go inside da land an take um ova.
Deu 11.10: Da land you stay go inside fo take ova, az not one land jalike Egypt, dat you
Deu 11.11: to translate one word But da land wea you guys stay goin go da odda side da Jordan Riva, fo go inside an take um ova,
Deu 11.11: wea you guys stay goin go da odda side da Jordan Riva, fo go inside an take um ova, dat land get mountains an valleys,
Deu 11.16: notting pull you guys heart away, fo work fo odda gods an go down in front dem an show dem respeck.
Deu 11.23: he tell you, an fo stay tight wit him -- den Yahweh goin go in front you guys an make dese nations dat stay dea get
Deu 11.24: Yoa land goin go from da boonies south side to Lebanon nort side, an from
Deu 11.25: all ova da land come real scared a you guys, wea eva you go, jalike he wen make strong promise to you awready.
Deu 11.28: wat I stay telling you guys today, an bag from Yahweh fo go wit odda gods dat you guys donno befo.
Deu 11.30: Riva, on da west side a da main road, da side wea da sun go down, nea da big oak trees Moreh side, an inside da land
Deu 11.31: Pretty soon you guys goin go da odda side da Jordan Riva fo take ova da land yoa God
Deu 12.2: Dis da kine place wea da peopo dat stay dea, go down in front dea gods.
Deu 12.5: He goin put his name dea an stay dea, an you goin go dea fo show love an respeck fo him.
Deu 12.10: But you guys goin go da odda side da Jordan Riva an live inside da land dat yoa
Deu 12.25: No eat um, so dat eryting goin go good fo you guys an yoa kids dat goin come from you guys
Deu 12.28: da stuff I stay tell you guys fo do, so dat eryting goin go good fo you guys an yoa kids afta you, cuz you guys do wat
Deu 12.29: da diffren peopos in front you guys, da guys dat you goin go afta fo take ova dea land.
Deu 12.30: aks bout dea gods, an say, ‘How dese peopos make wen dey go down in front dea gods?
Deu 12.31: You guys make shua you no go down an pray to yoa God Yahweh da same way dey go down an
Deu 12.31: you no go down an pray to yoa God Yahweh da same way dey go down an pray to dea gods, cuz dey do all kine pilau kine
head: Dey Go Down In Front Odda Gods
Deu 13.5: dat talka guy o dream guy, cuz he teach dat peopo gotta go agains yoa God Yahweh.
Deu 13.6: Us go down in front odda gods,’ no lissen dem.
Deu 13.13: Dey tell, ‘Us go down in front odda gods an show respeck fo dem.
Deu 14.1: So no go cut yoaself o shave da front a yoa head wen somebody
Deu 14.21: inside yoa town, o sell um to one guy from odda place dat go thru yoa town, an dey can eat um.
Deu 14.23: goats, to da place yoa God Yahweh goin pick so peopo can go dea find out wat kine God him.
Deu 14.24: stuff to da place yoa God Yahweh goin pick, so peopo can go dea find out wat kine God him, den change God's ten
Deu 14.25: ten percent a yoa stuff fo silva, an take da silva an go da place yoa God Yahweh goin pick.
Deu 15.1: seven years, wateva peopo owe you, you guys gotta let um go an no make dem pay you back.
Deu 15.9: nea, wen we gotta foget wateva somebody owe us an let um go!
Deu 15.12: to you, an work fo you fo six year, you gotta let um go wen da numba seven year start.
Deu 15.13: An wen you let dem go, no send dem away wit notting.
Deu 15.15: guys today, fo make lidat fo da slave guys wen you let um go.
Deu 15.16: “But if yoa slave guy tell you, ‘I no like go way from you!
Deu 15.18: No tink az too hard fo let yoa slave guy go, cuz wat he do fo you fo six years was two times mo den
Deu 16.2: Do um by da place yoa God Yahweh goin pick so peopo can go dea find out wat kine God him.
Deu 16.3: Cuz you guys wen go way real fast from Egypt.
Deu 16.3: rememba all da time you guys stay alive, how you guys wen go way from Egypt.
Deu 16.6: um inside da place yoa God Yahweh goin pick so peopo can go dea find out wat kine God him.
Deu 16.6: make da sacrifice fo da Passova, evening time wen da sun go down, da day ery year fo rememba da time you guys wen come
Deu 16.7: Den in da morning go back by yoa tent.
Deu 16.11: front yoa God Yahweh at da place he goin pick so peopo can go dea find out wat kine God him.
head: No Go Down In Front Odda Gods
Deu 17.2: stay do bad kine stuff da way yoa God Yahweh see um, an go way from da deal he wen make wit you guys.
Deu 17.3: An dat mean, dey go broke his rules, cuz dey go bow down in front odda gods an
Deu 17.3: An dat mean, dey go broke his rules, cuz dey go bow down in front odda gods an show respeck to dem, o to
Deu 17.4: An somebody come tell you guys bout um, den you gotta go find out if az true fo real kine.
Deu 17.5: Den go take da guy o da wahine dat wen do dis bad kine ting
Deu 17.8: wat fo do bout um -- wat kine ting wen happen wen somebody go kill anodda guy, o who get wat kine rights, o why somebody
Deu 17.9: Go by da pries guys from da Levi ohana, an by da guy who stay
Deu 17.14: Moses tell: “Wen da time fo you guys go inside da land dat yoa God Yahweh stay give you, fo take
Deu 17.15: No go pick one guy from some odda place, dat not one Israel guy.
Deu 17.16: king no can get plenny horses fo himself, o make da peopo go back Egypt side fo get mo horses.
Deu 17.16: Cuz Yahweh, he wen tell you guys, ‘No go back Egypt side no moa!
Deu 18.9: “Wen you guys go inside da land dat yoa God Yahweh stay give you guys, no
Deu 18.10: No go find out from da spirits wat goin happen.
Deu 18.12: Anybody go make lidat, az pilau, da way Yahweh see um.
Deu 19.1: Wen you guys go push dem out an live inside dea towns an houses, den you
Deu 19.2: dem out an live inside dea towns an houses, den you guys go pick three towns in da middle a da land yoa God Yahweh
Deu 19.3: Build roads fo go dea, an broke da land in three districk, da land yoa God
Deu 19.5: Jalike if somebody go inside one place wit his friend fo cut one tree fo wood,
Deu 19.5: Dat kine guy can run to one a dese towns wea somebody can go if dey wen kill somebody, but no make plan fo kill um befo
Deu 19.5: make plan fo kill um befo time, an nobody get da right fo go kill um.
Deu 19.6: ohana guy dat get da right fo pay um back goin come huhu, go chase um, catch um up if da town stay far, an kill um, no
Deu 19.10: Do dat so you guys no go kill somebody dat neva do notting bad inside da land dat
Deu 19.10: Cuz if you guys go kill somebody dat neva do notting bad, den da blame fo
Deu 19.13: somebody dat neva do notting wrong, so dat eryting can go good fo you guys.
Deu 19.14: “Wen you guys go inside da land dat yoa God Yahweh stay give you guys fo
Deu 19.14: stay give you guys fo take ova fo come yoa property, no go move da stone dat show wea da land stay fo da guy dat live
Deu 20.1: “Wen you guys go fight one war wit da peopo dat stay agains you, an you
Deu 20.3: Today you guys stay ready fo go fight da peopo dat stay agains you.
Deu 20.4: Cuz yoa God Yahweh, he da One stay go wit you guys an fight fo you guys.
Deu 20.5: Dey can go home, cuz if dey mahke bumbye wen dey stay fighting, den
Deu 20.6: Dey can go home, cuz if dey mahke wen dey stay fighting, den some
Deu 20.7: He can go home, cuz if he mahke wen he stay fighting, den some odda
Deu 20.8: stay lose fight an donno how fo make up his mind, he can go home, cuz bumbye his brudda guys goin lose fight jalike
Deu 20.10: “Wen you go up fo go fight in one big town, tell da peopo dea you no
Deu 20.10: “Wen you go up fo go fight in one big town, tell da peopo dea you no like
Deu 20.10: dea you no like fight, so make one deal wit dem fo no go fight.’
Deu 20.12: guys, den put army guys all aroun da town so nobody can go inside o come outside.
Deu 20.18: guys fo do same kine real pilau kine stuff dey do wen dey go down in front dea gods.
Deu 20.20: den you guys can use da wood fo make ladder an tower fo go up ova da top a dea wall, till you make um give up.
Deu 21.2: know who wen kill um, den yoa older leadas an judges goin go out an measure how far da body stay to da towns dat stay
Deu 21.8: Please Yahweh, take wat we do hea fo you let go yoa Israel peopo an let dem stay da same side wit you.
Deu 21.10: “Wen you guys go fight one war agains da peopo dat stay agains you guys, an
Deu 21.14: But den, if you no like her, you can let her go.
Deu 21.14: She can go wea eva she like.
head: One Boy Dat Go Agains His Fadda An Mudda
Deu 21.22: “If one guy go do someting real bad dat he gotta mahke, an da peopo kill
Deu 22.7: You gotta let da mudda go, but you can take da bebes.
Deu 22.7: Dass so eryting goin go good fo you, an you goin live long time.
Deu 22.26: (Dis jalike wen somebody go bus up an kill anodda guy.
head: Da Peopo Dat No Can Go Inside Da Tent Yard
Deu 23.9: “Wen you guys make camp fo go fight da peopo dat stay agains you, no go nea notting
Deu 23.9: make camp fo go fight da peopo dat stay agains you, no go nea notting pilau.
Deu 23.10: If one guy no can go in front Yahweh cuz nite time he get wet dream o make
Deu 23.10: cuz nite time he get wet dream o make shishi, he gotta go outside da camp an stay dea all day.
Deu 23.11: But wen da sun almos go down, he gotta wash himself wit watta.
Deu 23.11: Den wen da sun go down, he can go back inside da camp.
Deu 23.11: Den wen da sun go down, he can go back inside da camp.
Deu 23.12: outside da camp an put sign fo one place wea you guys can go fo make shishi an kukae.
Deu 23.24: “If you go inside da grape farm dat anodda guy own, you can eat all
Deu 23.25: If you go inside da field dat get wheat o barley dat anodda guy own,
Deu 24.2: Den, afta she go away from him an marry one nodda guy, an dat husban no
Deu 24.4: No go bring da blame fo bad kine stuff on top da land yoa God
Deu 24.10: “Wen you lend someting to one Israel guy, no go inside his house fo get wat he like give you fo make shua
Deu 24.12: da guy no mo notting, an he ony can give you his coat, no go sleep wen you get da coat wit you still yet.
Deu 24.13: Give him back his coat befo da sun go down ery day, so he can sleep inside um.
Deu 24.pay: him wat you owe him fo wat he wen do ery day befo da sun go down, cuz he no mo notting an he need um fo live.
Deu 24.19: field, an you foget take home one bunch wheat o barley, no go back get um.
Deu 24.20: guys shake da olive trees fo make da olives fall down, no go back do um da nex day.
Deu 24.21: Wen you cut da grapes from yoa grape plant, no go back cut da ones you wen miss da firs time.
Deu 25.4: “No go tie up one cow's mout so he no can eat da wheat o barley
Deu 25.7: brudda guy no like marry his mahke brudda's wife, she goin go by da older leadas by da town gate an tell dem, ‘My
Deu 25.9: tell, ‘I no like marry her,’ den da brudda's widow goin go by him in front da older leadas, take off one a his
Deu 25.12: No go pity her.’
Deu 25.13: “Wen you sell stuff, no go rip off somebody wit differen kine weight so you can make
Deu 26.1: Moses tell: “Wen you guys goin go inside da land dat yoa God Yahweh stay give you guys fo
Deu 26.2: Den go by da place yoa God Yahweh goin pick fo his name stay dea.
Deu 26.5: He go Egypt side wit ony litto bit peopo, an stay ova dea.
Deu 26.10: Den, put da stuff down in front yoa God Yahweh, an go down in front him.
Deu 26.13: Den go in front yoa God Yahweh an tell him, ‘I wen bring outa my
Deu 26.14: notting from da ten percent outside da house wen I no can go in front you fo pray.
Deu 27.2: Da same day you guys go da odda side da Jordan Riva, an go inside da land dat yoa
Deu 27.2: Da same day you guys go da odda side da Jordan Riva, an go inside da land dat yoa God Yahweh stay give you guys, put
Deu 27.4: Wen you go ova da odda side da Jordan Riva, you goin put up dese
Deu 27.12: Dat same day Moses tell da peopo: “Afta you guys go da odda side da Jordan Riva, dese ohana peopo goin go
Deu 27.12: guys go da odda side da Jordan Riva, dese ohana peopo goin go stand on top Mount Gerazim fo tell da good kine tings God
Deu 27.18: ‘God goin punish anybody dat make one guy dat no can see, go da wrong way on top da road!’
Deu 28.6: “Good kine stuff goin happen wen you come inside an go outside.
Deu 28.14: all dis stuff I stay tell you guys today fo do, an no even go litto bit on da right side o da left side, an no follow
Deu 28.15: “But all da kahuna goin go on top you, if you guys no lissen wat yoa God Yahweh tell,
Deu 28.17: “God goin put kahuna on top you guys wen you go get food an make yoa bread.
Deu 28.19: put kahuna on top you guys wen you come inside an wen you go outside.
Deu 28.20: goin wipe out quick time, if you guys do bad kine stuff an go way from Yahweh.
Deu 28.25: You goin go fo attack dem from one place, but run away from dem to
Deu 28.26: on top da earth, an no mo nobody goin chase um so dey go way.
Deu 28.29: Even noon time, you guys goin feel aroun fo go some place, jalike one guy dat no can see notting cuz fo
Deu 28.29: Eryting goin go bad fo you guys.
Deu 28.30: If you go build one house, you no goin live inside um.
Deu 28.35: Dey goin go from unda yoa feets to da top a yoa head.
Deu 28.36: “Yahweh goin make you an da king you wen put ova you, go by anodda nation dat you guys an yoa ancestas neva know
Deu 28.36: Ova dea, you guys goin go down in front odda gods dat peopo make from wood an stone.
Deu 28.37: All da peopos ova dea wea Yahweh make you guys go, no goin believe cuz a wat happen to you.
Deu 28.52: guys all aroun da big towns inside yoa land, so nobody can go inside o come outside, till da tall strong walls aroun da
Deu 28.63: He goin take you guys outa da land dat you goin go inside now fo take um ova.
Deu 28.64: “Den Yahweh goin make you guys go all ova wea diffren peopos stay, from one side a da earth
Deu 28.64: Wen you go dea, you guys goin go down in front odda gods, da kine
Deu 28.64: Wen you go dea, you guys goin go down in front odda gods, da kine gods dey make from wood
Deu 28.68: wit sail, no matta I wen tell you guys dat you no goin go dat way again, eva.’
Deu 29.18: wit you guys, who goin turn away from oua God Yahweh, an go down an show respeck to da idol kine gods from dose
Deu 29.20: Yahweh no goin eva let dat kine guy go.’
Deu 29.26: Dey wen go off an work fo odda gods, an show dem respeck, idol kine
Deu 30.3: togedda from all da diffren countries he wen send you guys go.
Deu 30.4: Even if God make you guys go mo far place unda da sky, from dea yoa God Yahweh goin
Deu 30.12: up dea inside da sky, so you guys gotta aks, ‘Who goin go up dea fo get um, an tell us guys, so we can lissen?
Deu 30.13: da odda side da ocean, so you guys gotta aks, ‘Who goin go ova dea fo get um fo us, an tell us, so we can do um?
Deu 30.16: kine stuff fo you guys inside da land wea you guys going go fo make um come yoa property.
Deu 30.17: so you guys no lissen, an if odda peopo like you guys go da wrong way so you guys go down in front odda gods an
Deu 30.17: an if odda peopo like you guys go da wrong way so you guys go down in front odda gods an show respeck fo dem, I tell you
Deu 30.18: inside da land da odda side da Jordan Riva, wea you goin go inside fo take ova an make um yoa property.
Deu 31.1: Den Moses go out an tell dis to all da Israel peopo: “Me, I one hundred
Deu 31.2: peopo: “Me, I one hundred twenty years ol now, an I no can go hea an dea no moa.
Deu 31.2: Yahweh wen tell me, ‘You no goin go da odda side da Jordan Riva!
Deu 31.3: Yoa God Yahweh, he da One goin go da odda side in front you guys.
Deu 31.3: Joshua, he goin go ova in front you guys too, jalike Yahweh wen tell.
Deu 31.6: shaking cuz dey look tough, cuz yoa God Yahweh, he da One go wit you guys.
Deu 31.6: He no goin let you guys go by yoaself, o bag from you!
Deu 31.7: da Israel peopo, “Make strong an no bum out, cuz you goin go wit dis peopo inside da land dat Yahweh make one spesho
Deu 31.8: Yahweh, he da One goin go in front you guys, an he goin stay wit you guys.
Deu 31.8: He no goin let you guys go by yoaself, o bag from you guys!
Deu 31.13: time you guys stay live inside da land dat you guys goin go da odda side da Jordan Riva fo take ova.
head: Da Israel Peopo Goin Go Agains Yahweh Bumbye
Deu 31.14: Call Joshua, an go stand togedda inside da Tent Fo Come Togedda Wit Me.
Deu 31.14: So Moses an Joshua go Da Tent Fo Come Togedda Wit Yahweh.
Deu 31.15: inside da tent an dey can see him, inside one cloud dat go from da groun to da sky.”
Deu 31.16: Yahweh tell Moses, “Litto bit mo time, an you goin go res wit yoa ancesta guys.
Deu 31.16: But dese peopo, dey goin go down in front da odda gods dat da diffren peopos pray to
Deu 31.16: da diffren peopos pray to ova dea inside da land dey goin go inside fo take ova.
Deu 31.16: Dey goin do tings wit dose gods, jalike wen peopo go fool aroun behin dea husban o wife back.
Deu 31.20: dey goin eat all dey like an come full, an eryting goin go good fo dem.
Deu 31.20: Den dey goin turn away an go down in front odda gods, an work fo dem.
Deu 31.20: Dey goin go agains me, an broke da deal I wen make wit dem.
Deu 31.27: Cuz I know how you guys wen go agains me, an dat you guys hard head.
Deu 31.27: I know you guys wen go agains Yahweh wen I still yet stay hea wit you guys, an I
Deu 31.27: yet stay hea wit you guys, an I know dat you guys goin go agains him even mo plenny afta I mahke!
Deu 32.16: You guys make him come jealous Cuz you go pray to da gods fo da odda peopos.
Deu 32.18: You guys wen bag, an go way from da real God Jalike da Rock fo you guys, An da One
Deu 32.37: Dey suppose to be jalike one rock fo you guys go hide by dem!
Deu 32.49: Dat same day, Yahweh tell Moses, “Go up inside da Abarim mountains to Mount Nebo inside da Moab
Deu 32.50: Afta you climb up da top a dat mountain, you goin mahke an go back to yoa peopo, jalike yoa brudda Aaron wen mahke on
Deu 32.52: You no goin go inside da land dat I stay give da Israel peopo.
Deu 33.3: Dey go down in front yoa feets, An dey learn stuff from you.
Deu 33.9: Dey neva even let go dea own bruddas, O even dea own kids.
Deu 33.11: Cut down da peopo dat go agains dem.
Deu 33.18: “You Zebulun ohana, Stay good inside wen you go out some place.”
Deu 33.27: He goin tell, ‘Go wipe dem out!
Deu 34.4: I stay let you see um wit yoa own eyes, but you no goin go da odda side da Jordan Riva fo go dea inside um.
Deu 34.4: eyes, but you no goin go da odda side da Jordan Riva fo go dea inside um.
head: Na`omi An Rut Go Judah Side
Rut 1.6: So Na`omi an her two daughta-in-laws make ready fo go way from da Moab land an go back da place Na`omi wen come
Rut 1.6: daughta-in-laws make ready fo go way from da Moab land an go back da place Na`omi wen come from.
Rut 1.7: Na`omi an Rut an Orpah, dey start togedda fo go way from da place Na`omi wen live, an go da road back to
Rut 1.7: start togedda fo go way from da place Na`omi wen live, an go da road back to da Judah land.
Rut 1.8: Mo betta you guys go back by yoa mudda guys, you know.
Rut 1.10: Us guys, we going stick wit you, an go by yoa peopo!
Rut 1.11: Na`omi tell Rut an Orpah, “Mo betta you guys go back!
Rut 1.11: No good you go wit me.”
Rut 1.12: You guys, you jalike my daughtas, but mo betta you go back home.
Rut 1.14: Orpah, she kiss her mudda-in-law fo tell her aloha, an she go back home.”
Rut 1.15: Yoa sista-in-law, she wen go back awready by her peopo an da god she pray to.
Rut 1.15: Mo betta you go do same ting.
Rut 1.16: An Rut tell Na`omi, “No gimme presha fo go way from you an go back home, An no stick wit you.
Rut 1.16: An Rut tell Na`omi, “No gimme presha fo go way from you an go back home, An no stick wit you.
Rut 1.16: Wea eva you go, I goin go.”
Rut 1.16: Wea eva you go, I goin go.”
Rut 1.17: I like Yahweh punish me plenny If I go way from you, No matta you mahke, o I mahke!
Rut 1.19: So da two wahines go togedda Betlehem town.”
Rut 1.21: Wen I wen go way from hea, I get plenny, my husban an my boys.’
Rut 1.21: Cuz dat mean ‘eryting nice,’ But Yahweh , He wen go agains me.
Rut 2.2: time, da Moab wahine Rut tell Na`omi, “Eh please, I like go da fields fo go behind da worka guys an pick up da extra
Rut 2.2: wahine Rut tell Na`omi, “Eh please, I like go da fields fo go behind da worka guys an pick up da extra barley dat dey no
Rut 2.2: Go.”
Rut 2.3: So Rut [wen] go ova dea inside one field an pick up da extra barley dat da
Rut 2.7: Morning time, she wen aks me, ‘Please, okay fo me go ova dea wea dey tie up da barley, an pick up da extra
Rut 2.7: Ony short time she go fo res ova dea by da shack.’
Rut 2.8: Den Boaz, he go ova dea wea Rut stay an tell her, “Eh, sista!
Rut 2.8: No need go find one nodda field.
Rut 2.9: Go see wea dey stay cutting da barley, den go dea afta dem fo
Rut 2.9: Go see wea dey stay cutting da barley, den go dea afta dem fo pick up da extra stuff.
Rut 2.9: Wen you thirsty, you go ova dea an drink da watta dat da guys bring from da puka
Rut 2.10: Rut, she go down quick by Boaz feet wit her face on top da groun fo
Rut 2.11: I know dat you wen go way from yoa fadda-mudda guys an from da land wea yoa
Rut 2.14: So Rut wen go sit down nea da peopo dat work fo cut da barley an eat
Rut 2.15: Afta Rut stand up fo go pick up some mo barley, Boaz tell his worka guys, “Let her
Rut 2.16: No go scold her notting!
Rut 2.19: Wat side you wen go work?
Rut 2.22: Go work wit his worka wahines, till dey pau.’-”
Rut 2.22: You go some odda field, bumbye da guys make you any kine, but wit
head: Rut Go Wea Dey Take Da Junks Outa Da Wheat
Rut 3.3: So den, you go bafe, an put perfume, an wear yoa nicest clothes.
Rut 3.3: Go da place wea dey take da junks outa da wheat.
Rut 3.4: Watch so you know wea he go lay down fo sleep.
Rut 3.4: Afta he go sleep, go ova dea wea he stay sleep, an take da blanket
Rut 3.4: Afta he go sleep, go ova dea wea he stay sleep, an take da blanket off his
Rut 3.5: Rut say, “Okay, I go do um, jalike you tell me!
Rut 3.6: So, Rut go da place wea dey take da junks outa da wheat.”
Rut 3.7: Den he go lay down one side da place wea dey pile up da barley an go
Rut 3.7: go lay down one side da place wea dey pile up da barley an go sleep.
Rut 3.7: Lata, Rut go ova dea real quick an no make noise, an take da blanket
Rut 3.13: Morning time, I go talk to him.
Rut 3.15: An den Boaz go back Betlehem town too.”
Rut 3.16: Wen Rut go back by Na`omi, her mudda-in-law, Na`omi aks, “So.
Rut 3.17: wen give me all dis wheat too, cuz he tell, ‘No good you go back by yoa mudda-in-law an no mo notting fo her.”
Rut 4.1: Den Boaz go ova dea by da big gate fo da town, da place wea da town
Rut 4.2: Den Boaz go tell ten a da older leada guys fo da town fo come lissen.”
Rut 4.6: Cuz if I buy um, my land go fo da Elimelek line, an no go fo help my own kids.
Rut 4.6: Cuz if I buy um, my land go fo da Elimelek line, an no go fo help my own kids.
1Ki 1.2: Us guys tink, if us guys go look fo one young wahine dat neva sleep wit one guy, she
1Ki 1.3: So dey wen go look all ova da Israel land fo one good looking wahine.”
1Ki 1.5: Dat time, King David boy Adonijah (Haggit his mudda) wen go aroun ack big fo come King.
1Ki 1.5: So he go get war wagons an army guys dat ride horse.
1Ki 1.5: He go get fifty guys fo run in front him wen he come inside da
1Ki 1.7: Adonijah wen go talk wit General Joab (Zeruiah boy) an Abiatar da pries
1Ki 1.9: Adonijah go make plenny sacrifice, wit sheeps, an boy kine cows, an da
1Ki 1.11: Den Nathan go tell Bathsheba, Solomon mudda, “You neva hear dis, o wat?
1Ki 1.13: Hurry up an go inside!
1Ki 1.15: Bathsheba go by da King, inside da room wea he sleep.’
1Ki 1.16: Bathsheba go down on top da groun fo show respeck fo da King.
1Ki 1.21: If you no tell da peopo notting, den afta you mahke an go by yoa ancesta guys, erybody goin go afta me an my boy
1Ki 1.21: den afta you mahke an go by yoa ancesta guys, erybody goin go afta me an my boy Solomon, an make jalike us bad guys.
1Ki 1.23: Nathan come in front da King, an go down wit his face on top da groun fo show um respeck.
1Ki 1.26: But Adonijah neva tell me fo go by him, cuz I work fo you.
1Ki 1.31: Bathsheba go down wit her face on top da groun fo show respeck fo da
1Ki 1.32: King David tell his guys, “Go tell Zadok da pries guy, an Nathan da guy dat talk fo God,
1Ki 1.33: um, “I da boss fo you guys, an I like you guys do dis: Go get all da odda guys dat work fo me.”
1Ki 1.35: Den tell Solomon fo go up to da palace, an all you guys go wit him.
1Ki 1.35: Den tell Solomon fo go up to da palace, an all you guys go wit him.
1Ki 1.35: Den he goin go inside da palace an sit down on top my throne.’
1Ki 1.38: da guard guys from da Keret an Pelet peopos, dey all wen go outa da palace.
1Ki 1.38: Dey go fo put Solomon on top da mule dat stay spesho fo King
1Ki 1.40: Den Solomon go up to da palace, an all da peopo go wit him, playing flute
1Ki 1.40: Den Solomon go up to da palace, an all da peopo go wit him, playing flute an telling erybody dey stay plenny
1Ki 1.45: Zadok da pries guy, an Nathan da talka guy fo God, dey wen go da Gihon watta place.
1Ki 1.45: Den dey wen go from dea up to da palace, an dey all stay good inside.
1Ki 1.47: Da guys dat stay work fo oua boss King David, dey all go by King David an tell um, ‘We like fo God make Solomon get
1Ki 1.49: Den dey all stand up an go home.’-”
1Ki 1.50: He go by da big altar an grab da tings jalike horns dat stick
1Ki 1.52: Solomon tell, “Go tell Adonijah, ‘If you come one guy I can trus, I no goin
1Ki 1.53: Den King Solomon send one guy fo go get Adonijah down from da altar an bring um to da palace.
1Ki 1.53: Adonijah come, an he go down in front King Solomon fo show him respeck.’-”
1Ki 1.53: Solomon tell um, “Go home.
1Ki 2.3: Den, no matta wat you do, an wea you go, eryting goin come out good fo you.
1Ki 2.5: He wen go kill da two guys dat was da generals fo da Israel army,
1Ki 2.6: You know wat fo do erytime, so go do wateva you gotta do.
1Ki 2.6: ol an get white hair, wen he mahke, no let him mahke an go down to da Mahke Peopo Place easy kine, jalike he neva do
1Ki 2.8: wen put kahuna on top me fo hurt me plenny, da time I go Mahanaim.
1Ki 2.10: Den David mahke an go wit his ancesta guys.
1Ki 2.13: Lata, Solomon's half brudda Adonijah go by Solomon mudda Batsheba (Adonijah mudda, Haggit).
1Ki 2.17: So Adonijah tell, “Go talk to King Solomon, cuz he no goin tell you no.”
1Ki 2.18: Batsheba tell him, “Kay den, I go talk to da King fo you.
1Ki 2.19: So Batsheba go by King Solomon, fo talk to him fo Adonijah.”
1Ki 2.19: come inside, da King stand up fo tell her aloha, den he go down in front her.”
1Ki 2.21: Batsheba tell, “Go let yoa brudda Adonijah marry Abishag da Shunam wahine.
1Ki 2.23: He tell, “If I no go do wat I say now, I like God kill me, o do mo worse
1Ki 2.26: Da King tell Abiatar da pries guy, “Go back Anatot side, wea you get land.
1Ki 2.29: Now he stay by da altar so nobody can go kill him!
1Ki 2.29: Den Solomon tell Benaiah, Jehoiada boy, fo go ova dea.
1Ki 2.29: Solomon tell um, “Go.”
1Ki 2.30: So Benaiah go da Tent Fo Yahweh, an he tell Joab, “Da King say, come
1Ki 2.30: I go mahke right hea.”
1Ki 2.30: Benaiah go back by da King an tell um wat Joab wen tell him.
1Ki 2.31: Da King tell Benaiah, “Go kill Joab, jalike he tell, an bury him, so dat nobody goin
1Ki 2.32: Joab wen go attack an kill two guys, an my fadda neva know wat Joab do
1Ki 2.34: So Benaiah, Jehoiada boy, go up dea an attack Joab an kill um.
1Ki 2.36: Da King tell Shimei, “Go build one house fo yoaself ova hea inside Jerusalem.
1Ki 2.36: But you no go outside Jerusalem fo go anodda place.
1Ki 2.36: But you no go outside Jerusalem fo go anodda place.
1Ki 2.37: Dis da deal: If you go out, an go cross da Kidron Stream, you know fo shua dat da
1Ki 2.37: Dis da deal: If you go out, an go cross da Kidron Stream, you know fo shua dat da same day,
1Ki 2.39: Dey go Gat side, by King Akish, Ma`akah boy.
1Ki 2.40: So Shimei put saddle on top his donkey an get ready fo go.
1Ki 2.40: He go Gat side by King Akish, fo look fo his slaves.”
1Ki 2.41: Somebody tell King Solomon dat Shimei wen go outside Jerusalem to Gat, an now he come back.
1Ki 2.42: If you go outside Jerusalem town, no matta wat place you go, da same
1Ki 2.42: If you go outside Jerusalem town, no matta wat place you go, da same day, you goin mahke.
1Ki 2.46: Den da King tell Benaiah, Jehoiada boy, go hit Shimei an kill um.
1Ki 3.4: Plenny time, King Solomon wen go Gibeon side fo make sacrifice ova dea, cuz dass da mos
1Ki 3.15: He go back Jerusalem side, an go stand in front da Box Fo
1Ki 3.15: He go back Jerusalem side, an go stand in front da Box Fo Rememba Da Deal Wit Da Boss.”
1Ki 3.25: Den da King tell his guys, “Da boy dat stay alive, go cut um half a him!”
1Ki 3.26: Go head!”
1Ki 4.24: Wen Solomon was da King, eryting go good fo him from all da peopo da wes side a da Eufrates,
1Ki 5.9: Den, I like you go send me food fo my palace peopo eat.
1Ki 5.14: Dey go Lebanon one month, den go home two month.
1Ki 5.14: Dey go Lebanon one month, den go home two month.
1Ki 6.3: Da hallway to da door wea da pries guys go inside da Temple, go across an cova da front a da
1Ki 6.3: hallway to da door wea da pries guys go inside da Temple, go across an cova da front a da building, 30 feet wide, an
1Ki 6.8: Fo go inside da storage rooms, get one door on da sout side a da
1Ki 6.8: rooms, get one door on da sout side a da Temple, den you go up one winding stair dat go aroun to da secon floor, den
1Ki 6.8: sout side a da Temple, den you go up one winding stair dat go aroun to da secon floor, den to da top floor.
1Ki 6.10: 7 feet 6 inch high, an da cedar wood beams fo da rooms go flush to da Temple wall.
1Ki 6.15: He cova da inside walls wit cedar wood board, dat go from da floor to da ceiling.
1Ki 6.16: He cova da inside walls dea too wit cedar wood board, dat go from da floor to da ceiling.
1Ki 6.31: Fo go inside da Real, Real Spesho room, Solomon tell his guys
1Ki 6.32: Den he tell his guys pound gold fo go ova all da pichas, [even] da angels an da palm trees.
1Ki 6.33: An fo da big door fo go inside da Temple, he make olive wood poses wit four sides.
1Ki 7.3: fo hold up da roof, an 15 pos in ery row, an da raftas go from da top a one pos to da top a da nex pos dat match in
1Ki 7.15: Dey 27 feet high, an need one 18 feet rope fo go aroun da middo.
1Ki 7.16: Den he melt bronze metal fo make two fancy kine piece fo go on top da two pos.
1Ki 7.18: part dat no mo chains on top, he make two row pomegram dat go aroun da top pieces.
1Ki 7.21: wen put up da two poses on top da lanai wea da pries guys go inside da Temple.
1Ki 7.28: All da panels go from one corna pos to da odda corna pos.
1Ki 7.31: Da top side, get one roun hole dat go down 27 inch.
1Ki 7.31: Da side panels dat go aroun da cart, dey square, not roun.
1Ki 7.38: Den Huram make ten watta tub from bronze metal fo go on top da ten watta cart.
1Ki 7.42: ova da roun tings, Da 400 tings like pomegram fruits dat go on top da square net on top da roun part, two row pomegram
1Ki 7.43: pos, Da 10 carts fo da watta tubs, Da 10 watta tubs dat go on top da carts, Da one main watta tub, Da twelve bull
1Ki 7.48: Solomon tell his guys fo make all da odda tings dat go inside da Temple Fo Yahweh too: Da gold altar, Da gold
1Ki 7.50: pans fo carry da fire, Da gold plate pivot fo da doors dat go inside da mos inside room, da Place Dat Stay Real, Real
1Ki 7.50: Real Spesho Fo God, Da gold plate pivot fo da big doors fo go inside da main Temple room.
1Ki 7.51: Den Solomon go bring all da stuff dat his fadda King David wen make
1Ki 8.3: guys fo da Israel peopo wen come David Town, da pries guys go pick up da Box.
1Ki 8.5: an all da odda Israel peopo dat wen come by him, dey all go wit him in front da Box.
1Ki 8.7: Da angel kine statues get wings dat go ova da place fo da Box, so jalike da awesome angel watcha
1Ki 8.33: “An bumbye, yoa Israel peopo Goin go do bad kine stuff An go agains you.
1Ki 8.33: “An bumbye, yoa Israel peopo Goin go do bad kine stuff An go agains you.
1Ki 8.34: you fo help dem, Den I like you lissen from da sky, An let go yoa Israel peopo Fo da bad tings dey wen do, An hemo dea
1Ki 8.35: “Bumbye, wen yoa peopo do bad kine stuff An go agains you, You goin shut da sky An no let rain come down.
1Ki 8.36: Den I like you lissen from da sky, An let go yoa Israel peopo Fo da bad tings dey wen do, An hemo dea
1Ki 8.39: Den I like you lissen from da sky wea you stay, An let um go fo da bad tings dey wen do, An hemo dea shame, An help um!
1Ki 8.43: pray dea, Den lissen from inside da sky wea you stay, An go do someting fo da guys from odda place Dat aks you fo help
1Ki 8.44: “Bumbye, yoa peopo goin go odda place Cuz dey gotta go fight wit da peopo dat stay
1Ki 8.44: “Bumbye, yoa peopo goin go odda place Cuz dey gotta go fight wit da peopo dat stay agains dem.
1Ki 8.44: You goin send um wea dey gotta go fo fight, An dey goin do um jalike you tell.
1Ki 8.46: “Bumbye, dis peopo Goin go do bad kine stuff An go agains you.
1Ki 8.46: “Bumbye, dis peopo Goin go do bad kine stuff An go agains you.
1Ki 8.50: Let go all yoa peopo Dat wen do bad kine stuff agains you, An dat
1Ki 8.50: yoa peopo Dat wen do bad kine stuff agains you, An dat wen go agains you.
1Ki 8.58: Mo betta God change how we tink, So us can go all out fo do how he like, An live da way he tell us
1Ki 8.61: An you guys, I like you go all out Fo do eryting fo oua God Yahweh.
1Ki 8.66: Da day afta dey pau, Solomon tell da peopo go home.
1Ki 8.66: Den dey go home dea own place.
1Ki 9.4: live in front me jalike yoa fadda David wen do, cuz he wen go all out fo me, an he do eryting da right way.
1Ki 9.6: You an da guys dat goin come king afta you, you betta not go da wrong way, an you betta stay tight wit me.
1Ki 9.6: You betta not go let da gods from da odda peopos come yoa bosses, an go
1Ki 9.6: not go let da gods from da odda peopos come yoa bosses, an go down in front dem fo show dem love an respeck.
1Ki 9.9: Dey wen go wit odda kine gods, go down in front dem and make da odda
1Ki 9.9: Dey wen go wit odda kine gods, go down in front dem and make da odda gods dea bosses.’
1Ki 9.16: (Befo time, da Pharaoh guy, king fo da Egypt peopo, wen go Gezer and take ova da town.
1Ki 9.21: come dat land, but dey neva -- Solomon make all dese peopo go do slave kine work.
1Ki 9.27: King Hiram wen send some a his worka guys fo go wit da guys dat work fo Solomon inside da boats, cuz Hiram
1Ki 10.13: Den she go back to her own land.
1Ki 10.13: Her helpa guys go back too.
1Ki 10.22: King Solomon get plenny big boats, da real big kine fo go all da way to Spain.
1Ki 10.28: He get govmen guys fo go Cilicia an bring back horses fo da regula price.
1Ki 11.4: Den wen Solomon come ol, his wifes wen make Solomon heart go follow dea odda kine gods.
1Ki 11.5: So Solomon go pray to Ashtoret, da wahine idol kine god dat da Sidon
1Ki 11.5: He go pray to Molek too, da pilau kine idol god dat da Ammon
1Ki 11.15: David stay fight da Edom peopo, his main army guy Joab wen go Edom side fo bury da Israel army guys dat da Edom guys wen
1Ki 11.17: guys dat work fo his fadda befo time, dey run away, fo go Egypt side.
1Ki 11.18: Dey start from Midian side, den dey go wes Paran side.
1Ki 11.18: Dey take some guys wit dem from Paran an go Egypt side by Pharaoh, da king fo da Egypt peopo.
1Ki 11.21: Hadad tell da Pharaoh guy, “Let me go, so I can go back my own country.
1Ki 11.21: Hadad tell da Pharaoh guy, “Let me go, so I can go back my own country.
1Ki 11.22: Da Pharaoh guy aks Hadad, “How come you like go back yoa own country?
1Ki 11.22: But, I like you let me go!
1Ki 11.23: An God wen get one nodda guy Rezon, Eliada boy, fo go make pilikia fo Solomon too.”
1Ki 11.24: Wen David wipe out da Zobah army guys, Rezon go get togedda plenny guys fo go by him, an he come da leada
1Ki 11.24: da Zobah army guys, Rezon go get togedda plenny guys fo go by him, an he come da leada man fo one gang dat rip off
1Ki 11.24: Den Rezon an his gang guys go Damascus town an live dea, an take ova Damascus.
1Ki 11.27: Dis, da story how Jereboam wen go agains King Solomon.
1Ki 11.27: He fix one place wea da wall no go across one gulch, inside da big town his fadda David wen
1Ki 11.29: Dat time, Jeroboam go outside Jerusalem to da country side.
1Ki 11.33: Az cuz da Israel peopo wen go leave me.
1Ki 11.33: Dey go pray to Ashtoret da wahine god fo da Sidon peopo, an
1Ki 11.33: Dey no do da way I tell um fo go.
1Ki 11.36: dat come from him, Jerusalem side, fo show my peopo wea fo go, jalike one oil lamp dat goin burn in front me foeva.
1Ki 11.40: But Jeroboam go run away Egypt side by Shishak da king fo da Egypt
1Ki 12.1: Rehoboam go Shekem town, cuz az da place all da Israel peopo come
1Ki 12.2: He wen go dea cuz he was scared King Solomon goin kill um.
1Ki 12.2: Jeroboam hear dat Rehoboam come king, he leave Egypt fo go home.
1Ki 12.3: Da Israel peopo send somebody fo tell Jeroboam fo go Shekem side, so he go ova dea.
1Ki 12.3: send somebody fo tell Jeroboam fo go Shekem side, so he go ova dea.
1Ki 12.3: an all da odda Israel peopo dat wen come togedda, dey go talk to Rehoboam.
1Ki 12.5: So da peopo go way.
1Ki 12.6: Den King Rehoboam go meet wit da older leada guys dat work wit his fadda
1Ki 12.8: He go talk to da young guys dat grow up wit him an dat stay by
1Ki 12.11: go tell um, ‘[Yeah,] my fadda wen make you guys jalike cows
1Ki 12.16: So da North Israel guys go home.
1Ki 12.18: Adoniram da leada boss fo all da guys dat go work hard fo Rehoboam an no mo pay.
1Ki 12.24: No go ova dea fight wit yoa brudda guys da Israel ohana peopo.
1Ki 12.24: Go home, all you guys!
1Ki 12.24: Da peopo lissen to wat Yahweh tell um, an dey go back home, jalike Yahweh tell um fo do.
1Ki 12.25: He go dea fo live.
1Ki 12.25: From dea, he go ova Peniel side an make strong da walls fo dat town too.
1Ki 12.27: Ery year, dis peopo go Jerusalem town fo make sacrifice inside da Temple Fo
1Ki 12.27: An if dey do dat, dey goin kill me an go back to him!
1Ki 12.28: Den he tell da peopo, “Eh, az too hard, fo you guys go all da way Jerusalem side fo make sacrifice!
1Ki 12.30: Dey even wen go all da way Dan side fo pray to da idol kine god ova dea.
1Ki 12.32: Octoba, same time jalike da spesho time wen da Judah peopo go live inside shack.
1Ki 12.33: Octoba was da time Jeroboam wen go pick fo be da spesho religious time.
1Ki 12.33: Dat time, Jeroboam go da altar he wen build Bethel side.
1Ki 12.33: peopo all come togedda, an he da one, not da pries guys, go to da altar an make da sacrifice.
1Ki 13.1: tell one guy dat come from da Judah land an know God, fo go Bethel town.
1Ki 13.7: King Jeroboam tell da guy dat know God, “Come my house, an go eat.
1Ki 13.8: “No matta you give me half da stuffs you get, I no goin go wit you.
1Ki 13.9: wen tell me I gotta do: ‘No eat bread, no drink watta, no go back da same road you wen come.
1Ki 13.10: Den da guy go one diffren way den da way he come Bethel side.
1Ki 13.12: Da fadda aks his boys, “Wat road he go?
1Ki 13.12: show da road dat da guy from Judah side dat know God wen go.
1Ki 13.13: Dey do um, an da ol guy go on top da donkey an follow da guy dat know God.
1Ki 13.15: Da ol talka fo God tell um, “Come my house an we go eat.”
1Ki 13.16: Da guy dat know God tell, “No, I no can go back dea wit you.”
1Ki 13.19: So da guy dat know God go back wit da ol talka fo God, an he eat food an drink watta
1Ki 13.21: Judah dat know God, “Dis wat Yahweh tell: ‘You, you wen go agains wat Yahweh tell you!
1Ki 13.22: eat and drink, inside da place wea God wen tell you fo no go eat an drink, an no come back hea.
1Ki 13.24: Den da guy dat know God stay go.
1Ki 13.28: Da talka fo God go out, an he find da guy body on top da road, an da donkey
1Ki 13.33: He still go make anybody from any kine place come pries guys fo da
1Ki 14.2: Go put on diffren kine clothes, so nobody know you my wife.
1Ki 14.2: Den go Shiloh side.
1Ki 14.3: Go by him an give him da present.
1Ki 14.4: She start fo go Shiloh side, to Ahijah house.”
1Ki 14.7: Wen you go home, tell Jeroboam, dis wat Yahweh, da God fo da Israel
1Ki 14.9: You go make idol kine gods dat not fo you, dat you melt metal fo
1Ki 14.12: Jeroboam, go home now.’
1Ki 14.12: Wen you go inside yoa town, yoa boy goin mahke.
1Ki 14.17: So Jeroboam wife get up an go home Tirzah side.
1Ki 14.20: Den he mahke an go sleep wit his ancesta guys.
1Ki 14.24: Dey go take da wahines fo do bad kine stuff, an da wahines pay
1Ki 14.24: kine stuff, an da wahines pay dem, an all da pay dey get, go to da places wea da peopo pray to da odda gods.
1Ki 14.27: So King Rehoboam tell his guys fo go make shields outa bronze metal, fo put um wea da gold
1Ki 14.28: Erytime da king go inside da Temple Fo Yahweh, da guard guys carry da
1Ki 15.12: Had guys go take da wahines fo make sex, an da wahines pay dem, an all
1Ki 15.12: fo make sex, an da wahines pay dem, an all da pay dey get, go to da places wea da peopo pray to da odda gods.
1Ki 15.17: King Ba`asha wen go agains da Judah peopo.
1Ki 15.17: town real strong, fo make shua nobody from his peopo can go by King Asa, Judah side, an nobody can come from King Asa
1Ki 15.19: I like you fo go broke da deal you get wit Ba`asha, da king fo da Israel
1Ki 15.20: He send his bestes military guys fo go agains da Israel towns.”
1Ki 15.21: hear wass happening, he stop building Ramah side, an he go stay inside Tirzah town.
1Ki 16.2: But you wen go make jalike King Jeroboam.
1Ki 16.2: You make my Israel peopo cuz go do bad kine stuff.
1Ki 16.7: An cuz a dat, God go afta Ba`asha too.
1Ki 16.9: Dat time, Elah go Tirzah side, Arza house, da guy dat stay in charge a da
1Ki 16.10: Zimri go ova dea an hit Elah an kill um.
1Ki 16.11: Wen Zimri take ova da throne fo come king, he go kill all da guys from da Ba`asha ohana, an even Ba`asha's
1Ki 16.17: Den Omri an all da Israel guys wit him wen go way from Gibbeton town, an go all aroun outside Tirzah
1Ki 16.17: da Israel guys wit him wen go way from Gibbeton town, an go all aroun outside Tirzah town fo attack um.
1Ki 16.18: Wen Zimri see da Israel army goin take ova Tirzah town, he go inside da place wit real strong wall inside da palace, an
1Ki 16.21: Dat time, da Israel peopo wen go take sides.
1Ki 16.31: He wen start fo make da god Ba`al be his god, an go down an show um respeck.
1Ki 16.34: Da time Ahab stay king, one guy Hiel from Bethel town wen go build Jericho town one mo time.
1Ki 17.3: Go da east side an go hide up dea inside da Kerit Gulch,
1Ki 17.3: Go da east side an go hide up dea inside da Kerit Gulch, mauka da Jordan Riva.”
1Ki 17.4: I wen tell da scavenja birds awready, fo go bring food fo feed you ova dea.
1Ki 17.5: Elijah go an do wat Yahweh wen tell um fo do.
1Ki 17.5: He go da Kerit Gulch, mauka da Jordan Riva, an stay dea.”
1Ki 17.9: Den Yahweh tell Elijah dis: “Go Zarefat town now, nea Sidon town.
1Ki 17.10: So Elijah go Zarefat side.
1Ki 17.11: Wen she go fo get um, he call her again, an tell, “Can bring litto
1Ki 17.12: Den I go home cook da flour an da oil fo me an my boy.
1Ki 17.13: Go home.”
1Ki 17.13: But da firs ting I like you fo do, go make one small roun bread from wat you get fo me.
1Ki 17.15: Da wahine go do jalike Elijah tell.
1Ki 17.18: How come you go agains me, aah?
1Ki 17.21: Den three times, Elijah go lay down on top da boy.
1Ki 18.1: dat no mo rain, one message come from Yahweh fo Elijah: “Go talk to King Ahab.
1Ki 18.2: So Elijah go back Israel side, so Ahab can see him an know dat he dea
1Ki 18.3: Wen Elijah stay on da road fo go Samaria side, King Ahab tell his worka guy Obadiah fo come
1Ki 18.5: Ahab tell Obadiah, “Go all ova da land.
1Ki 18.6: Ahab an Obadiah half half da place dey gotta go.
1Ki 18.6: Ahab go one side, an Obadiah go da odda side, dey no go togedda.”
1Ki 18.6: Ahab go one side, an Obadiah go da odda side, dey no go togedda.”
1Ki 18.6: Ahab go one side, an Obadiah go da odda side, dey no go togedda.”
1Ki 18.7: So Obadiah go down on top da groun fo show respeck, an he tell Elijah,
1Ki 18.8: Go tell yoa boss, ‘Elijah stay come awready!”
1Ki 18.11: An now, you tell me go tell my boss, ‘Elijah stay hea awready!
1Ki 18.12: If I go tell Ahab dat you stay hea, an he no can find you hea, he
1Ki 18.14: But now, you telling me fo go tell my boss, ‘Elijah, he hea awready!
1Ki 18.16: Den Obadiah go fo meet Ahab.”
1Ki 18.16: Den Ahab go fo meet Elijah.
1Ki 18.19: “So now, go send peopo all ova da Israel land fo bring togedda all da
1Ki 18.20: So Ahab send guys fo go by all da Israel peopo, an fo tell da talka guys fo dea
1Ki 18.21: On top Mount Carmel, Elijah go in front all da peopo.”
1Ki 18.21: If Yahweh stay God fo real kine, go wit him!
1Ki 18.21: But if Ba`al stay God fo real kine, go wit him!
1Ki 18.23: Go get two boy kine cows, one fo me an one fo dem.
1Ki 18.25: tell da talka guys fo Ba`al, “Get plenny a you guys, so go do um firs.”
1Ki 18.26: Den dey go use Ba`al name fo call him.”
1Ki 18.26: Den dey go dance all ova da altar dey wen build.
1Ki 18.27: hard bout someting, o maybe he stay inside da lua, o he go holoholo.
1Ki 18.31: Elijah go get twelve stone, one stone for ery one a da twelve ohanas
1Ki 18.34: Den Elijah tell da peopo, “Go fill up four big pots wit watta, an pour um on top da
1Ki 18.34: dey do dat, he tell um “One mo time, same ting,” an dey go do um again.
1Ki 18.35: Da watta go all ova da altar an fill up da ditch too.
1Ki 18.36: Wen time fo make da sacrifice, Elijah da talka fo God go by da altar an pray lidis: “Yahweh, you da God fo Abraham
1Ki 18.39: Wen all da peopo see dis, dey go down wit dea face on top da groun, an dey yell, “Yahweh,
1Ki 18.40: Elijah tell da peopo go take um down by da Kishon Stream, an he kill um all dea.”
1Ki 18.41: Den Elijah tell King Ahab, “You go home now, fo eat an drink.
1Ki 18.42: Ahab go home fo eat an drink.
1Ki 18.42: Elijah, he go back up Mount Carmel to da top.”
1Ki 18.43: Elijah tell da guy dat work fo him, “Go ova dea an look makai side.
1Ki 18.43: Da guy go an look.
1Ki 18.43: Seven time, Elijah tell um, “Go back look!
1Ki 18.44: Elijah tell, “Go by King Ahab.
1Ki 18.44: Go quick down da mountain, befo da rain hold you back!
1Ki 18.46: den he run in front Ahab all da way to da place peopo go inside Jezreel town.
1Ki 19.4: But Elijah take one mo day fo go mo inside da boonies.
1Ki 19.5: Den he lay down unda da tree an go sleep.
1Ki 19.7: Cuz fo go wea you gotta go, goin be mo den you can handle.
1Ki 19.7: Cuz fo go wea you gotta go, goin be mo den you can handle.
1Ki 19.8: Dat food make him strong again, an he go forty day, day time an nite time, till he reach Mount
1Ki 19.9: Wen Elijah reach Mount Sinai, he go inside da cave dat get dea, an stay all nite.
1Ki 19.10: Elijah tell, “I wen go all out fo you, Yahweh, Da God Ova All Da Armies!
1Ki 19.11: Yahweh tell, “Go outside da cave.
1Ki 19.13: He go litto bit outside da cave.
1Ki 19.14: Elijah tell, “I wen go all out fo you, Yahweh, Da God Ova All Da Armies!
1Ki 19.15: Yahweh tell Elijah, “Go back, da same way you wen come.
1Ki 19.15: From dea, go inside da boonies nea Damascus town.”
1Ki 19.18: But I still get 7,000 Israel guys dat neva go down on top dea knee in front da Ba`al god an neva kiss da
1Ki 19.19: He go find Elisha Shafat boy firs.
1Ki 19.19: Elijah go inside da field by Elisha an put his blanket aroun Elisha.
1Ki 19.20: He tell Elijah, “Let me go kiss my fadda an mudda an tell um goodbye.
1Ki 19.20: Elijah tell um, “Kay den, go.
1Ki 19.21: Den Elisha leave Elijah an go home.
1Ki 19.21: Den Elisha leave home for go wit Elijah an be his helpa guy.
1Ki 20.1: Dey go Samaria town an put army guys all aroun da town, so nobody
1Ki 20.1: town an put army guys all aroun da town, so nobody can go inside da town o get outa da town.
1Ki 20.2: Ben-Hadad send messenja guys inside da town fo go by King Ahab, da Israel king.
1Ki 20.9: King Ahab tell da messenja guys from Ben-Hadad, “Go back tell my boss King Ben-Hadad, ‘Eryting yoa messenja
1Ki 20.9: So da messenja guys go back tell Ben-Hadad dis.
1Ki 20.13: Dat same time, one talka fo God go by King Ahab an tell um, “Lissen up.
1Ki 20.16: Noon time, da Israel army guys go outside da town.
1Ki 20.17: young guys dat work unda da officer guys from da districks go out firs.
1Ki 20.22: Lata, da guy dat talk fo God go by da Israel king an tell um dis: “You gotta make yoa army
1Ki 20.25: Go get da same numba horse an da same numba war wagon jalike
1Ki 20.26: Dey go Afek town fo fight da Israel guys.
1Ki 20.27: Den dey go Afek side fo fight da Aram army guys.
1Ki 20.31: Den we go da Israel king.
1Ki 20.32: Dey go by da Israel king an tell, “Ben-Hadad tell, now you da
1Ki 20.33: Da Israel king tell, “Go bring um hea.
1Ki 20.34: tell, “If you make one deal wit me fo do dat, I let you go.
1Ki 20.34: So Ahab make da deal wit Ben-Hadad, den he let um go.”
1Ki 20.36: tell, “Cuz you no wack me like how Yahweh tell, wen you go way from hea, one lion goin kill you.
1Ki 20.36: An afta da guy go way litto bit, one lion find da guy an kill um.”
1Ki 20.38: Den da talka fo God go stand by da road wait fo da king.”
1Ki 20.39: I wen go inside da middo wea dey stay fight.
1Ki 20.42: Dis wat Yahweh tell: ‘You let one prisna guy go, no matta I Yahweh say you gotta wipe him out!
1Ki 20.42: you goin pay wit yoa life cuz you wen let da Aram king go!
1Ki 20.42: An you goin lose yoa own peopo, cuz you let him go back to his peopo!
1Ki 20.43: He go home Samaria side.”
1Ki 21.4: Den Ahab go home.
1Ki 21.4: So Ahab go lay down on top his pune`e.
1Ki 21.15: Go take ova da grape farm, da one Nabot da Jezreel guy no
1Ki 21.16: Wen Ahab find out dat Nabot mahke, he go down take ova Nabot grape farm.
1Ki 21.18: Den Yahweh give dis message fo Elijah da Tishbe guy: “Go down fo meet Ahab, da king fo da Israel peopo.”
1Ki 21.18: Ahab wen go down dea fo take ova da grape farm.
1Ki 21.20: Elijah go dea, an Ahab tell, “You da guy dat stay agains me, an now,
1Ki 21.20: Elijah tell, “Fo shua I find you, cuz you wen go sell out fo do real bad kine stuff dat Yahweh say, no go
1Ki 21.20: go sell out fo do real bad kine stuff dat Yahweh say, no go do!’-”
1Ki 21.25: He go sell out fo do real bad kine stuff dat Yahweh say fo no
1Ki 21.26: Ahab wen go do real pilau kine stuff, cuz he go all out fo da idol
1Ki 21.26: Ahab wen go do real pilau kine stuff, cuz he go all out fo da idol kine gods, jalike da Amor peopo wen do.
1Ki 21.27: But wen Ahab hear dis message from God, he go broke off his clotheses an put on burm bag cloth nex to
1Ki 21.27: Den he make real quiet wen he go aroun.
1Ki 22.2: afta three year no mo war, King Jehoshafat from Judah side go fo see King Ahab, Israel side.
1Ki 22.4: Den he aks Jehoshafat, “You go wit me fo make war Ramot Gilead side?
1Ki 22.4: Jehoshafat tell da Israel king, “Shua, I go!”
1Ki 22.5: dis: “Firs ting, us guys gotta aks Yahweh if az good fo go make war, o not.
1Ki 22.6: He aks dem, “I can go make war agains Ramot Gilead town, o not?
1Ki 22.6: Dey tell um, “Go make war, King Ahab.
1Ki 22.9: Go tell Mikaiah, Imlah boy, fo come right now.
1Ki 22.10: Dey sit on top two throne, wea you go inside da Samaria town gate.
1Ki 22.12: Dey tell, “Go attack Ramot Gilead an win da war!”
1Ki 22.13: Da messenja guy dat go fo tell Mikaiah fo come by da king, he tell Mikaiah, “You
1Ki 22.15: We goin go attack Ramot Gilead town?
1Ki 22.15: Mikaiah tell him, “Go attack um an win da war!
1Ki 22.17: Let um all go home, An let eryting go good fo dem.
1Ki 22.17: Let um all go home, An let eryting go good fo dem.
1Ki 22.20: “Yahweh aks, ‘Who can go bulai King Ahab, so he go attack Ramot Gilead town, an
1Ki 22.20: “Yahweh aks, ‘Who can go bulai King Ahab, so he go attack Ramot Gilead town, an mahke dea?
1Ki 22.22: “Da spirit tell, ‘I goin go ova dea, be one spirit dat make all da talka guys fo his
1Ki 22.22: Go, do jalike you tell!
1Ki 22.24: Den Zedekiah, Kana`anah's boy, go ova dea an slap Mikaiah's head.
1Ki 22.24: How da spirit from Yahweh can leave me, fo go ova dea talk to you, aah?
1Ki 22.29: fo da Israel peopo an Jehoshafat da king fo da Judah peopo go togedda fo attack Ramot Gilead.
1Ki 22.30: Ahab tell Jehoshafat, “Befo I go fight, I goin dress so nobody know who me.
1Ki 22.30: So da Israel king dress so nobody know who him, an go fight.
1Ki 22.32: So dey turn da war wagons fo go attack him.
1Ki 22.36: Wen da sun almos go down, da Israel army guys all start fo yell, “Erybody go
1Ki 22.36: go down, da Israel army guys all start fo yell, “Erybody go back yoa town!
1Ki 22.36: Erybody go back yoa land!
1Ki 22.38: place Samaria side, wea da wahines dat fool aroun fo money go fo bafe.
1Ki 22.43: He neva go da wrong way, he ony do da kine stuff Yahweh say stay
1Ki 22.48: He like dem go Yemen side fo Ofir kine gold dat come from ova dea.
1Ki 22.48: But da boats neva go dea, dey all sink Ezion-Geber side.
1Ki 22.49: Befo da boats go out, King Ahaziah, Ahab boy, tell Jehoshafat, “Let my
1Ki 22.49: Ahaziah, Ahab boy, tell Jehoshafat, “Let my saila guys go wit yoa saila guys inside da big boats.
1Ki 22.49: But Jehoshafat neva like, so dey no go.
1Ki 22.53: He go down in front Ba`al an pray to him.
2Ki 1.2: He tell some messenja guys fo go Ekron side an find out from Ba`al-Zebub, da god fo da
2Ki 1.3: But one angel from Yahweh tell Elijah from Tishbe town, “Go up meet da messenja guys from da Samaria king, an aks dem,
2Ki 1.3: Az why you gotta go Ekron side fo aks dea god Ba`al-Zebub wat goin happen?
2Ki 1.4: Elijah go an tell da messenja guys dis.
2Ki 1.6: Dey tell him, “One guy come meet us, an he tell us fo go back by you dat wen send us guys, an tell you, ‘Dis wat
2Ki 1.6: Az why you guys gotta go Ekron side fo aks dea god Ba`al-Zebub wat goin happen?
2Ki 1.9: Da captain go up by Elijah, an tell, “Da king tell, ‘You one guy dat
2Ki 1.13: Dis captain go all da way up by Elijah, an go down on top his knees.
2Ki 1.13: Dis captain go all da way up by Elijah, an go down on top his knees.
2Ki 1.15: Go down dea wit him.”
2Ki 1.15: So Elijah stand up an go down wit da captain, by da king.
2Ki 2.2: Cuz Yahweh wen tell me fo go Bethel side.
2Ki 2.2: So dey go down Bethel side.”
2Ki 2.4: Cuz Yahweh tell me now fo go Jericho side.”
2Ki 2.4: So dey go Jericho side.”
2Ki 2.5: da guys Jericho side dat stay learn how fo talk fo God, go by Elisha.”
2Ki 2.6: Cuz Yahweh tell me now fo go da Jordan Riva.”
2Ki 2.7: Jericho side dat stay learn how fo talk fo God, an dey go too.”
2Ki 2.7: But dey stop, an no go nea da place wea Elijah an Elisha stay stand by da Jordan
2Ki 2.8: open up to da right side an da lef side, an da two guys go da odda side on top da dry groun.
2Ki 2.9: Afta dey go da odda side, Elijah tell Elisha, “Befo Yahweh take me up
2Ki 2.11: on fire an horses on fire show up, an make da two guys go apart.
2Ki 2.11: Den Elijah go up inside da sky inside one whirlwind.”
2Ki 2.13: He pick up da robe dat wen fall down from Elijah, an go back da Jordan River, an stand up on da dry groun.
2Ki 2.15: An dey go meet him, an go down on top da groun in front him fo show
2Ki 2.15: An dey go meet him, an go down on top da groun in front him fo show respeck.
2Ki 2.16: Try let um go an look fo yoa boss.
2Ki 2.17: So he tell, “Kay den, let um go look.”
2Ki 2.18: Elisha go stay inside Jericho town.”
2Ki 2.18: dey come back by him, he tell um, “I wen tell you guys no go.
2Ki 2.21: Den he go out by da place wea da watta come outa da groun, an he
2Ki 2.23: From dea, Elisha go up Bethel town.
2Ki 2.25: Den Elisha go on from dea Mount Carmel side, an from ova dea he go back
2Ki 2.25: go on from dea Mount Carmel side, an from ova dea he go back Samaria town.
head: Da Moab Peopo Go Agains Da Israel Peopo
2Ki 3.6: So dat time, King Joram go out from Samaria town, an bring togedda all da Israel army
2Ki 3.7: I like you go wit me fo fight da Moab guys.
2Ki 3.8: Jehoshafat aks, “Wich way we goin go afta dem?
2Ki 3.9: So da Israel king go out wit da Judah king an da Edom king.”
2Ki 3.12: So da king fo Israel, an Jehoshafat, an da Edom king go talk to Elisha.”
2Ki 3.13: Elisha tell da Israel king, “Mo betta you go by da guys dat talk fo da gods yoa fadda an mudda wen pray
2Ki 3.15: Bring me one music guy ova hea fo make me ready fo go lissen to Yahweh.
2Ki 3.21: ery guy dat can fight, da young an makule guys, an dey go wea dea land meet da Edom land, all ready fo fight dea.
2Ki 3.23: Come on, you Moab guys, us go rip off dea stuffs!
2Ki 3.24: But wen da Moab guys reach da Israel army camp fo go rip off dea stuffs, da Israel guys was ready an attack dem
2Ki 3.24: Den da Israel army guys go attack da Moab land, an kill da Moab guys.”
2Ki 3.27: So dey go back dea own land.
2Ki 4.1: She go by Elisha an tell um, “My husband, yoa worka guy, he wen
2Ki 4.3: Elisha tell, “Go aroun aks all da peopo dat live nea you fo give you empty
2Ki 4.4: Den go inside yoa house wit yoa boys an shut da door behin you so
2Ki 4.5: She go way from Elisha.
2Ki 4.7: She go by Elisha, da guy dat stay tight wit God, an tell um wat
2Ki 4.7: An he tell, “Go sell da oil, fo pay da guy wat you owe him.
2Ki 4.8: Had one nodda time, Elisha go pass thru Shunem town.
2Ki 4.8: So from dat time, weneva he go by Shunem town, he go stop by her house fo eat.
2Ki 4.8: So from dat time, weneva he go by Shunem town, he go stop by her house fo eat.
2Ki 4.10: We go make one small room on top da flat roof, an put one bed,
2Ki 4.11: Den one time wen Elisha come dea, he go up inside da room an res dea.”
2Ki 4.18: Da kid grow, an one day he go out by his fadda, who stay wit da guys cutting da food.”
2Ki 4.21: She go up in da room on top da roof an lay him down on top da bed
2Ki 4.21: Den she shut da door an go outside.
2Ki 4.22: tell one worka guy wit one donkey fo come by me, so I can go quick by da guy dat stay tight wit God an come back.
2Ki 4.23: Her husban aks, “How come you like go by him today?
2Ki 4.24: put da saddle on top da donkey, an tell her worka guy, “Us go!”
2Ki 4.24: Make shua da donkey go fas!”
2Ki 4.24: No go slow fo me!
2Ki 4.24: Ony if I tell you, go slow!
2Ki 4.25: So she start fo go, an come by da guy dat stay tight wit God, Mount Carmel
2Ki 4.26: Run go meet her, an aks her if she stay okay, if her husban stay
2Ki 4.26: Den Gehazi go.
2Ki 4.27: by da guy dat stay tight wit God on top Mount Carmel, she go down fo show um respeck, an grab his feets.
2Ki 4.30: Same ting, I stay shua I no goin go away from you.”
2Ki 4.30: So Elisha stan up an go wit her.
2Ki 4.31: Gehazi go in front a dem, an put da stick on top da boy's face, but
2Ki 4.31: So Gehazi go back meet Elisha.
2Ki 4.33: Elisha go inside, shut da door so jus him an da mahke boy dea, an
2Ki 4.34: Den he go on top da bed an lay down on top da boy, wit his mout on
2Ki 4.37: So she come inside da room an go down on top da floor by Elisha feet fo show him respeck.
2Ki 4.37: Den she take her boy, an go out.”
2Ki 4.38: Elisha go back Gilgal town.
2Ki 4.39: One a dem go inside field fo get vegetable kine stuff, an he find one
2Ki 5.2: Had army guys from Aram dat go aroun bus up da peopos dat da Aram army wen take ova.
2Ki 5.3: slave girl tell her boss Naaman's wife, “Good, if Naaman go see da guy dat talk fo Yahweh, dat live Samaria town.
2Ki 5.4: Wen Naaman hea dat, he go by his boss da Aram king, an tell him wat he hear da slave
2Ki 5.5: Da Aram king tell, “Shua, you gotta go.”
2Ki 5.5: So Naaman go, an take 750 poun silva, 150 poun gold, an fancy kine
2Ki 5.9: So Naaman go wit his horses an war wagons, an stop in front Elisha's
2Ki 5.10: Elisha send one messenja guy outside fo tell: “Go, wash yoaself seven times inside da Jordan River.”
2Ki 5.11: But Naaman come all huhu, an go way from dea.
2Ki 5.12: So he turn aroun an go, an he real huhu.
2Ki 5.13: But Naaman's officer guys go by him an tell um, “Eh boss!”
2Ki 5.13: fo God wen tell you fo do someting real big, fo shua you go do um, yeah?
2Ki 5.13: So den, if you ony gotta do one manini kine ting, like ‘Go wash an come good,’ mo betta jus do um!
2Ki 5.14: So Naaman go down inside da Jordan River seven time, jalike Elisha, da
head: Naaman Go Back By Elisha
2Ki 5.15: Den Naaman an all his army guys go back by Elisha, da guy dat stay tight wit God.
2Ki 5.18: I like him fo let me go fo one ting I gotta do bumbye: Wen my boss da king go
2Ki 5.18: me go fo one ting I gotta do bumbye: Wen my boss da king go inside da temple fo da god Rimmon, fo go down dea an pray
2Ki 5.18: my boss da king go inside da temple fo da god Rimmon, fo go down dea an pray to Rimmon, an da king lean on top my arm,
2Ki 5.18: an pray to Rimmon, an da king lean on top my arm, I gotta go down wit him too.
2Ki 5.18: I like Yahweh let me go fo dis.
2Ki 5.19: Elisha tell, “Go, an I like Yahweh take care eryting fo you.
2Ki 5.19: So Naaman go, but he no go far yet.”
2Ki 5.19: So Naaman go, but he no go far yet.”
2Ki 5.20: I stay shua Yahweh stay alive, so I stay shua I goin go run afta Naaman, an try get someting from him.
2Ki 5.21: Gehazi running afta him, he get down from da war wagon fo go meet him.”
2Ki 5.24: Den he tell da worka guys dey can go, an dey go.
2Ki 5.24: Den he tell da worka guys dey can go, an dey go.
2Ki 5.25: Den he go inside da house an stand in front his boss Elisha.
2Ki 5.25: Elisha aks, “Gehazi, wea you wen go?
2Ki 5.25: Gehazi tell, “Me, yoa worka guy, I neva go no place.
2Ki 5.26: meet you, inside me I know wass up awready, jalike I wen go wit you ova dea!”
2Ki 5.27: kine sick all ova da skin dat odda guys can catch, goin go on top you an yoa kids foeva!
2Ki 5.27: Den Gehazi go away from Elisha, an he get da kine sick.
2Ki 6.2: Mo betta us go y da Jordan River, wea erybody can cut one beam fo build
2Ki 6.2: So Elisha tell, “Go do um.
2Ki 6.4: So he go wit dem.
2Ki 6.4: Dey go by da Jordan River, an start fo cut down some trees.”
2Ki 6.7: Den Elisha tell, “Go pick um up.
2Ki 6.8: He tell, “I goin go dis place, o dat place, fo make my war camp.
2Ki 6.9: wen you go pass by dat place, cuz dass wea da Aram army guys goin go
2Ki 6.9: go pass by dat place, cuz dass wea da Aram army guys goin go fo make dea war camp.”
2Ki 6.10: So da Israel king send messenja guys fo go tell da peopo inside da place Elisha tell him wass up.
2Ki 6.13: Den da king tell, “Go find out wea he stay.
2Ki 6.13: Da officer guys go find out wea he stay, an dey send messenja guys back by da
2Ki 6.14: Dey come dea nite time an go all aroun da town.”
2Ki 6.15: nex morning early, wen da guy dat work fo Elisha get up an go outside, he see da army guys wit horses an war wagons all
2Ki 6.20: Wen dey go inside Samaria town, Elisha tell, “Yahweh, open dese guys
2Ki 6.22: You not da kine guy dat go kill guys dat you wen go catch fo make prisona wit yoa
2Ki 6.22: You not da kine guy dat go kill guys dat you wen go catch fo make prisona wit yoa sword o bow.”
2Ki 6.22: Den let um go back by dea boss guys.
2Ki 6.23: fo dem, an afta dey pau eat an drink, he send dem away fo go back by dea boss guys.
head: Da Aram Army Guys Go All Around Samaria Town
2Ki 6.24: come da Aram king, he bring togedda all his army guys, an go agains Samaria town fo take um ova.
2Ki 6.24: He put da army guys all aroun da town, so nobody can go inside o come outside.
2Ki 6.28: Den tomorra we go eat my boy too!”
2Ki 6.30: Wen he go by da peopo on top da town wall, dey look at him, an dey
2Ki 6.32: Da king send one a his guys fo go kill Elisha.”
2Ki 7.3: Dey stay outside da gate fo go inside Samaria town.
2Ki 7.4: If we go inside Samaria town, no mo food inside dea, so we goin
2Ki 7.4: So, we go ova dea by da camp fo da Aram army guys, an give up.
2Ki 7.5: Wen start fo come dark, dey stan up fo go by da Aram camp.
2Ki 7.8: dat odda guys can catch, dey come da edge a da camp, an go inside one tent.
2Ki 7.8: Den dey go hide da stuff.
2Ki 7.8: Dey come back, go inside anodda tent, carry away mo stuff, an hide dat too.
2Ki 7.9: Mo betta we go right now, an tell da guys inside da king's palace wat we
2Ki 7.10: So dey go yell to da guys dat watch da gates, an tell dem, “We wen
2Ki 7.10: yell to da guys dat watch da gates, an tell dem, “We wen go by da Aram camp.
2Ki 7.12: da town, an den, we can grab um wen dey stay alive, an go inside dea big town.
2Ki 7.13: So we go send dem fo find out wat wen happen.
2Ki 7.14: He tell da guys dat stay in charge da war wagons, “Go find out wat wen happen!”
2Ki 7.15: Dey go afta da Aram army guys all da way by da Jordan River.
2Ki 7.16: Den da Samaria peopo go out an rip off da stuffs from da Aram army camp.
2Ki 7.17: da guy dat stay tight wit God, wen tell wen da king go by Elisha.
2Ki 8.1: One nodda time, Elisha talk wit da wahine dat he wen go make her boy come back alive again.
2Ki 8.1: He tell, “Take yoa husban an yoa boy, an go some odda place live, any place you can stay long time.
2Ki 8.2: Her an her ohana go way an stay inside da land wea da Filisha peopo live, fo
2Ki 8.3: Den she go by da king, fo beg him fo help her get back her house an
2Ki 8.4: Wen she go by da king, da king stay talk story wit Gehazi, da guy dat
2Ki 8.6: da stuff dat wen grow on top her land, from da time she go away till now.
2Ki 8.7: Anodda time, wen Elisha go Damascus, Ben-Hadad, da Aram king, stay sick.
2Ki 8.8: Da king tell Hazael, “Take one present wit you, an go meet da guy dat stay tight wit God.
2Ki 8.8: Go find out from him wat Yahweh tell.”
2Ki 8.9: Hazael go meet Elisha, an take all da bestes kine stuff inside
2Ki 8.9: Hazael go by Elisha an stand in front him, an tell, “Ben-Hadad, da
2Ki 8.10: Elisha tell Hazael, “Go tell Ben-Hadad, ‘Fo shua you goin live.
2Ki 8.14: Den Hazael go way from Elisha, an go back by his boss.”
2Ki 8.14: Den Hazael go way from Elisha, an go back by his boss.”
2Ki 8.19: kings foeva, jalike dey one light fo show peopo da way fo go.
2Ki 8.20: One time wen Jehoram stay king, da Edom peopo go make war an throw out da Judah territorial govmen inside
2Ki 8.21: So Jehoram go across da Jordan Riva to Zair town wit all his war wagons.
2Ki 8.21: But Jehoram's infantry guys, dey run away an go back dea own place.
2Ki 8.22: Den da Libnah town peopo, dey go throw out da Judah govmen dea town too, da same time.
2Ki 8.28: One time Ahaziah go Ramot-Gilead town wit Joram, Ahab's boy, fo fight Hazael,
2Ki 8.29: So King Joram go back Jezreel town fo come good afta da Aram guys wen hurt
2Ki 8.29: Den Ahaziah, Jehoram's boy, da Judah king, go Jezreel side fo see Joram, Ahab's boy, cuz Joram stay
2Ki 9.1: Take dis small bottle olive oil wit you, an go Ramot-Gilead town.
2Ki 9.2: Go by him, an take him inside one empty room inside da house,
2Ki 9.4: So da young guy dat talk fo God go Ramot-Gilead town.
2Ki 9.6: Jehu get up an go inside da house.
2Ki 9.11: Wen Jehu go outa da room an go back by da odda army officer guys dat
2Ki 9.11: Wen Jehu go outa da room an go back by da odda army officer guys dat work fo his boss,
2Ki 9.15: But King Joram wen go back Jezreel town fo come good, afta da Aram army guys wen
2Ki 9.15: tell his friends, “If az wat you guys tink, no let nobody go outside dis town, fo go tell dis stuff inside Jezreel wat
2Ki 9.15: wat you guys tink, no let nobody go outside dis town, fo go tell dis stuff inside Jezreel wat we goin do.
2Ki 9.16: Den Jehu take his war wagon an go Jezreel town, cuz az da place wea Joram stay on top his
2Ki 9.16: Az da same time dat Ahaziah, da Judah king, wen go dea fo see Joram.”
2Ki 9.17: Joram tell him, “Go get one horse rida guy.
2Ki 9.18: Come wit me, we go fight ova dea!’-”
2Ki 9.19: Come wit me, we go fight ova dea!’-”
2Ki 9.21: da Judah king, ride out, inside dea two war wagon fo go fo meet Jehu.”
2Ki 9.24: Da arrow go all da way inside Joram heart, an he go down inside his
2Ki 9.24: Da arrow go all da way inside Joram heart, an he go down inside his war wagon.”
2Ki 9.26: So now, go pick up Joram mahke body an throw um down on top dat land,
2Ki 9.27: Dey shoot him inside his war wagon on da way fo go up to Gur nea Ibleam, but he ony stay hurt, an he run away
2Ki 9.30: Den Jehu go Jezreel town.
2Ki 9.30: Wen Jezebel hear bout dis, she go make nice her eye wit paint, fix her hair nice, an look
2Ki 9.31: Wen Jehu go inside da town gate, she aks, “You come hea fo attack us
2Ki 9.31: Fo shua, you come hea jalike Zimri, da guy dat wen go kill his own boss!
2Ki 9.33: So dey throw her down, an some a her blood go all ova da wall an da horses.
2Ki 9.34: Jehu go inside an eat an drink, an tell, “Do wateva you gotta do
2Ki 9.35: But wen dey go outside fo bury her, dey no find notting.
2Ki 9.36: Dey go back tell Jehu.
2Ki 10.3: So now, wen you get dis letta, go figga out who da bestes boy from all yoa boss's boys, dat
2Ki 10.3: Den go make him come da king dat goin sit on top his fadda's
2Ki 10.5: an da guys dat take care a da Ahab boys, send messenjas fo go tell Jehu, “We stay yoa helpa guys now.
2Ki 10.7: Wen da numba two letta come, da leada guys go get da boys an kill all seventy a dem.”
2Ki 10.9: Da nex morning Jehu go outside da gate.”
2Ki 10.9: He stand in front all da peopo an tell dem, “You guys go figga if dis ting right o not.”
2Ki 10.9: tink bout dis: I da guy dat wen make plan wit my guys, fo go agains my boss, an kill him.
2Ki 10.12: Den Jehu start fo go Samaria town.
2Ki 10.15: Jehu tell him, “I like God go do good tings fo you!
2Ki 10.16: Jehu tell, “Come wit me, an see how I go all out fo Yahweh.”
2Ki 10.19: Now go tell all da guys dat talk fo Ba`al, all da guys dat do
2Ki 10.21: Dey all go inside da temple fo Ba`al, so stay full from one side to
2Ki 10.23: Den Jehu an Jehonadab, Rekab's boy, go inside da temple fo Ba`al.
2Ki 10.24: So erybody go inside fo make plenny sacrifice, regula kine an burn up
2Ki 10.25: he tell da guards an da officer guys fo his army: “Go inside, kill all dem.
2Ki 10.25: Den dey go inside da mos spesho part a da temple fo Ba`al.
2Ki 10.28: Dass how Jehu stop da peopo from go down in front da god Ba`al.
2Ki 10.28: From dat time, nobody go down in front Ba`al fo pray no mo inside Israel.
2Ki 10.29: Da Israel peopo still stay go down in front da gold kine bebe cows dat Jeroboam put
2Ki 10.31: But Jehu neva go do all wat da rules tell, dat Yahweh, da God fo da Israel
2Ki 11.2: But Jehosheba, King Jehoram girl an Ahaziah sista, she go wea all Jehoram's kids stay.
2Ki 11.6: Da nex team, go by da Sur Gate.
2Ki 11.6: Da odda team, go by da gate in back a da army messenja runna guys.
2Ki 11.7: Same ting, you guys get two odda team dat no go work on da Res Day.
2Ki 11.8: Stay nea aroun da king wea eva he go.
2Ki 11.13: da noise da army messenja runna guys an da peopo make, she go by da peopo dat stay stand aroun da Temple Fo Yahweh.
2Ki 11.15: Kill anybody dat like go wit her wit yoa swords!”
2Ki 11.16: So dey grab her an take her by da place wea da horses go inside da palace yard, an dey kill her ova dea.”
2Ki 11.18: Den all da peopo inside da land go by da Temple Fo Ba`al, an bus um up.
2Ki 11.19: All dem bring da king down from da Temple Fo Yahweh, an go inside da palace by da gate fo da messenja runna guys.
2Ki 12.4: Go get all dat silva.
2Ki 12.9: He put um by da altar, on da right side wen you go inside da Temple Fo Yahweh.”
2Ki 12.9: Da pries guys dat guard da door fo go inside da Temple yard, put all da silva dat da peopo bring
2Ki 12.17: Bout da same time, Hazael da Aram king go up attack Gat an take ova da town.
2Ki 12.17: Den he turn aroun fo go afta Jerusalem.
2Ki 12.18: So Hazael neva go attack Jerusalem.
2Ki 12.20: Dey kill him Bet-Millo side, on top da road dat go down Silla side.
2Ki 13.5: Cuz a dat, all da Israel peopo can go live inside dea own place, jalike befo time.
2Ki 13.6: Dey stay go down in front da gold kine idol gods.
2Ki 13.14: Jehoash, da Israel king, go down see him, an cry ova him.
2Ki 13.15: Elisha tell um, “Go get one bow an some arrows.
2Ki 13.15: An Jehoash go get um.”
2Ki 13.18: Den Elisha tell, “Go take da arrows.
2Ki 13.21: guys, so dey throw da guy's body inside Elisha's tomb an go.
2Ki 14.9: But Jehoash, da Israel king, tell da messenja guys fo go back tell dis story to Amaziah, da Judah king: “You, you
2Ki 14.12: guys bus up da Judah guys, an all da Judah guys run away go home.
2Ki 14.13: Den Jehoash go Jerusalem broke down da town wall from da Ephraim Gate to
2Ki 14.14: Den he go back Samaria side.
2Ki 15.14: Den Menahem, Gadi's boy, go up from Tirzah to Samaria.
2Ki 15.19: Den Tiglat-Pileser, da Assyria king, go attack da peopo inside da Israel land, an Menahem wen give
2Ki 15.20: So da Assyria king go back home, an no stay inside da land no moa.
2Ki 15.25: Pekah take fifty guys from Gilead wit him fo go inside da strong wall part a da king's palace inside
2Ki 15.29: da Naftali land, an make da peopo dea give up dea land an go Assyria side.
2Ki 16.4: Plenny time, Ahaz go by da local sacrifice places an make sacrifice an burn
2Ki 16.5: da Aram king an Pekah, Remaliah's boy, da Israel king, go up fo make war.
2Ki 16.5: army guys all aroun Jerusalem town, so Ahaz peopo no can go outside da town.
2Ki 16.7: Den King Ahaz send messenja guys fo go by da Assyria king Tiglat-Pileser, fo tell, “You, jalike
2Ki 16.9: Den he go attack Damascus town an take um ova.
2Ki 16.10: Den King Ahaz go Damascus fo meet Tiglat-Pileser da Assyria king.
2Ki 16.12: da king come back from Damascus side, he see da altar, an go by um, an go up da steps.
2Ki 16.12: back from Damascus side, he see da altar, an go by um, an go up da steps.
2Ki 16.18: wen build inside da palace, an da outside door fo da king go inside da Temple Fo Yahweh, so he no lose face wit da
2Ki 17.5: Den da Assyria king go attack da whole Israel land.
2Ki 17.5: put his army guys all aroun Samaria town, an no let nobody go inside o come outside fo three year.
2Ki 17.6: king take ova Samaria town, an make da Israel peopo go Assyria side fo live.
2Ki 17.6: a dem live Halah side, some a dem by da Habor River dat go by Gozan, an da res inside da towns wea da Mede peopo
2Ki 17.16: Dey go down in front da sun an moon an all da stars inside da sky
2Ki 17.27: Den da Assyria king tell um fo do dis: “Go get one a da pries guys dat you wen take away from
2Ki 17.27: Make him an his wife an kids go back an live ova dea.”
2Ki 17.28: dat da Assyria guys wen take away from Samaria town, wen go back an make house Bethel town.
2Ki 17.35: wit da Israel peopo long time ago, he tell dem dis: “No go show respeck fo odda kine gods!
2Ki 17.35: No go down in front dem!
2Ki 17.36: You gotta go down in front me, an make sacrifice fo me.
2Ki 17.37: No go show respeck fo da odda kine gods!
2Ki 17.38: No go foget da deal I wen make wit you, an no go show respeck fo
2Ki 17.38: No go foget da deal I wen make wit you, an no go show respeck fo da odda kine gods!
2Ki 17.39: goin get you guys outa trouble from all da peopo dat goin go agains you guys.
2Ki 18.6: He stay tight wit Yahweh, an no go follow odda kine stuff.
2Ki 18.9: He put his army guys all aroun da town so nobody can go inside o come outside.
2Ki 18.13: stay king fo fourteen year, da Assyria king Sennakerib wen go attack all da big towns wea da Judah peopo make strong
2Ki 18.14: da Judah king Hezekiah send um dis letta: “Da time I wen go agains you, az was wrong.
2Ki 18.14: So go way from me now, an I goin pay you wateva you tell I gotta
2Ki 18.17: Dey go from Lakish an go by King Hezekiah inside Jerusalem.
2Ki 18.17: Dey go from Lakish an go by King Hezekiah inside Jerusalem.
2Ki 18.18: Hilkiah boy, da guy in charge a da palace kine business, go out fo meet dem.
2Ki 18.18: secretary, an Joah, Asaf boy, da guy dat write da records, go wit him too.
2Ki 18.19: Da territorial govna guy tell Hezekiah guys, “Go tell Hezekiah dis: You say you get plan an one strong army
2Ki 18.25: An one mo ting: You tink Yahweh neva tell me fo go afta dis place, an wipe um out?
2Ki 18.37: secretary, an Joah, Asaf boy, da guy dat write da records, go by Hezekiah.
2Ki 19.1: burmbag kine clotheses fo show he stay sore inside, den he go inside da Temple Fo Yahweh.
2Ki 19.2: guys, an dey all stay wear burmbag kine clotheses too, fo go by Isaiah, Amoz boy, da guy dat talk fo God.
2Ki 19.7: goin hear wat somebody tell, an he goin tink dat he betta go back his own land.
2Ki 19.7: An wen he get dea, I goin make somebody go kill him wit one sword.
2Ki 19.8: Wen da territorial govna guy from Assyria start fo go back by da Assyria king, he find out da king wen leave
2Ki 19.8: he find out da king wen leave Lakish town awready, so he go meet da king wea dea army stay fight agains Libnah town.
2Ki 19.10: He tell um: “Go tell Hezekiah, da Judah king, dis: ‘No let da god dat you
2Ki 19.14: Den he go up da Temple Fo Yahweh, an put down da letta in front
2Ki 19.23: An I go make camp In far place wea get da bestes kine trees.
2Ki 19.28: An put my horse bit inside yoa mout An I goin make you go back Da same way you wen come ova hea!
2Ki 19.30: alive from da Judah ohana, Dey goin get strong root fo go down unda dem, An make fruits dat grow up ova dem.
2Ki 19.31: Cuz me, Yahweh, Da God Ova All Da Armies, I goin go all out fo make shua az wat happen.
2Ki 19.32: up dirt by da town wall So his army guys can run on top an go inside.
2Ki 19.33: He no goin go inside dis big town.
2Ki 19.35: same day, nite time, one angel messenja guy from Yahweh go out inside da Assyria army camp.
2Ki 19.36: So Sennakerib, da Assyria king, broke camp, an go back Nineveh town, an stay ova dea.
2Ki 19.37: Wen he go down in front Nisrok, his boys Adrammelek an Sharezer kill
2Ki 20.1: Isaiah, Amoz boy dat talk fo God, go by him an tell, “Lissen up.
2Ki 20.1: Dis one spesho message from Yahweh: Go make eryting ready, cuz you goin mahke.
2Ki 20.4: Befo Isaiah go outside da palace, Yahweh tell him: “Go back an tell
2Ki 20.5: Befo Isaiah go outside da palace, Yahweh tell him: “Go back an tell Hezekiah, da leada guy fo my peopo, ‘Dis,
2Ki 20.5: Da day afta tomorra, you goin go up by da Temple Fo Yahweh.
2Ki 20.7: Den Isaiah tell da helpa guys, “Go get some figs, cook um an lomi um all togedda.
2Ki 20.8: show me dat Yahweh goin make me come good, an dat I goin go up inside da Temple Fo Yahweh da day afta tomorra?”
2Ki 20.9: da shadow go down ten step on top da palace stair awready.
2Ki 20.9: You like fo da shadow go back up ten step now?
2Ki 20.10: Hezekiah tell, “Az easy fo da shadow go down ten step.
2Ki 20.10: So mo betta, make um go back up ten step!
2Ki 20.11: guy fo God, aks Yahweh fo do dat, an Yahweh make da shadow go back up da ten step afta awready wen go down.
2Ki 20.11: make da shadow go back up da ten step afta awready wen go down.
2Ki 20.13: An wen Hezekiah hear bout da Babylon messenja guys, he go show dem eryting inside da palace.
2Ki 20.14: Den Isaiah, da talka fo God, go by King Hezekiah an aks him, “Wat dose guys wen tell, an
2Ki 20.21: Hezekiah mahke, an go by his ancesta guys.”
2Ki 21.3: Manasseh go back to da odda gods, an build um up again, all da
2Ki 21.3: He go down in front all da stars an da sun an da moon, cuz he
2Ki 21.5: Inside da two yards aroun da Temple Fo Yahweh, he go build altars fo all da star kine gods an da sun an da
2Ki 21.6: He go by da guys dat talk to da mahke peopo, an he lissen to da
2Ki 21.8: my worka guy Moses wen give dem, den I no goin make dem go all ova da place again, jalike befo time I wen do.
2Ki 21.9: But da peopo no lissen, cuz Manasseh wen make um go wrong way.
2Ki 21.9: Az why dey go do even mo plenny bad kine stuff den da odda peopos dat
2Ki 21.21: He go down pray to da same idol kine gods jalike his fadda, fo
2Ki 21.24: Den all da odda kine peopo inside da land go kill erybody dat wen make plan fo kill King Amon.
2Ki 22.3: da secretary, Shafan, Azaliah boy an Meshullam grankid, fo go da Temple Fo Yahweh.
2Ki 22.4: He tell um: “Go talk to Hilkiah, da main pries guy.
2Ki 22.9: Den Shafan go by da king, an tell him bout da work.”
2Ki 22.13: an Asaiah his worka guy, wat dey gotta do: He tell um: “Go find out from Yahweh, wat stay inside dis book dat dey wen
2Ki 22.14: Hilkiah, da pries guy, Ahikam, Akor, Shafan, an Asaiah go fo talk to one wahine, Huldah, dat talk fo God.
2Ki 22.17: Dis peopo wen go way from me, Yahweh.
2Ki 22.20: So dey go back, an tell da king wat Huldah, da wahine dat talk fo
2Ki 23.2: He go da Temple Fo Yahweh wit all da Judah guys, da Jerusalem
2Ki 23.8: Dass wea dose odda fake pries guys wen go fo burn incense befo time, but Josiah dem make um so
2Ki 23.8: places fo da idol kine gods, dat stay by da gate fo go inside da palace wea Joshua live.
2Ki 23.8: His palace stay da lef side wen you go inside da town gate.
2Ki 23.11: He take away from da door wea you go inside da Temple Fo Yahweh, da horse kine statues dat da
2Ki 23.16: stay ova dea on top da Bethel hill, he tell his guys fo go take da bones outa dem, an burn um on top da altar fo make
2Ki 23.18: Leave um go!”
2Ki 23.20: Den he go back Jerusalem side.
2Ki 23.29: So King Josiah an his army guys go out fo fight him.
2Ki 24.1: Jehoiakim stay king, Nebukadnezzar da Babylon king wen go attack da Judah land.
2Ki 24.1: But afta three year, Jehoiakim change his mind, an go fight agains Nebukadnezzar.
2Ki 24.2: Yahweh wen tell da guys dat talk fo him befo time, fo go tell da Judah peopo.
2Ki 24.4: Yahweh stay shua, he no goin let Manasseh go fo wat he wen do.
2Ki 24.10: come dea an make camp all aroun Jerusalem so nobody can go outside o come inside.
2Ki 24.12: his officer guys, his ali`i guys, an all his palace guys go outside da town fo give up demself to da Babylon king.
2Ki 25.1: stay king, January 15, Nebukadnezzar da Babylon king go fo attack Jerusalem, him an all his army guys.
2Ki 25.1: make one strong wall all aroun Jerusalem so nobody can go inside o come outside.
2Ki 25.4: Dey go thru one gate in da middo a da two small kine walls near
2Ki 25.4: small kine walls near da king's garden, den dey run away go inside da Jordan Riva valley.
2Ki 25.5: But da Babylon army go chase King Zedekiah.
2Ki 25.5: All da Zedekiah army guys wen go all ova da place an run away.
2Ki 25.8: king fo nineteen year, one Babylon guy name Nebuzaradan go Jerusalem side, Augus 14.
2Ki 25.11: all da odda peopo, an all da army guys dat wen change fo go ova da Babylon king side.
2Ki 25.19: he take da main recruita officer guy fo da Judah army, dat go bring guys from all ova da land fo join da army, an sixty
2Ki 25.20: Nebuzaradan, da leada fo da king's bodyguard, make all dem go by da Babylon king Riblah side.
2Ki 25.23: dat da Babylon king wen pick Gedaliah fo come govna, dey go by Gedaliah, Mizpah town.
2Ki 25.23: Jaazaniah da Maacat guy boy, an dea guys, dey da ones dat go ova dea.
2Ki 25.24: da land, an work fo da Babylon king, an eryting goin go good fo you guys.
2Ki 25.26: da mos importan, an da army officer guys, dey all run away go Egypt side, cuz dey stay scared a da Babylon guys.
head: Da Babylon Guys Let Coniah Go
2Ki 25.27: April 2 dat year, he let Coniah go out from jail.
head: Cyrus Let Da Israel Peopo Go Home
Ezr 1.3: All you peopo dat stay pray to da God Yahweh, you can go back now Jerusalem town, inside Judah, fo go build da
Ezr 1.3: you can go back now Jerusalem town, inside Judah, fo go build da Temple Fo Yahweh.
Ezr 1.4: place dat live by you Babylon guys, I like you help dem go home an build dea temple dat stay all bus up now.
Ezr 1.5: God make da Israel peopo feel good inside an dey like go back Jerusalem side.
Ezr 1.5: helpa guys from da Levi ohana feel good inside an dey like go back, an same ting fo da leada guys fo da Judah an
Ezr 1.5: Dey all like go back Jerusalem side fo build da Temple Fo Yahweh, cuz da
Ezr 1.7: Den King Cyrus tell his guys fo go get all dat stuff back.
Ezr 1.8: guy who take care da money fo da whole Persia govmen, fo go count all da tings from da Jerusalem temple an give um to
Ezr 1.8: one guy from da Judah king ohana, fo da peopo dat goin go back to da Judah land.
Ezr 1.9: Dis was all da tings dat King Cyrus wen give Sheshbazza fo go inside da Temple: 30 gold tray 1,000 silva tray 29 silva
head: Da Peopo Dat Go Back Wit Zerubbabel
Ezr 2.1: Nebukadnezza army guys wen take da Jewish peopo away fo go live inside aroun Babylon town.
Ezr 2.2: Now, da numbas fo da mens from Israel dat go back: From da Parosh ohana, 2,172.
Ezr 2.43: Had plenny peopo go back from da odda ohanas dat work inside da temple.
Ezr 2.43: Da ancesta guys fo da ones dat go back: Ziha, Hasufa, Tabbaot, Keros, Siaha, Padon, Labanah,
Ezr 2.55: Odda peopo dat go back from Babylon, dey come from da guys dat long time ago
Ezr 2.59: Had odda peopo dat go back Jerusalem town same time.
Ezr 2.61: Da Hobaiah, Hakkoz, an Barzillai ohanas wen go back Jerusalem.
Ezr 2.64: So all da peopo dat go back Judah side, was 42,360.
Ezr 2.70: da worka guys fo da temple, an some a da regula peopo wen go da small towns nea Jerusalem.
Ezr 2.70: Da odda peopo go da towns inside da Judah land wea dey come from.
Ezr 3.7: Den da peopo go find stone worka guys an carpinta guys.
Ezr 4.2: Cuz a dat, da peopo dat not Jews go by Zerubbabel an da odda leada guys.
Ezr 4.4: peopo lose fight, an try fo make um real scared so dey no go work.
Ezr 4.10: Ashurbanipal wen take outa dea land befo time, an make um go live Samaria side, an all ova da Wes Eufrates Side.
Ezr 4.19: Dey go agains da kings an talk stink bout da govmen an dey do dat
Ezr 4.23: come back to Rehum, Shimshai, an da odda guys, dey go right away to Jerusalem town, an dey make da Jewish peopo
Ezr 5.7: We like eryting go good fo you.
Ezr 5.8: “Us guys like you know, we wen go da place wea dey stay build da Temple Fo Da Big God, Judah
Ezr 5.15: King Cyrus wen tell Sheshbazza, “Go take all dis stuffs, an put um inside da Temple Jerusalem
Ezr 5.15: Den you guys go build da House Fo God one mo time, same place jalike befo
Ezr 6.1: So King Darius tell his peopo fo go look inside da Babylon records.
Ezr 6.6: an offisho govmen guys, Wes Eufrates Side: “You betta not go dea Jerusalem side!”
Ezr 6.8: “But dis wat I telling you guys fo do: Go help da Jewish leada guys fo build da Temple Fo God one mo
Ezr 6.11: “Anybody go change dis an no do how I tell um, you guys gotta pull one
Ezr 6.13: dem, Govna Tatnai, Shetar-boznai, an dea helpa guys wen go do eryting King Darius tell um fo do, right den an dea.
Ezr 6.20: wen awready make da right sacrifices fo come so dey can go in front God.
Ezr 7.6: So dat time, Ezra wen leave Babylon an go Jerusalem.
Ezr 7.7: stay King, some a da Israel peopo from Babylon wen go wit Ezra, an some a da pries guys an da pries helpa guys
Ezr 7.7: An dey all go Jerusalem togedda.
Ezr 7.13: inside da places wea I stay da King, if any a dem like go back Jerusalem side wit you, no matta dey prieses, o Levi
Ezr 7.13: o Levi ohana peopo, o regula peopo, az okay fo dem go.
Ezr 7.14: An now, we like you fo go find out how eryting stay Judah side an Jerusalem side.
Ezr 7.18: yoa God like fo you an yoa guys do wit da extra money, an go do um.
Ezr 7.26: from yoa God tell, o da rules dat I make cuz I da King, go punish dem right den an dea -- kill um, o throw um outa
Ezr 7.28: I wen get togedda da leada guys fo da Israel peopo fo come go Jerusalem wit me.
head: Ezra Guys Make Ready Fo Go
Ezr 8.15: Befo we go, I wen tell erybody fo come togedda by da Ahava Watta
Ezr 8.15: I find out, dat no mo nobody goin go from da pries helpa guys from da Levi ohana!
Ezr 8.17: Den I tell all dose guys fo go by Iddo, da leada fo da Levi ohana peopo Kasifia side, an
head: Dey Pray Befo Dey Go
Ezr 8.22: shame aks da King fo send army guys an horse rida guys fo go wit us and make shua nobody come agains us guys wen we
Ezr 8.29: Wen you come to Jerusalem, go check how much dey weigh fo make shua you neva lose
head: Ezra Guys Go Jerusalem Togedda
Ezr 8.31: 19, we leave our camp nex to da Ahava Watta Ditch, fo go Jerusalem.
Ezr 8.31: Da peopo dat like go agains us guys an da guys dat like jump us, he no let dem
Ezr 8.33: Da numba four day afta we come Jerusalem, we go da Temple Fo Oua God.
Ezr 9.2: leada guys fo da Israel ohanas, dey da main ones dat stay go agains wat God trus um fo do!
Ezr 9.5: I go down on my knees on top da groun, an I put up my hands to
Ezr 9.6: Da shame fo do all dat bad kine stuff, jalike go all da way up to da sky!
Ezr 9.9: Az why you neva go way from us guys.
Ezr 9.10: we awready foget da tings you tell us we gotta do, an we go do wat we not suppose to do!
Ezr 9.14: Fo shua, now you goin come real plenny huhu wit us, an go wipe us out, so nobody stay alive fo come back hea fo
Ezr 10.2: We go marry wahines from da peopos dat donno God, dat live
Ezr 10.4: Go make strong.
Ezr 10.6: Den Ezra go way from da Temple Fo God.
Ezr 10.6: He go by Jehohanan, Eliashib boy.
Ezr 10.10: You guys go marry wahines from da odda peopos dat donno God.
Ezr 10.13: Cuz get plenny a us guys dat wen go agains God, an az bad.
Ezr 10.44: All dese guys wen go marry wahines from da odda peopos dat donno God.
Neh 1.2: town, an bout the Jewish peopo dat da Babylon army wen go take Babylon side befo time, an now dey go back Judah side
Neh 1.2: army wen go take Babylon side befo time, an now dey go back Judah side fo live.
Neh 1.3: Lata, plenny peopo wen go back Jerusalem side fo live inside Judah.
Neh 1.8: guys ack, show I no can trus you, den I goin make you guys go all ova da place, fo live unda all da diffren peopos.
Neh 2.7: Dis, so dat dey let me go thru dea districk fo go Judah side.
Neh 2.7: Dis, so dat dey let me go thru dea districk fo go Judah side.
Neh 2.9: I wen go by da govna guys fo da districks dat stay on da wes side a
Neh 2.9: officer guys from da army, and army guys wit horses, fo go wit me.
Neh 2.13: So I go out nite time from da Valley Gate, an ova dea wea can see
Neh 2.13: an ova dea wea can see da Dragon's Puka Fo Watta, den I go to da Rubbish Gate.
Neh 2.14: den, no mo room by da place wea da animal I stay ride can go.
Neh 2.15: So I go up da valley by da stream in da dark an I check out da
Neh 2.15: Den I turn aroun an go back.
Neh 2.15: I go inside Jerusalem thru da Valley Gate, an go home my place.
Neh 2.15: I go inside Jerusalem thru da Valley Gate, an go home my place.
Neh 2.16: Da govmen guys, dey donno wea I wen go o wat I stay do.
Neh 2.17: We go build da Jerusalem town wall again.
Neh 2.19: You guys stay go agains da King, o wat?
Neh 3.15: Dey build da part a da wall dat go by da Siloam Watta Place wea da watta tunnel come out, to
Neh 3.15: out, to da King's Park, an from dea to da stone steps dat go down from King David's Town.
Neh 3.16: He start from across King David's Ohana tombs, an go to da watta place dey wen dig befo time, an to da house fo
Neh 3.19: boy, da main guy fo Mizpah, fix anodda part across wea you go up to da place wea dey keep da tings dey use fo da army,
Neh 4.4: Make odda peopo take ova dem An make um prisonas dat gotta go live anodda land!
Neh 4.11: An da guys dat stay agains us tell, “Wen us guys go afta da Jewish guys, dey no goin know we dea, an dey no
Neh 4.15: So us guys go back fo work on da wall, an ery guy stay work on da wall
Neh 4.20: place you hear da trumpet noise, dass da place you gotta go fo meet us.
Neh 4.23: Ery guy get someting fo fight wit, even wen he go fo drink watta.”
Neh 5.13: An dey wen go do jalike dey wen make promise fo do.”
Neh 5.18: Ery ten days gotta go get plenny diffren kine wine.
Neh 6.2: Sanballat an Geshem wen send somebody fo tell me, “Go come fo meet us, in one small town Ono Valley side.
Neh 6.3: So, I no can go ova dea.
Neh 6.3: No good I leave da job fo go by you guys, an da work stop.
Neh 6.10: One time, I wen go Shemaiah house.”
Neh 6.10: Shemaiah, he no can go outside.
Neh 6.10: Den he tell, “Good fo me an you go inside God's house, inside da Temple.
Neh 6.10: We go shut da doors.
Neh 6.11: You tink I dat kine guy, dat go inside da Temple jus fo stay alive?
Neh 6.19: to me bout all da good tings Tobiah wen do, an den dey go tell Tobiah eryting I say.
Neh 7.6: Dey come back Jerusalem side, cuz dey all like go live inside da town wea dea ohana come from, Jerusalem
Neh 7.73: guys fo da Temple, an some a da odda peopo -- dey all wen go home an live inside dea own towns.
Neh 8.6: Den dey go down wit dea face on top da groun fo show love an respeck
Neh 8.10: Nehemiah tell da peopo, “You go now.
Neh 8.10: Go eat fancy kine food an drink sweet kine wine.”
Neh 8.11: No go stay sore inside!
Neh 8.12: Den all da peopo go from dea, fo eat an drink an send food to odda peopo, an
Neh 8.13: all da ohanas, da pries guys, and da Levi ohana guys wen go togedda by Ezra, cuz dey like know wat da Rules tell mo
Neh 8.14: Yahweh tell Moses, dat Octoba da time fo da Israel peopo go make shacks an live inside dem, fo dis spesho religious
Neh 8.15: ova Jerusalem, fo make shua erybody know dey suppose to go up country, an bring back plenny branch from da olive
Neh 8.16: So da peopo go out an bring back all kine tree branch.
Neh 9.1: Octoba 31, da peopo go meet one mo time.
Neh 9.2: Da peopo from da Israel ohana wen go stand one side, away from all da odda peopo dat not from
Neh 9.3: An same time dey go down on top da groun fo show dea God Yahweh plenny love an
Neh 9.4: da odda Bani, an Kenani -- stay stand on top da steps dat go up to da stage, an dey talk real loud an strong, aksing
Neh 9.11: You open up da sea in front dem, So dey go inside da middo a da Red Sea On top dry groun.
Neh 9.12: Day time, had one cloud dat go from da groun to da sky, Fo show da peopo wea fo go.
Neh 9.12: dat go from da groun to da sky, Fo show da peopo wea fo go.
Neh 9.12: Nite time, had fire dat go from da groun to da sky, Fo give um light fo see dea way,
Neh 9.17: Dey even come mo hard head fo go agains you, An pick one leada guy fo take dem back Egypt
Neh 9.17: “But you, you one God dat no mind let peopo go Fo da bad kine tings dey do.
Neh 9.19: “Cuz you get plenny pity fo dem still yet, You neva go way an leave dem Ova dea inside da boonies.
Neh 9.19: Da cloud dat go from da groun to da sky fo show um wea fo go Neva go way
Neh 9.19: Da cloud dat go from da groun to da sky fo show um wea fo go Neva go way from dem.’
Neh 9.19: dat go from da groun to da sky fo show um wea fo go Neva go way from dem.’
Neh 9.19: Nite time, da fire dat go from da groun to da sky Give um light fo see da way dey
Neh 9.23: Az da same land Dat you wen tell dea ancesta guys fo go take um ova.
Neh 9.24: So da ohanas dat come from yoa ancesta guys Wen go ova dea, an take ova da land.
Neh 9.26: dat wen talk to dem serious kine Fo help um turn aroun An go come tight wit you again.
Neh 9.28: come inside dis land an make house dea, One mo time dey go do bad kine stuff in front you.
Neh 9.29: Dey go do bad kine stuff, Jalike you tell um no do.
Neh 9.31: yoa peopo, You neva wipe um out, An you neva leave dem an go way from dem.
Neh 9.37: All da rich kine stuff dat come from dis land, Go to da king guys dat you put ova us guys, Cuz we wen do bad
Neh 10.34: too, an fo pick wat time ery year da regular ohanas goin go bring wood fo burn on top da altar fo make sacrifice to
Neh 10.38: Wen da guys from da Levi ohana go fo pick up da ten percen from erybody, da main pries guy,
Neh 10.38: da main pries guy, dat get Aaron fo ancesta, he goin go wit dem.
Neh 11.2: Get odda peopo wen like go live inside Jerusalem town too, an da odda peopo wen tell
Neh 11.3: Dis da names a da main leada guys fo da districk, dat wen go live inside Jerusalem town.
Neh 11.36: Some ohanas from da Levi peopo dat stay inside Judah wen go live wit da Benjamin peopo.
Neh 12.30: da Levi ohana guys wen make sacrifice fo make shua dey can go inside da Temple, an dey make sacrifice fo all da peopo,
Neh 12.31: Half a dem go da right side on top da wall, all da way to da Rubbish
Neh 12.32: Hishaiah go wit dem, an half da govmen guys from Judah, an Azariah,
Neh 12.36: Ezra, da guy dat stay teach da Rules From God, he go firs, den da oddas.
Neh 12.37: Wen dey come to da Fountain Gate, dey go strait up da steps on top da wall wea da wall go up da
Neh 12.37: Gate, dey go strait up da steps on top da wall wea da wall go up da hill to David's Town, above David House.
Neh 12.37: Den dey go da eas side to da Watta Gate.
Neh 12.38: All da odda ones dat wen come fo tell God he awesome, dey go da lef side.
Neh 12.38: I go behin dem wit half da peopo, above da Towa Wit Ovens, to
Neh 12.40: Get peopo dat wen go wit me fo tell God he awesome.
Neh 12.40: an half da govmen guys, an da odda half a da peopo dat wen go da lef side, we all stand togedda inside da yard outside
Neh 12.45: work fo God, an make da sacrifices so dey an da peopo can go inside da Temple fo pray.
Neh 13.2: peopo come outa da boonies, da Ammon an Moab peopo neva go out fo meet da Israel peopo an tell um aloha an give um
Neh 13.6: I wen go back Babylon side by King Artaxerxes.
Neh 13.6: Lata, I wen aks da King fo let me go back Jerusalem town.
Neh 13.7: Da king let me go Jerusalem side.
Neh 13.22: Let me go, an no hurt me, Cuz you stay stick wit yoa peopo all da
Est 1.12: But wen da helpa guys go tell her wat da king say, she no like go.
Est 1.12: wen da helpa guys go tell her wat da king say, she no like go.
Est 1.13: Da king go talk to da guys dat undastan eryting bout wass happening,
Est 1.14: Dey da ony ones can go talk to da king weneva dey like, an dey stay da main
Est 1.16: “No was jus agains you, da king, dat Queen Vashti wen go do dis kine ting.”
Est 1.17: his guys fo bring Queen Vashti in front him, but she neva go.
Est 1.19: “So, if you like, you go send out dis rule, an tell yoa peopo fo write um inside da
Est 2.2: king fo take care him, dey tell him, “Az good if some guys go look fo some young an good looking wahines fo da king, dat
Est 2.12: Befo one wahine's turn come fo go inside sleep wit King Xerxes, dey gotta pau twelve month
Est 2.13: Dis az how dey go inside by da king.
Est 2.14: Wen dark time almos come, dey go ova dea, an in da morning come back to one diffren place
Est 2.14: Dey no go back fo sleep wit da king, ony if he like her, an call her
Est 2.16: Wen she go, she neva aks fo notting, ony wat Hegai, da guy dat stay
Est 3.2: All da king's leadas dat stay by da king's gate go down on dea knees in front Haman, an show him respeck, cuz
Est 3.2: But Mordecai, he no go down in front Haman, an no show him respeck.
Est 3.5: Wen Haman see dat Mordecai no go down in front him o show him respeck, he come real huhu.
Est 3.9: If you like do dat, go make one rule fo wipe dem all out.
Est 3.13: An dey tell da leada guys dey can go take eryting da Jews get.
Est 3.15: Da king tell da messenja guys fo go real quick, so dey go out right den an dea, an tell wat da
Est 3.15: Da king tell da messenja guys fo go real quick, so dey go out right den an dea, an tell wat da king's rule say.
Est 4.1: Den he go outside his house wea he stay fo go inside da big town, an
Est 4.1: Den he go outside his house wea he stay fo go inside da big town, an he cry real loud fo get help from
Est 4.2: king's gate, cuz dey no let nobody wit burmbag clotheses go inside dea.
Est 4.4: Queen Esther, an her guys dat stay in charge a da wahines, go tell Esther bout Mordecai, wen bodda her plenny.
Est 4.6: So Hatak go out by Mordecai wea he stay in da open place inside da
Est 4.8: Tell her she gotta go by da king fo her peopo, fo beg him fo give um chance!
Est 4.9: Hatak go back tell Esther eryting Mordecai wen tell.
Est 4.11: peopo inside his districks know, dat any guy o wahine dat go near da king inside da palace yard, an he neva call dem,
Est 4.11: But now get thirty days awready an da king no call me fo go by him yet.
Est 4.16: Den Esther tell Hatak fo tell Mordecai dis: “Go bring togedda all da Jewish peopo you can find inside Susa
Est 4.16: Afta we do dat, I goin go in front da king, no matta I stay broke da rules.
Est 4.17: So Mordecai go way an do eryting Esther tell him fo do.
Est 5.1: numba three day, Esther put on her queen kine clotheses an go stand outside da door, inside da yard in da palace, right
Est 5.2: So Esther go by him an touch da end a da rod.
Est 5.9: Haman go out dat day an he stay feel real good inside.
Est 5.10: But still yet Haman no say notting, an go home.
Est 5.14: Zeresh, Haman's wife, an all his friends tell him, “Go tell somebody put up one big pos 75 feet high, fo hang
Est 5.14: Den go wit da king to da dinna, an you can feel good inside.”
Est 6.4: Now Haman jus wen come inside da palace yard fo go aks da king fo tell his guys fo hang Mordecai on top da
Est 6.10: Den da king tell Haman, “Go right now.
Est 6.11: So Haman go get da robe an da horse.
Est 6.12: Afta dat Mordecai go back by da king's gate.
Est 7.1: So da king an Haman wen go eat wit Queen Esther.
Est 7.7: He leave his wine, an go outside, inside da palace garden.
Est 7.8: But he see Haman go down on top da couch wea Esther stay, begging her fo give
Est 8.3: She go down by da king's feet an cry, an beg da king fo stop da
Est 8.7: tell Queen Esther an Mordecai da Jew, “Cuz Haman wen go agains da Jews, my guys hang Haman awready, an I give his
Est 8.10: send da tings dey write by messenja guys on top horses dat go fas (cuz dey wen raise da horses spesho kine jus fo da
Est 8.11: wipe out an kill any army from any peopo o districk dat go agains dem an dea wahines an kids, an dey can take da
Est 8.14: Da messenja guys on top da king's horses go real fas, cuz da king tell um fo go fas.
Est 8.14: top da king's horses go real fas, cuz da king tell um fo go fas.
Est 8.15: Mordecai wen go out from wea da king stay.
Est 9.2: big towns inside all da districks wea Xerxes stay king, fo go agains da guys dat like do bad tings to dem.
Isa 1.2: But still yet, dey go agains me.
Isa 1.4: Dey go way from Yahweh.
Isa 1.5: How come you guys still stay go agains him?
Isa 1.6: Nobody clean out da pus, Nobody go put olive oil on top fo make um come soft, An nobody put
Isa 1.17: Go all out fo do wass right.
Isa 1.23: Yoa leada guys, dey go agains me.
Isa 1.24: I goin fight an win Ova erybody dat go agains me So dey no can bodda me no moa.
Isa 1.25: I goin go agains you Jerusalem guys too, Jalike I goin put you
Isa 1.27: Da peopo dat stay go Mount Zion fo pray, Inside Jerusalem town, God goin help
Isa 1.28: But da peopo dat go agains me An da ones dat stay do bad kine stuff, I goin
Isa 1.29: “Fo shua, you guys goin come shame plenny Cuz you like go down in front da idol kine gods Inside place wea get oak
Isa 2.3: Den plenny peopos goin go dea an say, “Come on.
Isa 2.3: We go up da hill wea da Temple stay, Da Temple Fo Yahweh,
Isa 2.5: Us go walk Wit light from Yahweh, an do wass right.
Isa 2.6: peopo from da east side, Babylon side, So now dey even go call da spirit from da mahke peopo Fo come tell um wat
Isa 2.8: Dey go down an show respeck Fo all da stuff dey make wit dea own
Isa 2.9: No let go dat kine peopo!
Isa 2.10: You Jacob ohana peopo, Go down deep inside da rocks, Hide yoaself inside da groun,
Isa 2.12: Goin come one day, he goin go Agains erybody dat get big head, An agains all da high
Isa 2.16: If peopo tink dey strong like da big boats dat go Spain, Da nice looking boats, Yahweh can sink um.
Isa 2.19: Peopo goin go inside caves inside da big rocks, An inside da big kine
Isa 2.20: kine gods Dat da peopo wen make from da silva an gold Fo go down and show um respeck, Dey goin throw um all away To da
Isa 2.21: Dey goin go inside da cracks in da rocks An da pukas in da pali, Cuz
Isa 3.8: wat dey say, An wit wat dey do, Dey talk stink Yahweh An go agains him.
Isa 3.12: Lissen, my peopo, Da ones dat tell you guys wea fo go, Dey stay take you guys da wrong way.
Isa 3.12: mess up you guys plenny, So you donno wea da right way fo go.
Isa 3.13: But Yahweh, he go in front da court fo make argue.
Isa 3.15: Wat you guys tinking Wen you go smash my peopo, aah?
Isa 3.15: Da peopo dat no mo notting, How come you go rub dea face inside da dirt, aah?
Isa 3.20: Da perfume bottles, Da jewel fo make da bad kine spirits go way, An da rings fo dea fingas an dea nose, Da fancy kine
Isa 4.6: Wen da sun stay hot, day time Goin be one place dey can go Fo hide an no get hurt From da storms an da rain.
Isa 5.5: I goin broke down da wall aroun um So odda guys can go inside an bus um up.
Isa 5.11: to da guys Dat get up early in da morning Fo go all out fo da booze, Dey stay up late nite time, Till
Isa 5.13: Dass why my peopo goin come prisonas An go anodda land, Cuz dey donno notting.
Isa 5.14: Dass why, jalike wea da mahke peopo go, Da mout stay open big, An waiting fo erybody.
Isa 5.14: Cuz down inside dea, All da rich kine peopo goin go.
Isa 5.14: ting fo da odda kine peopo Dat stay make big kine noise an go party out.
Isa 5.30: If anybody go look da land, Dey goin see dat eryting stay dark An
Isa 6.8: Who goin go fo us?”
Isa 6.8: An I tell, “Me, I can go, Send me.
Isa 6.9: An he tell me, “Go den.”
Isa 6.12: plenny place all ova da land Wea da peopo leave eryting an go way.”
head: Da Aram An Israel Armies Go Agains Jerusalem
Isa 7.1: Rezin fo da Aram peopo, wit King Pekah fo help him, wen go fight agains da Jerusalem town peopo Judah side, wea Ahaz
Isa 7.1: But dey no even can go nea dea fo start da fight.
Isa 7.2: tell David's ohana guys Judah side, “Da Aram army guys wen go by da Efraim ohana land inside Israel an stay make camp
Isa 7.3: boy Shear-Jashub (dat mean, ‘Some peopo goin come back’), go out dea meet Ahaz.
Isa 7.3: Go by da end a da ditch wea da watta from da Mauka Watta
Isa 7.3: da end a da ditch wea da watta from da Mauka Watta Place go.
Isa 7.3: Go on top da road dat go da field wea dey put da cloth inside
Isa 7.3: Go on top da road dat go da field wea dey put da cloth inside da watta an step um
Isa 7.6: Dey tell, ‘We go up country Judah side an bus up da Judah peopo.
Isa 7.11: Go aks, no matta if someting from da mos deep place o from da
Isa 7.17: guys eva suffa befo, from da time wen da Israel peopo wen go agains an go way from da Judah peopo.
Isa 7.17: befo, from da time wen da Israel peopo wen go agains an go way from da Judah peopo.
Isa 7.19: Goin be jalike wen da flies an da bees go down inside da gulches, inside da cracks inside big stone,
Isa 7.23: But afta da army guys go way, all da place wea had tousan grape plants worth tousan
Isa 7.24: Anybody go dea, dey goin take bow an arrow fo hunt, cuz ony get kuku
Isa 7.25: da place wea befo time dey hoe hana da grass, you no goin go dea no moa, cuz you scared da kuku plant goin poke you.
Isa 7.25: Da land ony goin be fo let da cows an sheeps an goats go dea.
Isa 8.1: One time, Yahweh Da Boss tell me, “Go get someting big fo write on top um.
Isa 8.3: Afta I do dat, I go sleep wit my wife, da wahine dat talk fo God.’)
Isa 8.7: da king fo Assyria ova hea, Wit all his awesome armies, Fo go agains da Judah peopo!
Isa 8.7: da big watta come down strong Inside da Eufrates Riva An go up ova da sides.
Isa 8.8: jalike one big riva stay run fast thru da Judah land, Dat go all ova da land Till da watta come up to da neck.
Isa 8.9: All you diffren peopos, Go do all da bad kine stuff you do!
Isa 8.11: He tell me fo take care no go da same way dose peopo go.
Isa 8.11: He tell me fo take care no go da same way dose peopo go.
Isa 8.12: He say, “No go tink you an yoa friends making plan fo do someting bad,
Isa 8.16: Go write all dis down, fo make proof az true.
Isa 8.19: Peopo goin tell you, “Go by da wahines dat talk to da mahke peopo, an da guys dat
Isa 8.19: Mo betta da peopo go aks dea God wat goin happen, yeah?”
Isa 8.21: Da peopo goin go all ova da land, one side to da odda side.
Isa 9.1: get respeck fo da peopo inside Galilee, nea da road dat go from da Jordan Riva to da Mediterranean Sea.
Isa 9.6: Da leada dat make eryting go good fo us.
Isa 9.8: An wat I tell, goin go agains da whole Jacob ohana.
Isa 9.11: He stay tell da peopo dat like bus up da Israel peopo Fo go geev um.”
Isa 9.12: da east side, An da Filisha peopo from da west side, Dey go agains da Israel peopo An dey win um.
Isa 9.16: Az how come, da ones who stay lead dis peopo, Dey make um go da wrong way, An az how come, da peopo dat lissen to dea
Isa 9.18: burn, An all da trees burn too, Wit plenny black smoke dat go up in da sky.
Isa 10.25: I goin come huhu wit da Assyria guys An go wipe dem out.
Isa 10.27: Dat time, da Assyria peopo no goin be dea, Jalike wen God go hemo One heavy load from yoa back, O jalike wen God open
Isa 10.29: Dey go ova Mikmash Pass.
Isa 11.6: togedda, An goin get one small boy show dem all wea fo go.
Isa 11.10: goin know he dea, so all da diffren peopos goin know fo go by him.
Isa 11.11: One nodda ting goin happen dat time: My Boss Yahweh goin go bring back all his peopo dat still yet stay alive, from
Isa 11.15: wind, Fo make um come seven small stream, So peopo can go walk on top da dry part wit slippa.
Isa 12.4: Go by all da diffren peopos Fo make shua dey know wat kine
Isa 13.2: “Eh you army guys dat goin go afta da Babylon town!
Isa 13.2: Wave yoa hand, fo tell dem wen fo go inside Babylon, Inside da gate wea da Babylon ali`i guys
Isa 13.4: da God Ova All Da Armies, He stay make ready one army Fo go make war.
Isa 13.14: sheep get no mo nobody dat keep um togedda, Erybody goin go back to dea own peopo.
Isa 13.17: I goin make da Mede peopo go agains da Babylon guys.
Isa 14.13: One time you guys wen tink, “I goin go climb up to da sky!
Isa 14.14: I goin go up mo high on top a da clouds!
Isa 14.17: He no even open da door Fo let da prisona guys go home!
Isa 14.18: Da peopo erytime let da body stay inside da palace An dey go dea fo show um respeck.
Isa 14.19: Da odda guys dey wen kill wit da sword, same time, Dey go all da way down to da stone inside da Big Black Hole, Dea
Isa 14.27: Who goin make me turn aroun an go home?
Isa 14.32: Fo da peopo dat need help, Dey can go inside Jerusalem An nobody goin hurt um dea.
Isa 15.2: Da Moab peopo go up to dea temple, An da Dibon peopo go up da sacrifice
Isa 15.2: Da Moab peopo go up to dea temple, An da Dibon peopo go up da sacrifice place on top da hill, Fo cry.
Isa 15.5: I stay cry, cuz dey go up da way fo go to Luhit, An dey still stay cry wen dey
Isa 15.5: I stay cry, cuz dey go up da way fo go to Luhit, An dey still stay cry wen dey going.
Isa 15.9: I stay cry, cuz da stream dat go by Dimon Stay full wit blood, not watta.
Isa 16.2: Da Moab wahines dat run away Fo go cross ova da Arnon Stream, Dey goin hang aroun dea an
Isa 16.2: da Arnon Stream, Dey goin hang aroun dea an donno wea fo go, Jalike wen somebody throw da baby birds outa dea nest.
Isa 16.6: Dey go any place dey like.
Isa 16.8: Da leadas a da diffren countries Wen tell dea army guys Fo go smash down da red grape plant.
Isa 16.8: grape farm all da way to Jazer, An da shoots from da vine go [out] all ova da place, To da boonies an all da way down
Isa 16.12: Bumbye, no matta da Moab peopo go up Da sacrifice places fo dea gods on top da hills, An no
Isa 16.12: hills, An no matta dey work plenny hard an stay tired Fo go pray inside da temple dat stay spesho fo dea gods, All
Isa 17.2: Da peopo goin leave all da towns Aroer side, Dey all goin go way from ova dea.
Isa 17.9: peopo come inside da land, an da peopo dat live dea, go way from dea towns an leave eryting.
Isa 18.2: Dey go inside da kine boat dey make wit papyrus kine reed, Eh,
Isa 18.2: Go fast to dat odda country far away.
Isa 18.2: Den go from dea, go even mo far still yet.
Isa 18.2: Den go from dea, go even mo far still yet.
Isa 19.2: qal: swift-moving God tell: “I goin make da Egypt peopo go agains each odda.
Isa 19.3: Dey goin go aks dea idol kine gods, An da mahke peopo spirits.
Isa 19.5: Da place wea da riva watta go, goin stay all dry, No mo wet place.
Isa 19.7: goin get plants on da side a da Nile Riva An wea da riva go inside da sea.
Isa 19.13: Da leada guys fo Zoan town, Dey go do stupid kine tings cuz dey no undastan.
Isa 19.13: Da leadas fo da Egypt ohanas wen make dea peopo go da wrong way.
Isa 19.14: Cuz a Yahweh, da leada guys make dea peopo Go da wrong way bout eryting dey stay do.
Isa 19.23: Dat time, goin get one big road go from Egypt to Assyria.
Isa 19.23: Da Assyria peopo goin go Egypt side, an da Egypt peopo goin go Assyria side.
Isa 19.23: Assyria peopo goin go Egypt side, an da Egypt peopo goin go Assyria side.
Isa 20.1: wen send one a da main general guys wit his army guys fo go agains Ashdod town inside Judah an take ova da town.
Isa 20.2: I take um off an go naked an barefeet.”
Isa 20.3: Lata, Yahweh tell, “Wat my worka guy Isaiah wen do, go naked an barefeet fo three year, az jalike one sign fo
Isa 20.4: king fo Assyria goin take da prisonas from Egypt an Sudan go outa dea country naked an barefeet.
Isa 20.6: Us wen run away an go by dem, fo help us fo get outa da trouble da Assyria king
Isa 21.1: happen to da Babylon land, Da Boonies By Da Sea: “One army go come agains Babylon, From one land wea da peopo real tough
Isa 21.1: Dey goin go quick thru da Babylon land, Jalike da kine big storm wind
Isa 21.1: da kine big storm wind dat blow hard Outa da boonies an go thru da south part a Judah.
Isa 21.2: You Elam army guys, go afta Babylon town!
Isa 21.2: army guys, make camp all aroun Babylon too, So nobody can go inside dea o come outside!
Isa 21.6: Dis, az wat God my boss tell me: “Go put one watcha guy outside Fo tell us wat he see.
Isa 21.12: Go, den come back again an aks.
Isa 21.14: You peopo dat stay live inside da Tema land, Go bring watta fo da thirsty peopo, An go take food to da
Isa 21.14: da Tema land, Go bring watta fo da thirsty peopo, An go take food to da peopo Dat stay run away from Babylon.
Isa 22.1: So den, how come erybody go up on top yoa flat roof?
Isa 22.4: Dass why I tell dis, “Go way!
Isa 22.15: da ting my boss Yahweh, Da God Ova All Da Armies, tell: “Go see dis guy Shebna, dat take care all da palace kine
Isa 23.1: happen to da Tyre peopo: All you guys inside da boats dat go Spain side, Cry an yell cuz you stay sore inside.
Isa 23.1: You guys no mo house now, No mo place fo da boats fo go in.
Isa 23.2: Sidon guys dat buy stuff an sell um, Was da Tyre peopo Dat go an come on top da boats Dat befo time wen bring you wateva
Isa 23.3: Befo time, dey go on top da big ocean An bring back plenny stuffs, Cuz dey
Isa 23.7: Cuz now, all da Tyre peopo go far way awready.
Isa 23.7: Dey go live wea dey no mo land.
Isa 23.8: princes, An erybody in da world get respeck Fo da guys dat go far place fo sell stuff.
Isa 23.10: You Tyre peopo dat live Spain side now, Okay fo you go from one end a yoa land to da odda end, Jalike da Nile
Isa 23.10: one end a yoa land to da odda end, Jalike da Nile River go all ova Egypt, From one end to the odda end, Cuz no mo
Isa 23.12: Even if you guys go ova dea Cyprus Island, You guys no goin rest dea.
Isa 23.14: All you Tyre guys inside da boats dat go Spain side, Cry an yell cuz you stay sore inside.
Isa 23.16: Den da peopo inside Tyre goin go back an make jalike befo time.”
Isa 24.1: He goin change da mountain an valley An all da peopo goin go all ova da place.
Isa 24.3: world, no goin get notting inside dea, Jalike somebody wen go rip off eryting!
Isa 24.11: dance an sing plenny, But all dat pau, Jalike wen da sun go down an eryting come dark.
Isa 24.20: Da peopo all ova da world stay go agains God, Dass someting real bad fo dem Dat make um fall
Isa 25.4: One place fo go inside From da big rain an da hot sun, Cuz wen da mean
Isa 25.4: From da big rain an da hot sun, Cuz wen da mean guys go afta peopo, Feel jalike wen da hard, cold rain Hit agains
Isa 25.12: down da strong walls Fo da place wea da Moab peopo like go hide.
Isa 26.2: Open da town gates An let our peopo go inside, Da ones dat do da right kine stuff An do wateva
Isa 26.7: Whoeva do da right kine stuff, You make da way dey go not hard.
Isa 26.11: I like dey come shame wen dey look An see dat you stay go all out fo yoa peopo, An jalike you make da fire burn up
Isa 26.20: My peopo, go inside yoa room An shut da door.
Isa 27.1: Dat time, Yahweh goin go afta Da peopos dat donno him, fo punish dem.
Isa 27.1: Cuz he get mo power den dem, An can wipe um out, Jalike fo go afta da dragon Leviatan, Dat move an turn jalike one snake
Isa 27.2: plenny fruit, An make peopo stay feel good inside Wen dey go dea.
Isa 27.8: You make da Israel peopo go away Jalike wit one strong wind from da east side.
Isa 27.13: Da Israel peopo dat stay go all ova da place inside Assyria An da ones dey wen make go
Isa 27.13: go all ova da place inside Assyria An da ones dey wen make go Egypt side, Dey all goin go God's spesho hill inside
Isa 27.13: An da ones dey wen make go Egypt side, Dey all goin go God's spesho hill inside Jerusalem town, An go down in
Isa 27.13: all goin go God's spesho hill inside Jerusalem town, An go down in front Yahweh Fo show love an respeck fo him ova
Isa 28.6: Da army guys dat get da job Fo make whoeva like fight dem Go back to da town dey come from, He goin make dem come so
Isa 28.13: An dey goin go way, But den dey goin fall on dea okole.
Isa 28.15: We get promise fo no go da Mahke Peopo's Place!
Isa 28.15: Wen da army guys come hea, No matta dey go all ova jalike da big watta, Dey no goin come wea we stay.
Isa 28.18: Da promise somebody wen make to you guys Fo no go da Mahke Peopo's Place, No goin work!
Isa 29.1: Year afta year, you Jerusalem peopo, Go still make da spesho religious kine time!
Isa 29.3: King David time, I goin make army guys come make camp An go circle aroun da town.
Isa 29.3: I goin tell um fo pile up dirt So dey can go walk on top a da wall.
Isa 29.4: Wen you guys go try fo talk, goin sound Jalike you stay bury unda da
Isa 29.20: Da stupid head kine peopo wit attitude goin go too.
Isa 30.1: to da hard head peopo Dat stay go agains me!
Isa 30.2: Befo dey go Egypt side, Dey neva aks me firs bout dat.
head: Da Judah Guys Dat Go Agains Me
Isa 30.8: “Now go.
Isa 30.9: Go do dat, cuz dis peopo, Dey hard head, Ony like go agains
Isa 30.9: Go do dat, cuz dis peopo, Dey hard head, Ony like go agains Yahweh.
Isa 30.11: Go find anodda way fo how you talk!
Isa 30.11: Go pick one diffren road!
Isa 30.21: Den, even if you go da wrong way, Jalike you leave da road An go da right side
Isa 30.21: even if you go da wrong way, Jalike you leave da road An go da right side o da lef side, You goin hear somebody behind
Isa 30.21: Go dat way!
Isa 30.28: put one bridle inside dea mout Dat make da diffren peopos go da wrong way.
Isa 30.29: stay feel real good inside Jalike wen peopo play flute An go up da hill wea Yahweh stay.
Isa 31.1: fo da peopo dat go Egypt side Fo get help erytime!
Isa 31.1: But dey no go to Yahweh, Da Good an Spesho One fo da Israel peopo.
Isa 31.2: He goin go agains da ohanas dat do bad kine stuff.
Isa 31.6: You Israel peopo, go back to Yahweh!
Isa 31.6: You wen go agains him, real bad.”
Isa 31.7: Cuz wen you go back, all you guys goin go agains da idol kine gods dat
Isa 31.7: Cuz wen you go back, all you guys goin go agains da idol kine gods dat you guys wen make wit yoa own
Isa 32.14: Erybody goin go way from da palace An leave da big town Dat wen get plenny
Isa 32.20: plant yoa seed nea ery stream An let yoa cows an donkey go all ova.
Isa 33.8: Nobody stay go on top da big roads no moa.
Isa 33.8: Da guys dat befo time stay go all ova, Now dey no go.
Isa 33.8: Da guys dat befo time stay go all ova, Now dey no go.
Isa 33.21: aroun um Too strong even fo awesome navy kine boats Go sail inside an go across fo attack.
Isa 33.21: strong even fo awesome navy kine boats Go sail inside an go across fo attack.
Isa 33.24: kine tings dey wen do From erybody dat live dea, An let um go.
Isa 34.10: Da fire goin go day time an nite time, Da smoke from da tar going up
Isa 34.10: Nobody goin go thru dea eva again.
Isa 34.16: Go find out wat Yahweh wen tell his guys fo write.
Isa 35.8: Peopo goin call um “Da Road Fo Go By Da God Dat Stay Good An Spesho.
Isa 35.8: bad kine stuff dat make um so dey no can pray, Dey no can go on dat road.”
Isa 35.8: But anybody dat go dat way, Even da ones dat donno da road, Dey no goin get
Isa 35.10: Dey goin go inside da Temple Fo Yahweh, An dey goin dance an sing An
Isa 36.1: an den Sennakerib, da Assyria king, an his army guys go attack all da big towns inside Judah dat get strong walls
Isa 36.2: stop by da ditch wea da watta from da Mauka Watta Place go, on top da main road dat go da field wea da peopo put da
Isa 36.2: from da Mauka Watta Place go, on top da main road dat go da field wea da peopo put da cloth inside da watta an step
Isa 36.3: Eliakim, Hilkiah's boy, dat was in charge da palace, go out fo meet da territorial govna guy.
Isa 36.3: Asaf's boy, da guy dat write eryting fo da records, dey go wit Eliakim.
Isa 36.4: Da Assyria territorial govna guy tell dem fo go tell Hezekiah, “Dis, wat da strong Assyria king like know:
Isa 36.5: Cuz you stay go agains me an my army guys, wat odda country you stay trus
Isa 36.6: smash up bamboo dat make splinters inside yoa hand wen you go lean on top um.
Isa 36.7: tell da peopo inside Judah an Jerusalem, ‘You guys gotta go down in front Yahweh, ony in front dis Jerusalem altar,’
Isa 36.9: small kine officer from my boss army guys turn aroun an go home, no matta you guys trus da Egypt guys fo give you war
Isa 36.10: An one mo ting: you guys tink I wen come fo go agains you an yoa country an wipe you guys out, an I no
Isa 36.10: Was Yahweh himself dat wen tell me fo go agains yoa country an wipe you guys out!
Isa 36.20: dose countries dat wen get dea peopo outa trouble wen I go agains dem?
Isa 36.20: tink yoa God Yahweh goin get you guys outa trouble wen I go take ova Jerusalem town?
Isa 36.22: guy, an Joah, Asaf's boy, dat write da records, dey go back by Hezekiah.”
Isa 37.1: He go broke his clotheses, an put on burmbag kine cloth fo show
Isa 37.1: Den he go inside da Temple.
Isa 37.2: guy, an da older pries guys fo put on burmbag cloth an go by Isaiah, Amoz boy, da one dat talk fo God.
Isa 37.6: King Hezekiah helpa guys come by Isaiah, Isaiah tell dem, “Go tell yoa boss dis, da ting Yahweh tell me awready: ‘No
Isa 37.7: He goin hear wat somebody tell him, an cuz a dat, he goin go back his own country.
Isa 37.8: So da govna guy go back an find da king fighting agains Libnah town.’-”
Isa 37.14: Afta Hezekiah read da letta from da messenja guys, he go up to da Temple Fo Yahweh.
Isa 37.18: “Az true, Yahweh, dat da Assyria king guys wen go wase all da diffren countries an dea land, an throw all da
Isa 37.23: You wen go talk strong agains me!
Isa 37.24: I can go on top a da high mountains, To da mos far part a da
Isa 37.24: Me, I da kine guy can go all da way to da end A da mos high places, Da forest wea
Isa 37.25: Wen I go thru da streams Wea da Nile Riva split up, Egypt makai
Isa 37.28: I know wen you come an go.
Isa 37.29: Cuz you stay hot fo go agains me, An I hear how big head you stay Cuz you tink az
Isa 37.29: An I goin make you go back yoa own place On top da same road wea you wen come
Isa 37.31: Dey goin be jalike one plant Dat da root go down an da fruit come up.
Isa 37.34: Da same way he wen come, Da same way he goin go back.
head: Sennakerib Go Way, Den He Mahke
Isa 37.36: Den one angel messenja guy from Yahweh go out fo fight.
Isa 37.37: Az why Sennakerib, da Assyria king, get outa dea quick an go way.
Isa 37.37: He go back Nineveh town an stay ova dea.
Isa 37.38: Lata, one time wen Sennakerib go down fo pray inside da temple fo his god Nisrok inside
Isa 38.1: Da guy dat talk fo God, Isaiah, Amoz boy, go by Hezekiah an tell, “Lissen!
Isa 38.1: He tell, go make eryting ready, cuz you goin mahke.
Isa 38.5: Den Yahweh give Isaiah dis message: “Go tell Hezekiah, ‘Dis one spesho message from Yahweh, da God
Isa 38.7: Isaiah tell da guys dat work fo Hezekiah, “Go get some figs, mash um all togedda, put um on top da sore,
Isa 38.7: he aks, “Wat da sign goin be, fo me know dat I goin go up inside da Temple Fo Yahweh again?’-”
Isa 38.8: Yahweh tell, ‘Da shadow from da sun go down ten step awready, on top da palace stair dat King
Isa 38.8: Now, I goin make da sun shadow go back up da same ten step.
Isa 38.8: Da sun shadow go back up da same ten step, wea come down awready.’-”
Isa 38.10: stay in da [bes / bestes] time a my life, An now I gotta go inside da gate Fo da Mahke Peopo Place?
Isa 38.13: But den, God go broke all my bones Jalike one lion!
Isa 38.17: Az why you neva let me go Inside da Deep Dark Hole an mahke.
Isa 38.18: Da peopo dat go down inside da Deep Dark Hole, Dey no wait fo you do wat
Isa 39.3: Den Isaiah, da guy dat talk fo God, go by King Hezekiah an aks him, “Wat dose guys say?
Isa 40.9: “You Mount Zion peopo dat tell good kine stuff, Go up on top one high mountain, Fo tell erybody!
Isa 40.11: his chest, An show da way to da mudda sheeps So dey can go res.
Isa 40.20: fo pay fo dat kine statue Fo make one gif to his god, He go find da kine wood dat no goin rot.
Isa 40.20: Den he go look fo somebody Dat know how fo make one idol kine god
Isa 41.3: side, He chase da peopo dat stay agains him, An den he go some moa, Cuz nobody goin hurt him.
Isa 41.3: Da way he goin go, He neva go dat way befo time.
Isa 41.3: Da way he goin go, He neva go dat way befo time.
Isa 41.11: “But erybody dat go agains you guys, Dey goin come shame an lose face fo shua.
Isa 41.12: No matta you guys go look fo da guys dat make trouble wit you, You no goin find
Isa 41.17: peopo dat get hard time An need somebody fo help dem, Dey go look fo watta, but no moa.
Isa 41.17: Me, da God fo da Israel peopo, No goin go way an leave dem by demself!
Isa 42.10: Sing, you peopo dat go work on da sea An eryting dat live inside da sea, you sing
Isa 42.16: I goin show um wea fo go No matta dey donno da way.
Isa 42.17: gods An tell da metal statues, ‘You oua gods,’ Dey goin go back, dey no goin come by me!
Isa 42.24: Wat god wen let peopo Go take da Israel peopo stuffs?
Isa 42.25: He make odda peopo go make war agains dem.
Isa 43.2: Weneva any one a you guys go thru da watta, I goin stay wit you.
Isa 43.2: Weneva you go thru da rivers, Dey no goin go ova you.
Isa 43.2: Weneva you go thru da rivers, Dey no goin go ova you.
Isa 43.14: I goin make dem go down da Euphrates riva An run away.
Isa 43.16: road in da middo da Red Sea, One place fo da Israel peopo go Inside da danger watta.
Isa 43.17: Yahweh make da strong Egypt army guys go out, Wit dea war wagons an da horses, all togedda.”
Isa 43.25: I da One dat let you go Fo show wat kine God me, No matta you go agains me.
Isa 43.25: One dat let you go Fo show wat kine God me, No matta you go agains me.
Isa 43.27: Even yoa talka guys wen go agains me.
Isa 44.15: But den, he use da same tree Fo make one god, An he go down in front da idol kine god Fo pray fo da ting help
Isa 44.17: He go down on top his face in front um.’
Isa 44.19: No good if I go down fo pray In front one piece wood!
Isa 44.22: You guys go agains me plenny.
Isa 44.22: Cuz I wen pay da price Fo let you guys go awready.
Isa 45.1: his right hand fo help him, Cuz I goin make him win Wen he go afta da peopo inside odda countries.
Isa 45.1: Az how I goin open doors fo Cyrus go inside.
Isa 45.2: Goin be me dat go in front you, Jalike I goin make da mountains come flat So
Isa 45.2: Jalike I goin make da mountains come flat So easy fo you go.
Isa 45.6: all ova da world, From wea da sun come up To wea da sun go down, Peopo goin know dat no mo odda God.
Isa 45.13: He goin let my peopo dat was prisnas Go back home.
Isa 45.13: But wen Cyrus go do all dat, He no do um cuz I goin pay um fo dat, Cuz I no
Isa 45.14: Dey goin go down in front you, Dey goin beg you an tell, ‘Fo shua God
Isa 45.16: Dey goin all go way togedda, An nobody goin get respeck fo dem.
Isa 45.23: Erybody goin go down on top dea knees, Fo show dey get respeck fo me.
Isa 45.24: But erybody dat come huhu wit Yahweh Dey gotta go by him, An dey goin come plenny shame.
Isa 46.2: Dey gotta go wea eva da statue go.
Isa 46.2: Dey gotta go wea eva da statue go.
Isa 46.6: Den dey go down wit dea face on top da groun An pray to um.
Isa 47.1: Go sit down on top da dirt, You Babylon town peopo!
Isa 47.1: guys was jalike one young princess, But now, you gotta go sit down on top da groun, Cuz now you no mo throne, no mo
Isa 47.2: her head cloth An lift up her skirt so no come wet Wen she go across da stream.
Isa 47.3: I no goin let nobody go.
Isa 47.5: An go inside da dark place.
Isa 47.6: An go make to my own peopo Jalike dey no stay spesho fo me.
Isa 47.6: You even make da old peopo suffa plenny, An go make dem carry heavy load.
Isa 47.15: But ery one a dem goin go way some odda place, An no mo nobody goin get you guys
Isa 48.8: Erybody know, you guys stay go agains me From da time you born.
Isa 48.15: I make him go Babylon side, An he goin be da winna ova dea.
Isa 48.17: I stay show you guys da way fo go.
Isa 48.18: I wen like fo eryting go okay fo you guys, Jalike one river dat no make noise An
Isa 49.7: Wen da prince guys see you, Dey goin go down in front you Fo show you respeck!
Isa 49.9: Go outside!
Isa 49.9: An I goin tell da peopo Dat stay inside one dark place, ‘Go!
Isa 49.10: aloha fo dem, I goin give dem chance, An show dem wea fo go, An take dem wea get pukas fo watta.
Isa 49.11: My peopo goin build um up Mo high den da land da road go across.
Isa 49.17: wen broke down yoa wall An wipe out yoa peopo, Dey goin go way.
Isa 49.18: look good, Jalike wen one lady put on her jewels Wen she go get married!
Isa 49.19: An all da guys dat wen make you guys dea slave, Dey goin go way, far place.
Isa 49.23: Dey all goin go down Wit dea face on top da groun Fo show respeck fo you
Isa 49.24: Wen one strong army guy go fight an go steal some stuff, You tink, you can steal da
Isa 49.24: Wen one strong army guy go fight an go steal some stuff, You tink, you can steal da same stuff
Isa 49.25: message from Yahweh: “Fo shua, I goin let da prisna guys go From da strong army guys dat wen catch um!
Isa 50.1: I wen send away you guys mudda But ony cuz you guys go agains me!
Isa 50.2: Tink bout dis: I ony need fo tell da watta, “Go!
Isa 50.5: Me, I no go agains him, An I no turn aroun an go da wrong way.
Isa 50.5: Me, I no go agains him, An I no turn aroun an go da wrong way.
Isa 50.10: If one a you guys feel scared Wen he go in front Yahweh, An he lissen wat I tell, Cuz I da Guy Dat
Isa 50.11: make fire An put arrows dat can burn inside yoa arrow bag, Go walk in da light from da fire you guys wen make An da
Isa 51.6: Da sky goin go way, jalike smoke.
Isa 51.10: make one road Inside all da deep place, So yoa peopo can go ova da odda side Afta you pay da right price fo get um
Isa 51.18: plenny boys But now, no mo one a dem Fo show her wea fo go.
Isa 51.23: Dat wen make you guys suffa, Da ones dat tell you guys, ‘Go lay down on top da groun!
Isa 52.1: dat do stuff dat make um So dey no can pray, Dey no goin go inside Jerusalem again.
Isa 52.3: Now, dey let you guys go, An I no goin pay dem notting!
Isa 52.4: from Yahweh da Boss: “Egypt was da place my peopo wen go fo live, da firs time.
Isa 52.11: Make shua you clean, fo go inside da Temple fo pray!
Isa 52.11: Cuz you guys stay carry da tings fo Yahweh Dat go inside da Temple.
Isa 52.12: But wen you guys come back from Babylon side, No need go quick time Jalike you running away from dem.
Isa 52.12: Cuz da God yoa ancesta guy Israel pray to, Yahweh, he goin go wit you guys.
Isa 53.5: Dat Work Fo Yahweh, He da one peopo wen poke Cuz us guys go agains God.
Isa 53.6: We all go all ova da place jalike da sheeps.
Isa 53.6: Ery one a us guys, we go our own way.
Isa 53.8: Cuz my peopo wen go agains God, Dey wack him.
Isa 53.12: let da peopo kill him, An even count him Wit da peopo dat go agains me.
Isa 53.12: da blame fo plenny peopo, An pray fo da peopo dat stay go agains me.
Isa 54.3: from you Goin take ova da land from odda countries, An go live inside da towns Dat da odda peopo wen leave.
Isa 55.6: Go all out fo know Yahweh Right now, wen he let you guys meet
Isa 55.7: Wen dey turn back to oua God, He goin do plenny fo let dem go Fo wat dey wen do befo time, An hemo dea shame.
Isa 55.10: Da rain an da snow come down from da sky, An befo dey go back up dea Dey give all da watta da groun need Fo make da
Isa 55.11: Wen dey go out from my mout, Fo shua, dey goin come back by me An
Isa 56.7: peopo goin call my house ‘Da house wea all diffren peopos go fo pray.
Isa 56.11: Ery one a dem turn away An go any place dey like.
Isa 56.12: Us go get drunk wit beer!
Isa 57.3: Yoa mudda guys, dey go call da spirit From da mahke peopo Fo come tell um wat
Isa 57.4: Yoa fadda-mudda guys stay go agains erybody!
Isa 57.7: You guys, jalike one wahine Dat go put her bed on top one real high mountain.
Isa 57.7: An den she go up dea fo make sacrifice an make sex.
Isa 57.8: You guys make lidat too, Cuz you go way from me, Jalike dat wahine open da cover off her bed
Isa 57.8: from me, Jalike dat wahine open da cover off her bed An go on top um an make ready.
Isa 57.8: She make one deal wit some guys Fo go dea bed, cuz she like do dat, An like look at dem all
Isa 57.9: Jalike dat wahine wen go By da idol kine god Molek An give him olive oil fo one
Isa 57.10: You guys go long way fo find new gods, An you come tired from all dat.
Isa 57.13: call me fo help, Let da idol kine gods dat you guys wen go get, Get you guys outa trouble!
Isa 58.1: Tell my peopo, da one dat come from Jacob, How dey wen go agains me An do bad kine stuff!
Isa 58.3: Same time you guys skip food, You guys go do wateva you like.
Isa 58.6: Anybody stay suffa cuz dey get plenny presha, Let um go an no make dem slaves again!
Isa 58.7: An no go hide Wen yoa own ohana guys need help!
Isa 58.8: do da right ting erytime, Dat goin make you so you goin go ahead, An cuz Yahweh stay awesome, He no goin let nobody
Isa 58.10: An you guys betta go all out Fo help da hungry peopo, An take good care da
Isa 58.11: Yahweh goin show you guys Wea fo go all da time.
Isa 58.13: An no go any place mo far den you betta go, An no let yoaself jus
Isa 58.13: An no go any place mo far den you betta go, An no let yoaself jus do wateva you like dat day, Cuz da
Isa 59.5: But anybody go lissen dat kine peopo, Jalike dey eat da poison snake egg
Isa 59.7: Ery place dey go, Dey broke up eryting.
Isa 59.8: Da way dey go, dey no mo judge Fo show um wass right.
Isa 59.8: Anybody go dea way, Dey no goin find out how fo live wit aloha.
Isa 59.12: Yahweh, da way you see um, Plenny time us guys go agains you.
Isa 59.12: Cuz us guys stay go agains you, An da blame fo dat, stay wit us foeva.
Isa 59.13: We go agains Yahweh, An show he no can trus us guys.
Isa 59.13: We tell peopo az okay Fo make any kine to odda peopo An go agains odda peopo.
Isa 59.15: Whoeva like stop doing bad kine stuff, Peopo go rip dem off.
Isa 59.16: Yahweh, he see dat no mo nobody Stay go agains da bad kine stuff.
Isa 59.17: Da fancy kine robe he wear, Az jalike fo show Dat he goin go all out fo do all dis.
Isa 59.20: da Mount Zion peopo, Fo help da Jacob peopo Dat befo time go agains God, But dey stay sorry now Fo go agains him.
Isa 59.20: Dat befo time go agains God, But dey stay sorry now Fo go agains him.
Isa 59.21: An da tings I give you guys fo tell -- All dat no goin go way from you guys.
Isa 60.5: da trader guys bring From da odda side da ocean, Goin go fo you, an not fo odda peopo.
Isa 60.14: any kine to you guys, Dea kids goin come by you guys An go down in front you guys.
Isa 60.14: Erybody dat wen ack like dey tink you no good, Dey goin go down on top da groun by yoa feets.
Isa 60.15: “Befo time, peopo wen go way from you guys, An hate you guys, An nobody go pass
Isa 60.15: wen go way from you guys, An hate you guys, An nobody go pass thru yoa land.
Isa 60.20: Da sun no goin go down fo you guys no moa.
Isa 60.20: Da moon no goin go dark fo you guys no moa.
Isa 61.1: da ones da army guys wen take to dea own country, Dey can go home now, An fo tell all da prisona guys, Da jail stay
Isa 61.1: all da prisona guys, Da jail stay open now, so dey can go.
Isa 62.6: to Yahweh Fo no foget wat he wen promise fo do, No res o go sleep.
Isa 62.10: Go, pass thru da town gates.
Isa 62.10: Hold up one flag So da diffren peopos know wea fo go!
Isa 63.8: Dey my kids, An dey no goin go agains me.
Isa 63.10: But his peopo, still yet dey go agains him, An make his Good An Spesho Spirit stay sore
Isa 63.12: Wea da One dat wen use his awesome powa Fo go wit Moses fo help him?
Isa 63.12: Yahweh wen go open da watta on da two side So da peopo can go walk thru,
Isa 63.12: Yahweh wen go open da watta on da two side So da peopo can go walk thru, Strait thru da middo.
Isa 63.13: Da peopo no fall down dea, Jalike one horse go fas thru da boonies An dey no fall down, An jalike cows
Isa 63.14: da boonies An dey no fall down, An jalike cows dat can go easy down inside one valley.
Isa 63.15: Befo time, you wen go all out fo us guys, But now, you no care.
Isa 63.17: How come you let us guys Go holoholo an leave yoa ways?
Isa 64.7: No mo nobody try fo go hang in dea wit you, Cuz you no like even look at us guys.
Isa 65.1: Da peopo dat neva go look fo me, I wen let um find me.
Isa 65.2: “All day, I put out my hand To [one / da] peopo dat stay go agains me.
Isa 65.9: My worka guys goin go dea Fo live.
Isa 65.11: “But you guys, you go way from me, Yahweh!
Isa 65.12: All you guys goin go down on yoa knees, An da army guys dat kill da prisonas
Isa 66.12: countries, Jalike wen da watta fill up one stream An den go all ova da place!
Isa 66.17: demself spesho fo da idol kine gods, An fo come so dey can go in front dea gods Inside da places wit trees wea dey pray.
Isa 66.17: Dey follow one leada guy fo go inside da middo.
Isa 66.23: an ery Res Day, all da peopo all ova da world goin come an go down in front me.
Isa 66.24: “Wen peopo go outside Jerusalem, dey goin see all da mahke bodies a da
Isa 66.24: dey goin see all da mahke bodies a da peopo dat wen go agains me.”
Dan 1.1: army guys all aroun da town so nobody can come inside o go outside.
Dan 2.13: Dey make ready fo go kill all da smart guys inside Babylon.
Dan 2.13: Da Babylon guys wen go look fo Daniel an his friends, fo kill um too!
Dan 2.14: But den, Daniel go talk wit Aryok.
Dan 2.14: He stay ready fo go out, fo kill all da smart guys inside Babylon, wen Daniel
Dan 2.16: Wen Daniel hear dis, he go inside wea da king stay.”
Dan 2.17: Den Daniel go home his house.
Dan 2.24: Den Daniel go by Aryok.
Dan 2.46: Den King Nebukadnezzar go down wit his face on top da groun in front Daniel, an show
Dan 3.5: all da instrument togedda, right den an dea you guys gotta go down on da groun fo show respeck fo da gold statue dat
Dan 3.6: Whoeva no go down on da groun an show respeck, right den an dea da
Dan 3.7: Dey all go down on da groun an show respeck fo da gold statue dat
Dan 3.10: da rule, dat wen erybody dat hear da kine music, dey gotta go down an show respeck fo da gold kine statue.
Dan 3.11: An dat whoeva no go down on da groun an show um respeck, yoa guys goin throw
Dan 3.13: hear dat, he come real huhu, an tell his guys go bring Shadrak, Meshak, an Abednego by him.
Dan 3.14: You guys no respeck my gods, no go down fo show respeck fo da gold kine statue I put up?
Dan 3.15: sound from da music one mo time, if you guys stay ready fo go down an show respeck fo da statue dat I wen put up, az
Dan 3.15: But if you guys no go down in front um, my guys goin throw you guys inside da
Dan 3.18: us guys no goin do stuff fo yoa gods, an no way we goin go down show respeck fo da gold statue you wen put up.
Dan 3.26: Den King Nebukadnezzar go by da door wea dey clean out da real hot oven fire place,
Dan 3.27: govmen guys dat work fo da king, dey all push each odda fo go look da three Jewish guys.”
Dan 3.28: Dey trus dea god, no matta dey go agains wat I tell dem fo do.
Dan 3.28: Dey no scared mahke, den work fo anodda god o go down in front anodda god.
Dan 3.28: Dey like ony work an go down in front dea own god.
Dan 4.14: Make da fruits go all ova da place!
Dan 4.25: Da peopo goin make you go way from dem an go stay wit da wild animals.
Dan 4.25: Da peopo goin make you go way from dem an go stay wit da wild animals.
Dan 4.27: Throw out all da tings you wen do fo go agains God, an make good to da peopo dat suffa plenny.
Dan 4.32: Da peopo goin make you go way from dem an make you stay wit da wild animals.
Dan 4.33: Da peopo wen make him go way from dem, an he eat grass jalike da cows.”
Dan 4.36: guys dat wen teach me wat fo do, an my ali`i guys wen go all out fo come by me.
Dan 5.3: So dey bring in da fancy kine gold cups dat dey wen go get from da Temple Fo God inside Jerusalem.
Dan 5.10: She go inside da place wea dey get da party.
Dan 5.16: So, go read da writing, an tell me wat dat mean.
Dan 5.23: You go ack jalike you mo importan den da God dat stay king inside
Dan 5.23: You wen tell yoa guys fo go bring da fancy kine cups an bowls from da Temple fo dat
Dan 6.6: So da odda supavisa guys an all da govnas go togedda in front da king.
Dan 6.10: Daniel find out dat da king sign da paypa fo da rule, he go home inside his house.
Dan 6.10: Three times ery day inside dat room, Daniel go down on top his knees fo tank God cuz he do good tings.
Dan 6.11: Den dose guys dat stay agains Daniel go his house all togedda an see him praying an aksing God fo
Dan 6.12: So dey go by da king, an tell him bout da rule he wen write.
Dan 6.14: He tink hard fo figga how fo help Daniel, till da sun go down.”
Dan 6.15: Da guys dat stay agains Daniel go togedda in front da king one mo time, an tell um, “King
Dan 6.17: king guys bring one big stone an put um on top da puka fo go down inside da hole.
Dan 6.18: Den da king go back inside his palace.
Dan 6.19: Morning time wen get litto bit light, da king get up an he go by da big hole wea dey put da lions quick.
Dan 6.24: Den da king tell his guys fo go get da guys dat wen bulai an poin finga Daniel.
Dan 6.28: Az why eryting go good fo Daniel, all da time Darius an Cyrus from Persia
Dan 7.13: He stay come from da clouds inside da sky, Fo go by Da One Dat Stay From Befo Time.)
Dan 7.16: I go by one a da guys dat stay standing ova dea, an aks him wat
Dan 8.7: I see da goat go afta da sheep, an he come mo an mo mad.
Dan 8.12: Eryting go good fo da horn.
Dan 8.18: Wen he stay talk to me, I go sleep, wit my face on top da groun.
Dan 8.23: “Wen dose king lines almos pau, an da peopo dat go agains God do all da bad kine tings dey can do, one king
Dan 8.25: An he even goin go agains da King ova all da king guys.
Dan 9.5: But us guys wen go buckaloose an do bad kine tings.
Dan 9.5: Us guys go agains you Yahweh, an make deaf ear fo wat you tell us fo
Dan 9.7: near o far, inside all da odda lands wea you wen make us go, broke yoa rules an no stay tight wit you.
Dan 9.9: You da One show pity an let us go, no matta us wen go agains you.
Dan 9.9: You da One show pity an let us go, no matta us wen go agains you.
Dan 9.11: peopo wen make deaf ear fo da rules you wen teach, an go da odda way from you, an tell dat dey no goin lissen you.
Dan 9.19: Boss, hemo oua shame an let us go!
Dan 9.24: fo yoa town dat stay spesho fo God, Fo make da peopo dat go agains God stop, An fo [make da ones doing bad kine stuff
Dan 9.25: an tink plenny bout um: From da time da message come fo go build Jerusalem town [again / one mo time], till one guy
Dan 10.19: Eryting goin go good fo you!
Dan 10.20: Pretty soon I goin go back fo make war agains da angel guy dat stay in charge a
Dan 11.7: He goin attack da Syria king army north side, an go inside his strong walls.
Dan 11.9: Afta dat, da north side guys goin go back dea own land.
Dan 11.11: He goin go out an make war agains da Syria king, north side.
Dan 11.13: Plenny years lata, he goin go out wit one big army, wit all da stuffs dey need fo make
Dan 11.15: Den da Syria king, north side, goin come pile up dirt fo go ova da wall fo one big town wit strong wall, Egypt side.
Dan 11.17: Da Syria king goin make up his mind fo go south side wit all da powa he get cuz he da king.
Dan 11.28: Wen da Syria king start fo go back his own land, nort side, he goin bring back rich kine
Dan 11.28: He goin do wat he like agains God's deal, an den go back his own land.
Dan 11.29: “Da time come wen God say, da Syria king goin go agains da sout again, but dis time, goin come out diffren
Dan 11.30: Da navy boats guys from da west side goin go agains him.
Dan 11.30: An cuz a dat, da Syria king no goin like fight no moa, an go back home.
Dan 11.30: Wen he stay go home, he goin make nice an lissen to da peopo dat no like
Dan 11.31: “Army guys from da Syria king goin go inside da strong walls aroun da Temple Fo Yahweh.
Dan 11.32: Da Syria king goin make nice to da peopo dat awready wen go agains God's deal, fo make dem come his side, an make um
Dan 11.34: Plenny odda peopo goin go wit dem an make promise fo help, but dey no goin do
Dan 11.36: An eryting goin go good fo him, till da time wen God no pau stay huhu.
Dan 11.40: Dey goin attack plenny diffren lands, an go thru dem jalike one big flood.
Dan 11.44: So he goin go dea real huhu, an go out fo wipe out plenny peopo.
Dan 11.44: So he goin go dea real huhu, an go out fo wipe out plenny peopo.
Dan 12.1: angel prince, da one dat take care yoa peopo, he goin go by you guys fo take care you.
Dan 12.9: Go awready.”
Dan 12.11: inside da Temple, an mess up eryting an make erybody go way from dea, goin be 1,290 days.
Dan 12.13: An you, Daniel, go do yoa work till da time you mahke.
Amo 1.2: Wen he do dat, da places wea da sheep farmas go fo find grass, No mo grass, notting.
Amo 1.3: Yahweh say: “Too much times awready, da Damascus peopo wen go agains me.
Amo 1.3: Az why, no way I goin let um go an no punish dem!
Amo 1.3: Da buggas wen trash da Gilead peopo Jalike dey wen go drag one heavy board wit plenny spikes ova dea bodies.
Amo 1.6: wat Yahweh say: “Too much times awready, da Gaza peopo wen go agains me.
Amo 1.6: Az why, no way I goin let um go an no punish dem!
Amo 1.8: I goin go agains da peopo dat live Ekron town.
Amo 1.9: wat Yahweh say: “Too much times awready, da Tyre peopo wen go agains me.
Amo 1.9: Az why, no way I goin let um go an no punish dem!
Amo 1.11: wat Yahweh say: “Too much times awready, da Edom peopo wen go agains me.”
Amo 1.11: Az why, no way I goin let um go an no punish dem!
Amo 1.11: Dey wen go hunt dea brudda guys, da Israel peopo, Wit sword fo kill.
Amo 1.13: Yahweh say: “Too much times awready, da Ammon peopo wen go agains me.”
Amo 1.13: Az why, no way I goin let um go an no punish dem!
Amo 2.1: wat Yahweh say: “Too much times awready, da Moab peopo wen go agains me.
Amo 2.1: Az why, no way I goin let um go an no punish dem!
Amo 2.4: Yahweh say: “Too much times awready, da Judah peopo wen go agains me.
Amo 2.4: Az why, no way I goin let um go an no punish dem!
Amo 2.4: Jalike dea ancesta guys, Dey let da fake gods make um go da wrong way.
Amo 2.6: Yahweh say: “Too much times awready, you Israel peopo wen go agains me.”
Amo 2.6: Az why, no way I goin let you guys go an no punish you guys!
Amo 2.6: But no matta wat da judge go tell, Still yet, you Israel peopo go sell da guy Fo silva
Amo 2.6: no matta wat da judge go tell, Still yet, you Israel peopo go sell da guy Fo silva money, fo make um one slave.’
Amo 2.7: Da fadda an his boy, dey go sleep wit da same girl.
Amo 2.10: Forty years, I wen show you guys wea fo go inside da boonies So you guys can take ova da land from da
Amo 2.13: you guys Right dea wea you standing, Jalike wen one wagon go huli on top you Cuz get too much heavy stuff inside.’
Amo 3.11: why my boss Yahweh say dis too: “Goin get one army dat go agains you guys.
Amo 3.11: Dey no goin let you guys go outside.
Amo 4.4: Go Bethel side fo pray!
Amo 4.4: Wen you go ova dea, You guys ony go agains God!
Amo 4.4: Wen you go ova dea, You guys ony go agains God!
Amo 4.4: You go Gilgal side fo pray!
Amo 4.4: Wen you go ova dea, You guys ony go agains God, mo plenny still yet!
Amo 4.4: Wen you go ova dea, You guys ony go agains God, mo plenny still yet!
Amo 4.4: So den, wen you go ova dea, nex day morning time, Take da animal fo da
Amo 4.7: I wen make da rain go one town an not da odda town.
Amo 5.3: Yahweh say Bout da Israel ohana: “Wen tousan army guys go out fo fight from one town, Ony hundred goin come back.
Amo 5.3: Wen hundred army guys go out fo fight from one nodda town, Ony ten goin come back
Amo 5.5: No go by da Bethel peopo fo get help, No go Gilgal side.
Amo 5.5: No go by da Bethel peopo fo get help, No go Gilgal side.
Amo 5.5: No go da odda side da country, Beer-Sheba side.
Amo 5.6: Go by Yahweh fo get help So den you guys goin stay alive an
Amo 5.15: Go all out fo hate da bad kine stuff An get love fo da good
Amo 5.15: Dey even goin tell da farm worka guys Fo go town, da funeral, an cry fo you guys cuz you mahke.
Amo 5.17: Cuz wen I go thru da land wea you guys live, I goin punish you guys.
Amo 5.19: Fo you guys, goin be jalike dis -- you go run away from da lion, An one nodda kine wild animal goin
Amo 5.19: Den you go inside yoa house, An put yoa hand on top da wall fo rest,
Amo 5.27: now, I goin throw you guys outa dis land An make you guys go da odda side Damascus.
Amo 5.27: Go ahead!
Amo 6.2: You guys tell yoa peopo, ‘Go da towns da Assyria army guys take ova awready, Go Kalneh,
Amo 6.2: peopo, ‘Go da towns da Assyria army guys take ova awready, Go Kalneh, mauka side long way, an check um out, Come back by
Amo 6.2: way, an check um out, Come back by da big town Hamat, Den go makai side by da Filisha peopo, Gat town.
Amo 6.10: Dat ohana guy goin go inside da house an yell to whoeva stay inside da back a da
Amo 6.14: I goin bring da army from one nodda country Ova hea fo go afta you guys.
Amo 7.2: hemo our shame fo da bad kine stuff we stay do, an let us go.
Amo 7.2: Cuz if you no like let us go, no way us Israel peopo goin stay alive.
Amo 7.8: cuz a da bad kine stuff dey stay do, no way I goin let dem go one mo time.
Amo 7.9: too: ‘Da places on top da hills wea da Isaac ohana peopo go Fo make sex an den pray, I goin broke um down.
Amo 7.9: from da King Jeroboam ohana, I goin send army guys fo go afta dem wit swords!
Amo 7.12: Amaziah wen go talk to Amos too.’-”
Amo 7.12: Go back Judah side.
Amo 7.15: Was Yahweh dat wen tell me, ‘Go!
Amo 8.2: No way I goin let dem go again!
Amo 8.4: You guys go all out fo make presha Fo da peopo dat no mo notting, An
Amo 8.6: Den we use dat money Fo go find peopo dat no mo notting, An odda guys dat owe
Amo 8.12: Dey goin go aroun from one sea to da odda sea, an from da nort side to
Amo 8.12: Dey goin go all ova da place, aksing peopo “Eh!
Amo 8.14: O ‘jalike I shua dat da idol kine god we go pray to Beersheba side, stay alive!
Amo 9.1: He say dis: ‘Go wack da top a da main pos inside da temple!
Amo 9.2: No matta dey go up to da sky, I goin pull um back down from dea.
Amo 9.3: No matta dey go all da way on top Mount Carmel An hide ova dea so nobody
Amo 9.3: a da ocean, I goin tell da sea snake wat fo do An he goin go afta um an bite um.
Amo 9.6: he build da top part a his house inside da sky, Da arch go all da way up from da earth.
Amo 9.9: you guys Throw you Israel peopo outa yoa land An make you go diffren countries fo live dea!
head: God Tell Jonah Fo Go Nineveh
Jon 1.2: Go Nineveh town now, da main town Assyria side.
Jon 1.3: He wen go da odda way from Yahweh fo go ova dea Tarshish side (dass
Jon 1.3: He wen go da odda way from Yahweh fo go ova dea Tarshish side (dass Spain, you know).”
Jon 1.3: He go down Joppa boat harbor an find one big boat dat goin go
Jon 1.3: He go down Joppa boat harbor an find one big boat dat goin go Tarshish.
Jon 1.3: He pay da money fo go, an he go on top da boat fo go Tarshish wit da saila guys.
Jon 1.3: He pay da money fo go, an he go on top da boat fo go Tarshish wit da saila guys.
Jon 1.3: He pay da money fo go, an he go on top da boat fo go Tarshish wit da saila guys.
Jon 1.3: He tink he can go far way from Yahweh.
Jon 1.5: He wen lay down inside dea an go pass out sleep.
Jon 1.6: Da captain go by Jonah an yell at him, “Eh!
Jon 1.7: We go pull straw fo find out who him, yeah?
Jon 1.14: If he neva do bad ting, an we kill um, please let go us guys!
Jon 2.1: Wen Jonah stay inside da fish, he wen go pray to his God Yahweh.
Jon 2.3: All da big wave dat you send go ova me.
Jon 2.4: stay tinking lidis: ‘God, he wen throw me out, He make me go way wea he no see me.
Jon 2.6: all aroun me, Big seaweed wen wrap aroun my head, I wen go down to wea da mountains stand, on top da ocean bottom.’
Jon 2.6: Jalike I go down to da Mahke Peopo Place, Dat get lock fo keep me
Jon 2.6: Peopo Place, Dat get lock fo keep me inside, An I no can go outside, eva!’
Jon 2.8: Whoeva go down in front Da idol kine gods dat good fo notting, Dey
head: Jonah Go Do Wat Da Boss Tell Um
Jon 3.2: Go Nineveh town, da main town Assyria side.
Jon 3.3: So Jonah, right den an dea he wen go Nineveh, jalike Yahweh wen tell um fo do.
Jon 3.4: Wen Jonah get dea, he start fo go hea an dea inside da town.
Jon 3.6: fancy king kine robe, an put on burm bag kine clotheses an go sit down on top da ashes, fo show he stay sorry inside.
Jon 3.8: Erybody gotta go all out fo yell fo help to God.
Jon 4.2: Dass why quick I wen run away fo go Tarshish side, you know.
Jon 4.5: afta Jonah tell da Nineveh peopo wat God tell him, Jonah go outside Nineveh town, an he stay ova dea da east side.
Jon 4.6: he wen make one tall plant come up dea an make leaf go all ova Jonah's head fo make shade, so make um not too bad
Jon 4.7: dark jus befo da sun come up, God wen make one army worm go up da plant.
Jon 4.7: Da army worm wen go afta da bush an make um come all poho.
Mal 1.10: Den you no can go inside fo make da fire on top da altar, fo make one
Mal 1.11: “All ova, from wea da sun come up to wea da sun go down, all da peopos know my name importan.
Mal 1.13: Den you go bring da kine animals dat da wild animals rip up, an give
Mal 2.7: Az why, wen da pries guys talk, dass wea you go fo learn stuff, an aks dem fo teach you God's Rules.
Mal 2.9: “But you guys wen go da wrong way!
Mal 2.9: Da way you guys teach, you make plenny peopo go da wrong way too!
Mal 2.11: Cuz da Judah peopo, dey even go marry Da wahines dat show love an respeck to da gods from
Mal 3.1: fo send my messenja guy He goin make ready da road befo I go dea.
Mal 3.5: Yahweh Ova All Da Armies say dis too: “I goin go by you guys in front da judge right den an dea, I goin
Mal 3.7: yoa ancesta guys wen live, You guys erytime turn aroun an go da odda way from my Rules An you guys no stick wit um.
Mal 3.7: Us guys neva go way!
Mal 3.10: Go bring all da ten percent you owe me Inside da temple
Mat 2.2: east side dat show dat he born awready, an we come hea fo go down in front him an show him plenny respeck.
Mat 2.8: He say, “Go!
Mat 2.8: Cuz I like go dea, fo go down in front him an show him respeck too.
Mat 2.8: Cuz I like go dea, fo go down in front him an show him respeck too.
Mat 2.9: Afta dey hear wat da king say, dey go.
Mat 2.9: one dey wen see befo, wen dey wen stay east side, dat star go in front dem, an stop right ova da place wea da boy stay.
Mat 2.11: Dey go inside da house.
Mat 2.11: Dey go down in front him an show him respeck.
Mat 2.12: He tell um, “You guys betta not go back by King Herod.
Mat 2.12: So dey go home one diffren way.
Mat 2.13: Afta da guys who know plenny bout da stars wen go home, you know wat?
Mat 2.13: Take yoa boy an his mudda, an go run Egypt side.
Mat 2.16: bout da stars wen fool him, an he wen come so wild, he wen go send his army guys an tell um, “Go kill all da small boys
Mat 2.16: come so wild, he wen go send his army guys an tell um, “Go kill all da small boys inside Betlehem an all da odda
Mat 2.20: Take yoa boy an his mudda, an go Israel side.
Mat 2.21: Dey wen go back Israel side.”
Mat 2.22: Joseph scared fo go ova dea.
Mat 2.22: God tell him inside one dream, “You betta not go ova dea.
Mat 2.22: So he go Galilee side, an make house Nazaret town.
Mat 3.12: burn all da no good parts inside da fire dat neva eva goin go out.
Mat 3.15: So John say, “Okay, we go den.
Mat 4.3: So da Devil wen go by him an presha him.
Mat 4.5: to Jerusalem, da town dat stay spesho fo God, an make him go up da big tower on top da temple.”
Mat 4.6: Kay den, go jump down dea, cuz da Bible say, ‘God goin tell his angel
Mat 4.9: Da Devil tell um, “I give you all dis, if you go down an give me plenny respeck.’-”
Mat 4.10: Da Bible say, ‘Gotta go down on yoa knees An give plenny respeck to God yoa Boss,
Mat 4.11: Den da Devil go way from Jesus, an you know wat?
Mat 4.12: Jesus wen hear dat, an he go Galilee side.
Mat 4.13: He go Nazaret town, an den go from dea, an make house inside
Mat 4.13: He go Nazaret town, an den go from dea, an make house inside Capernaum.
Mat 4.19: Go wit me!
Mat 4.20: Right den an dea, dey jus wen leave da nets, an go wit him.
Mat 4.22: Dey go way from da boat an dea fadda, an go wit him right den an
Mat 4.22: Dey go way from da boat an dea fadda, an go wit him right den an dea.
Mat 4.23: Den Jesus wen go all ova Galilee, teaching inside da Jewish churches.
Mat 4.25: Plenny peopo wen go wit him from Galilee side, from all da Ten Towns, from
Mat 5.1: Jesus see choke peopo, an he go up da mountain litto bit.
Mat 5.21: He say, ‘No go kill nobody.
Mat 5.21: Whoeva go kill somebody gotta come in front da judge.
Mat 5.22: gotta go to da Hell fire.
Mat 5.24: cuz you wen do someting to him, leave yoa gif ova dea, an go make good to yoa brudda.’
Mat 5.24: Den you can go back an give yoa gif to da Boss.
Mat 5.27: “You guys wen hear wat God wen say: ‘No go fool aroun behind yoa husban o yoa wife's back.
Mat 5.29: No matta you ony get one eye -- mo worse da whole body go Hell!
Mat 5.30: No matta you ony get one hand -- mo worse da whole body go Hell!
Mat 5.32: afta her husban wen dump her, dat guy jalike one guy dat go fool aroun da first guy's wife.
Mat 5.34: I tell you guys dis: No go say, ‘I swear to God.’
Mat 6.2: show jalike da guys dat say one ting an do anodda wen dey go inside da Jewish churches an wen dey walk in da town wea
Mat 6.5: an pray inside da Jewish churches o outside wea everybody go, cuz dey like da peopo see wat dey do.
Mat 6.6: But you guys, wen you pray, go inside yoa room an close da door.
Mat 6.12: Hemo our shame, an let us go Fo all da kine bad stuff we do to you, Jalike us guys let
Mat 6.12: bad stuff we do to you, Jalike us guys let da odda guys go awready, An we no stay huhu wit dem Fo all da kine bad
Mat 6.14: “I telling you guys, if you let da odda guys go afta dey do bad kine stuff to you, den yoa Fadda up dea
Mat 6.14: you, den yoa Fadda up dea inside da sky goin let you guys go, an hemo yoa shame fo all da kine bad stuff you guys do.
Mat 6.15: But if you no let da odda guys go afta dey do bad kine stuff to you, den yoa Fadda no goin
Mat 6.15: bad kine stuff to you, den yoa Fadda no goin let you guys go, an he no goin hemo yoa shame fo all da kine bad stuff you
Mat 6.31: no go worry an say, ‘Wat we goin eat?
Mat 7.13: “Fo go inside God's place, go inside thru da skinny gate.
Mat 7.13: “Fo go inside God's place, go inside thru da skinny gate.
Mat 7.22: talk fo you, an wen we wen make da bad kine spirits let go peopo, an wen we wen do stuffs dat show yoa power.
Mat 7.23: Go way from me!
Mat 7.24: “So you know, whoeva hear wat I say, an go do um, he jalike one smart guy dat make plan, den he build
Mat 8.1: Jesus wen go down from da mountain, an plenny peopo wen go wit him.
Mat 8.1: Jesus wen go down from da mountain, an plenny peopo wen go wit him.
Mat 8.2: Had one lepa guy wen go by him an go down in front him.
Mat 8.2: Had one lepa guy wen go by him an go down in front him.
Mat 8.4: Go, let da pries guy check you out.
Mat 8.4: Den everybody goin know dat you stay good now, an you can go pray wit da odda peopo.
Mat 8.7: I goin go yoa house fo make him come good.”
Mat 8.9: I tell dis guy, ‘Go,’ an he go.
Mat 8.9: I tell dis guy, ‘Go,’ an he go.
Mat 8.13: Den Jesus tell da captain, “Go.
Mat 8.14: Den Jesus wen go Peter's house.
Mat 8.14: He go inside, an see Peter's mudda-in-law on top da bed.
Mat 8.16: Afta da sun wen go down, den da peopo dea wen bring plenny guys dat get bad
Mat 8.16: Jesus tell da bad kine spirits, “Let um go!
Mat 8.16: an dey let um go.
Mat 8.18: He tell his guys fo go ova da odda side da lake.
Mat 8.19: teach God's Rules wen come by him, an say, “Teacha, I goin go wit you weaeva you go.
Mat 8.19: come by him, an say, “Teacha, I goin go wit you weaeva you go.
Mat 8.21: dat Jesus stay teaching tell him, “Eh, Boss, try let me go.
Mat 8.21: I no can go wit you till afta my fadda mahke.”
Mat 8.23: Jesus an his guys wen go inside one boat.
Mat 8.25: His guys wen go wake him up, an tell him, “Eh, Boss!
Mat 8.28: He go da odda side da lake, dea wea da Gadara peopo get dea
Mat 8.28: Dass why nobody strong nuff fo go dat road.
Mat 8.28: Da two guys come outa dea, an den dey go by Jesus.
Mat 8.31: bad kine spirits wen beg Jesus, “Wen you goin make us let go da guy, we like go inside da pigs an take um ova.”
Mat 8.31: beg Jesus, “Wen you goin make us let go da guy, we like go inside da pigs an take um ova.”
Mat 8.32: He tell um, “Go.
Mat 8.32: So dey wen let go da guys, an go take ova da pigs.”
Mat 8.32: So dey wen let go da guys, an go take ova da pigs.”
Mat 8.33: Den da pig farmas wen run, an go inside da town, an tell everybody wat wen happen.
Mat 8.34: All da peopo from inside da town wen go out fo see Jesus.
Mat 8.34: An wen dey wen see him, dey beg um fo go way from dea.
Mat 9.1: Jesus wen go inside da boat, fo go back da odda side da lake, an he
Mat 9.1: Jesus wen go inside da boat, fo go back da odda side da lake, an he come by da town wea he
Mat 9.6: fo Real, an I get da right inside dis world, fo let peopo go an hemo da shame dat dey get fo da bad kine stuff dey wen
Mat 9.6: Take yoa mat an go home awready!”
Mat 9.7: So da guy wen get up an go home.
Mat 9.9: Den Jesus wen go way from dea.
Mat 9.9: Matthew wen get up, an wen go wit him.
Mat 9.10: Dat time Jesus go Matthew house fo eat.”
Mat 9.10: guys an odda kine peopo dat get bad name jalike dem wen go sit down fo eat wit Jesus an his guys.
Mat 9.13: Go figga dis dat God's talka Hosea wen say befo time, ‘I like
Mat 9.15: You go one wedding an hang yoa face an cry wen da guy dat getting
Mat 9.16: You do dat, den wen you go wash um, da new piece goin shrink an make one mo big puka,
Mat 9.18: He stay talking to dem, an one leada guy wen go dea an go down in front Jesus, an say, “My girl jus wen
Mat 9.18: He stay talking to dem, an one leada guy wen go dea an go down in front Jesus, an say, “My girl jus wen mahke.
Mat 9.19: Jesus wen go wit him, an da guys he teaching wen go too.
Mat 9.19: Jesus wen go wit him, an da guys he teaching wen go too.
Mat 9.21: Dass why she go behind Jesus, an wen touch his clotheses.
Mat 9.24: He tell um, “Everybody go way!
Mat 9.25: He go inside, an take da girl's hand, an she wen come back
Mat 9.27: Jesus wen go way from dea.
Mat 9.27: Had two blind guys go behind Jesus yelling, “Eh, you, dey call you Da Guy dat
Mat 9.28: Wen Jesus go inside his house, da blind guys go inside dea too.
Mat 9.28: Wen Jesus go inside his house, da blind guys go inside dea too.
Mat 9.31: But dey wen go all ova da place an tell everybody.
Mat 9.32: Da guys dat was blind befo wen go way from dea.
Mat 9.33: Jesus make da bad kine spirit let um go, an den da guy can talk.
Mat 9.34: Dass why he can make um let go da peopo!”
Mat 9.35: Jesus go aroun all da big an small towns, an he teach inside da
Mat 10.1: an he give um da power fo make da bad kine spirits let go da peopo dat dey wen take ova, an fo make all kine sick
Mat 10.5: Jesus send da twelve guys all ova, an he tell um, “No go wea da peopo dat not Jews stay, an no go wea da Samaria
Mat 10.5: he tell um, “No go wea da peopo dat not Jews stay, an no go wea da Samaria peopo stay, but go by da peopo from Israel
Mat 10.6: dat not Jews stay, an no go wea da Samaria peopo stay, but go by da peopo from Israel ohana, cuz dey jalike sheeps dat
Mat 10.7: An wen you guys go, teach lidis, ‘God, da King from da sky, he stay King hea
Mat 10.8: da lepa guys come good, an make da bad kine spirits let go da peopo.
Mat 10.11: “Wen you guys go inside one big o small town, look fo one guy dea dat da
Mat 10.11: dat da peopo get respeck fo, an stay his place till you go way from dea.
Mat 10.12: Wen you guys go inside da guy's house, tell um you dea fo bring aloha.
Mat 10.14: take you guys in, an dey no like hear wat you say, wen you go outa dea, dust da dust from yoa feet, fo show da peopo dea
Mat 10.16: I sending you guys out jalike sheeps, an you guys goin go wea da wild wolfs stay.
Mat 10.23: “Wen da guys inside one town make you guys suffa, go way from dea, den go one nodda town.
Mat 10.23: inside one town make you guys suffa, go way from dea, den go one nodda town.
Mat 10.23: Dass Fo Real, an I goin come back befo you guys even can go all da towns Israel side.
Mat 10.38: Da guy dat not ready fo go wit me an be my guy, no matta dey even goin kill um on top
Mat 11.1: pau tell his twelve guys wat dey gotta do an wea dey gotta go, he send um all ova da place, an den he go way from ova
Mat 11.1: wea dey gotta go, he send um all ova da place, an den he go way from ova dea fo go teach inside da odda towns.
Mat 11.1: send um all ova da place, an den he go way from ova dea fo go teach inside da odda towns.
Mat 11.2: So John wen go send his guys fo talk to Jesus.
Mat 11.4: Jesus tell um, “Go, tell John wat you guys stay hear an see.
Mat 11.7: Afta John's guys wen start fo go way from ova dea, Jesus tell all da peopo bout John.
Mat 11.7: He aks um, “Dat time you guys wen go inside da boonies fo see John, how come you wen go?”
Mat 11.7: wen go inside da boonies fo see John, how come you wen go?”
Mat 11.8: Den, how come you guys wen go ova dea?
Mat 11.9: If not dat, how come you guys wen go ova dea?
Mat 11.19: Eh, but try go figga dis: Me, I da Guy Dass Fo Real.
Mat 11.21: If I wen go do dat, awready dem guys wen come sorry from long time an
Mat 11.21: doing um, an dey wen show dey shame fo all dat -- dey wen go put on one gunny bag, an go throw ash on top dea head, so
Mat 11.21: shame fo all dat -- dey wen go put on one gunny bag, an go throw ash on top dea head, so everybody know dey sorry.
Mat 11.29: dem fo pull da load, you guys put my yoke on top you, an go learn fo do wat I teaching you.
Mat 12.4: He go inside God's spesho house, an eat da bread dass spesho fo
Mat 12.5: guys inside da temple gotta do tings on da Rest Day dat go agains da God's Rules?
Mat 12.9: Wen Jesus go way, he go inside da Jewish church.
Mat 12.9: Wen Jesus go way, he go inside da Jewish church.
Mat 12.14: But da Pharisee guys, dey go outside fo make plan togedda how dey goin kill Jesus.”
Mat 12.15: Jesus wen know wat dey talking bout, so he go way from ova dea.
Mat 12.15: Choke peopo go wit him, an he make all da sick peopo come good.
Mat 12.22: An Jesus make da spirit let go da guy, an make da guy come good, so he can talk an see.
Mat 12.24: he da one wen give dis guy da power fo make da spirit let go da guy, az why!
Mat 12.26: If da Devil make his own guys let go da peopo, den he going agains himself.
Mat 12.27: If dea boss give me power fo make da bad kine spirits let go da peopo, who give yoa guys dat kine power?
Mat 12.28: But if I make da bad kine spirits let go da peopo cuz I get power from God's Spirit, dat show dat
Mat 12.29: How you tink one guy goin go bus inside one big moke house an rip off his stuffs?
Mat 12.31: Dass why I telling you guys, God can let peopo go an hemo dea shame fo all da kine bad stuff dey doing, no
Mat 12.31: stink bout God's Good an Spesho Spirit, he no goin let um go an hemo da shame fo dat.
Mat 12.32: Whoeva talk agains me, God goin let um go an hemo da shame fo dat.
Mat 12.32: agains God's Good an Spesho Spirit, God no goin let um go an hemo dea shame fo dat, now o foeva.
Mat 12.37: Cuz from wat you say, da Judge goin let you go, o he goin punish you.
Mat 12.43: “Wen one bad kine spirit let go one guy, dat spirit go all ova da boonies fo find one
Mat 12.43: “Wen one bad kine spirit let go one guy, dat spirit go all ova da boonies fo find one place fo rest, but no can
Mat 12.44: Den he say, ‘Eh, mo betta I go back to da place I wen stay befo.
Mat 12.44: Wen he go dea, da guy jalike one place dat stay empty cuz dey wen
Mat 12.45: Den da bad spirit go get seven mo spirits dat mo worse den him, an dey all go
Mat 12.45: go get seven mo spirits dat mo worse den him, an dey all go back to da guy, an take um ova one mo time.’
Mat 13.1: Same day Jesus go outside da house, an sit down near da lake fo teach.
Mat 13.2: Plenny peopo come aroun him, so he go inside one small boat, an sit down dea.
Mat 13.3: He go plant seed.
Mat 13.4: Some fall down by da side a da trail, an da birds go eat um up.
Mat 13.25: But wen everybody sleeping, one guy dat stay agains him go ova dea wea da wheat seed stay planted, an plant weeds, an
Mat 13.27: Da guys dat work fo da owna go by him an tell, ‘Eh boss, da seeds you wen plant inside da
Mat 13.28: “Da worka guys say, ‘You like us go pull out da weeds?’
Mat 13.36: Jesus wen go way from da peopo, fo go inside his house.
Mat 13.36: Jesus wen go way from da peopo, fo go inside his house.
Mat 13.49: Da angel guys from da sky goin go all ova da place, an take away da bad guys from da guys
Mat 13.52: tell um, “All da teacha guys dat teach God's Rules, an den go learn how dey can get God inside da sky fo dea King, dey
Mat 13.53: Den he go way from dea.
Mat 13.54: He wen go his own place Nazaret town, an teach inside da Jewish
Mat 14.6: Herod wen go make one big party fo his birfday.’-”
Mat 14.8: Her mudda wen tell her, “Go aks fo John Da Baptiza head on top dis big plate!
Mat 14.8: So she wen go do wat her mudda say.”
Mat 14.9: to God in front all his friends, so he tell his guys, “Go do um.
Mat 14.12: Den dey go tell Jesus wat wen happen.
Mat 14.13: Wen Jesus find out wat happen to John, he go inside one boat fo go one place wea nobody stay.
Mat 14.13: find out wat happen to John, he go inside one boat fo go one place wea nobody stay.
Mat 14.13: peopo from all da towns aroun dea wen find out wea he wen go, so dey go dea too.
Mat 14.13: all da towns aroun dea wen find out wea he wen go, so dey go dea too.
Mat 14.14: Wen Jesus go outa da boat, he spock all da peopo.
Mat 14.15: Tell da peopo fo go way: Tell um, ‘Go inside da towns, fo buy someting fo eat!
Mat 14.15: Tell da peopo fo go way: Tell um, ‘Go inside da towns, fo buy someting fo eat!
Mat 14.16: Dey no need go way.’-”
Mat 14.22: Right den Jesus tell his guys fo go inside da boat, an go da odda side a da lake befo him.
Mat 14.22: Right den Jesus tell his guys fo go inside da boat, an go da odda side a da lake befo him.
Mat 14.22: He tell all da peopo fo go home.
Mat 14.23: Afta he tell um fo go, he go up on top da mountain fo pray.
Mat 14.23: Afta he tell um fo go, he go up on top da mountain fo pray.
Mat 14.28: Peter say, “Boss, if dass you, tell me fo go by you on top da water.
Mat 14.29: Peter climb outa da boat, an walk on top da water fo go by Jesus.”
Mat 14.30: wen he see how da wind was, he come scared, an start fo go down inside da water.”
Mat 14.32: Wen dey go back inside da boat, da wind pau.
Mat 14.33: Den da guys inside da boat go down in front him, an say, “Wow!”
Mat 14.34: Den dey all go da odda side da lake, an come by Gennesaret town.
Mat 15.1: Pharisee guys an teacha guys dat teach God's Rules wen go from Jerusalem by Jesus, an say, “Eh, no good how dey do,
Mat 15.9: Dey go down an pray to me, But dey ony wase time, Cuz dey no mo
Mat 15.14: one blind guy going aroun, showing anodda blind guy wea fo go.
Mat 15.17: You guys no can figga dis: Wateva go inside da mout, go inside da stomach, an bumbye come out.
Mat 15.17: You guys no can figga dis: Wateva go inside da mout, go inside da stomach, an bumbye come out.
Mat 15.19: Dass why dey kill peopo, dey married an go fool aroun, o dey not married an dey still yet go fool
Mat 15.19: an go fool aroun, o dey not married an dey still yet go fool aroun, dey rip off da odda guy, dey bulai bout da
Mat 15.21: From dea Jesus go Tyre an Sidon side.
Mat 15.23: Den his guys come an beg him, “Eh, make her go way, cuz she stay following us an yelling.”
Mat 15.25: But da wahine go down in front him, an say, “Boss, try help me!
Mat 15.29: Jesus hele on from dea, an go by Galilee Lake.
Mat 15.29: He go up one hill an sit down.
Mat 15.39: Den he tell um, “Go home, now.
Mat 15.39: An he climb inside one boat, an go Magadan side.
Mat 16.1: Da Pharisee guys an da Sadducee guys wen go by Jesus fo try make um look shame wit his own words.
Mat 16.4: Den Jesus go way from dem.
Mat 16.5: Jesus guys go come by him ova dea da odda side da lake.
Mat 16.21: Jesus wen start fo show da guys he teaching how he gotta go Jerusalem an suffa plenny ova dea.
Mat 17.5: Had one bright cloud go ova dem.”
Mat 17.7: Jesus go by dem, an touch um, an say, “Get up!”
Mat 17.14: One guy from ova dea wen go by him, an go down on his knees.
Mat 17.14: One guy from ova dea wen go by him, an go down on his knees.
Mat 17.18: Den da spirit let go da boy.”
Mat 17.19: Jesus guys go by him wen neva have nobody, an aks him, “How come we no
Mat 17.20: da smalles mustard seed, you can tell dis mountain, ‘Go move ova dea,’ an da mountain goin go.”
Mat 17.20: tell dis mountain, ‘Go move ova dea,’ an da mountain goin go.”
Mat 17.21: [But ony get one way fo make dis kine bad spirit let peopo go, you know.
Mat 17.24: Den Jesus an his guys go Capernaum town, an da guys who take money fo tax go by
Mat 17.24: guys go Capernaum town, an da guys who take money fo tax go by Peter an say, “Yoa teacha pay da tax fo da temple,
Mat 17.25: Wen Peter go home, Jesus talk first, an say, “Eh Simon!”
Mat 17.27: So, go by da lake, an drop one line inside da water.
Mat 18.13: odda sheeps stay ova dea by demself on top da hill, an go look fo da one sheep dat stay lost, yeah?
Mat 18.15: Jesus say, “If yoa brudda do bad ting to you, go tell him wat he wen do.
Mat 18.15: But go by yoaself.
Mat 18.17: If he no like lissen to dem, den go tell all da church guys.
head: Da Worka Guy Dat No Like Let Da Odda Guy Go
Mat 18.21: Den Peter go by Jesus an say, “Eh, Boss, how much times my brudda can
Mat 18.21: times my brudda can do bad tings to me, an I gotta let him go?
Mat 18.25: Go sell da guy fo make him one slave, an sell his wife an his
Mat 18.26: “But dat worka guy go down an beg um.
Mat 18.27: Da king get pity fo him, so he let um go, an tell him, ‘No need pay notting.
Mat 18.28: “Den dat same worka guy go outside, an spock one nodda worka guy who owe him ony
Mat 18.29: Da odda worka guy go down an beg um, ‘Try wait!
Mat 18.31: Dey go tell da king everyting dat wen happen.
Mat 18.32: I wen let you go, an tell you dat you no need pay me back notting.
Mat 18.35: goin do lidat to all you guys, if you no let yoa brudda go fo real kine inside yoa heart, fo all da bad kine stuff
Mat 19.1: Afta Jesus pau teaching, he go way from Galilee side, an go wea da Judea side start, da
Mat 19.1: Afta Jesus pau teaching, he go way from Galilee side, an go wea da Judea side start, da odda side a da Jordan River.
Mat 19.2: Had plenny peopo wen go by him, an he wen make da sick guys come good ova dea.
Mat 19.3: Had some Pharisee guys dat wen go by Jesus fo try trap him from wat he goin tell um.
Mat 19.3: aks him, “Inside God's Rules, az right, o wat, fo one guy go throw out his wife fo jus anyting?
Mat 19.7: get one divorce, gotta give da wife one paper, den let her go’?
Mat 19.9: An I tell you guys dis too: If one wahine neva go fool aroun, an her husban still yet go throw her out, an
Mat 19.9: If one wahine neva go fool aroun, an her husban still yet go throw her out, an den he marry one nodda wahine, da first
Mat 19.15: put his hands on top da kids heads, an afta dat, he wen go way.
Mat 19.16: One guy go by Jesus, an say, “Eh, Teacha!
Mat 19.17: Go do um, den.
Mat 19.18: Jesus say, “No go kill nobody, no go fool aroun behind da odda's back, no
Mat 19.18: Jesus say, “No go kill nobody, no go fool aroun behind da odda's back, no rip off nobody, no
Mat 19.21: Jesus tell um, “If you like come perfeck kine, go sell all da stuffs you get, an give da money to da peopo
Mat 19.22: guy wen hear dat, an he wen come real sad, so dat he wen go way, cuz he get plenny rich stuffs dat he neva like sell.
Mat 19.24: I telling you guys one mo time, stay mo easy fo one camel go thru da puka inside one needle, den fo one rich guy fo get
Mat 19.27: We wen give up everyting we get fo go wit you.”
Mat 20.1: Da first ting in da morning da owna go out fo look fo guys dat like work fo him on top his grape
Mat 20.2: He tell um, ‘Kay den, go inside my grape farm an work.
Mat 20.3: “Den he wen go out bout nine clock in da morning.’
Mat 20.4: He tell um, ‘Go work inside my grape farm too, an I pay you guys wateva
Mat 20.4: So dey wen go.
Mat 20.5: Den he go out bout noon time an again bout three clock, an do da
Mat 20.6: “Bout five clock he go out one mo time, an spock odda guys standing aroun, doing
Mat 20.7: An he tell um, ‘Den you guys go work inside my grape farm too.’
Mat 20.8: “Wen da sun wen go down, da grape farm owna guy tell da luna, ‘Tell da worka
Mat 20.14: Kay den, take wat you wen work fo, an go home.
Mat 20.20: She go down in front him, cuz she like aks him fo do someting fo
Mat 20.29: Lata, Jesus dem wen go away from Jericho town, an plenny peopo wen go wit dem.
Mat 20.29: dem wen go away from Jericho town, an plenny peopo wen go wit dem.
Mat 20.34: Right den an dea, dey can see, an dey wen go wit him.”
head: Jesus Go Inside Jerusalem Jalike One King
Mat 21.2: Go inside dea.
Mat 21.2: Wen you guys go inside da town, right dea you guys goin find one donkey
Mat 21.3: An right den an dea da guy goin let da donkeys go.’
Mat 21.5: wat da guy who wen talk fo God long time ago wen say, “Go tell Zion town, Eh, look!’
Mat 21.6: So, Jesus guys wen go do wat he wen tell um.
Mat 21.10: Wen Jesus go inside Jerusalem, all da peopo was amping, an dey aks,
Mat 21.12: Den Jesus wen go inside da temple yard, an he throw out all da guys who was
Mat 21.14: Den da blind guys an da guys dat no can walk wen go by Jesus inside da temple yard, an he wen make um come
Mat 21.17: Den he go way from dem, an go Betany, da small town outside
Mat 21.17: Den he go way from dem, an go Betany, da small town outside Jerusalem, an stay ova dea.
Mat 21.19: He go ova dea, an ony find leafs, no mo fruit notting.
Mat 21.19: Right den an dea da fig tree wen go dry up.
Mat 21.23: Den Jesus go inside da temple yard, an teach da peopo.
Mat 21.23: Da main pries guys an da older leadas fo da peopo wen go by him.
Mat 21.28: He wen tell da first boy, ‘Eh, boy, go work da grape farm today.
Mat 21.29: Afta dat da boy feel sorry, so he go work inside da grape farm.
Mat 21.30: But he neva go.
Mat 21.33: Dis one bout da guy who wen go plant one grape farm.
Mat 21.33: Den he go far away.
Mat 21.38: Come, we go kill him an take ova da farm.’
Mat 22.5: “But da peopo he wen tell fo come, dey no care, an dey go way from da guy.
Mat 22.5: Some guys go back to dea farms, an odda guys go back dea stores fo do
Mat 22.5: Some guys go back to dea farms, an odda guys go back dea stores fo do dea own business.”’
Mat 22.9: So den I tell you guys, go all da main roads, an tell all da peopo you guys see ova
Mat 22.10: So da worka guys wen go check out all da roads, an wen bring all da guys dey wen
Mat 22.11: “Da king wen go inside fo look da peopo dat wen come ova dea, an he wen
Mat 22.16: So den dey wen send da guys dey teaching fo go by him, an some King Herod guys too.
Mat 22.22: Wen dey hear dat, wen blow dea minds, an dey wen go way from dea.”
Mat 22.23: Dat same day had some Sadducee guys dat wen go by Jesus.
Mat 22.34: dat he wen shut up da Sadducee guys, den all a dem wen go by Jesus.
Mat 22.44: Bumbye I goin make da peopo dat go agains you Go down in front you, Fo show dat you da winna
Mat 22.44: Bumbye I goin make da peopo dat go agains you Go down in front you, Fo show dat you da winna ova dem.
Mat 23.5: Dey go aroun an show off stuff da Bible say on top dea heads an
Mat 23.15: You guys go all ova da ocean an all ova da land fo find one guy who
Mat 23.16: see notting, but you guys try fo show da odda guys wea fo go.
Mat 23.24: see notting, an you guys try fo show da odda guys wea fo go!
Mat 23.26: Go clean yoa cup an plate inside first, den da outside goin
Mat 23.32: So go finish wat yoa ancesta guys wen start!’
Mat 23.33: You guys tink God da Judge goin let you guys go?
Mat 24.3: Den bumbye, Jesus wen go Olive Ridge an sit down ova dea.
Mat 24.3: Wen no mo odda guys dea, his guys go by him.
Mat 24.16: know, wen you guys see dat happen, if you stay Judea side, go run to da mountains.
Mat 24.17: If you stay on top one house dat get flat roof, no go inside fo take yoa stuffs wit you.)
Mat 24.18: If you stay inside da fields, no go home fo get yoa clotheses.
Mat 24.23: no go trus dat kine guy!’
Mat 24.26: no go ova dea.
Mat 24.38: Dey still was doing dat till da time wen Noah wen go inside da big boat.
Mat 25.1: a da wahine's girl friends wen take dea olive oil lamps an go dea friend's house fo wait fo da groom.
Mat 25.5: But da groom neva come yet, an all da girls like go sleep.
Mat 25.9: Eh, go buy from da guys dat sell um.
Mat 25.10: Afta dey wen go fo buy some mo olive oil, da groom wen come ova dea.
Mat 25.10: Da girls who was ready, dey wen go wit him to da wedding party.’
Mat 25.14: Befo he go, he tell his worka guys, ‘Come.
Mat 25.15: Den he go way.’
Mat 25.16: Da guy who wen get da five bag money wen go use um fo make business, an wen get five mo bag money.
Mat 25.19: He wen go check out how da worka guys wen handle all his money.
Mat 25.24: You cut da crop wea you neva plant, an you go get da wheat wea you neva throw seed.’
Mat 25.26: You know I like cut da crop wea I neva plant, an I like go get da wheat wea I neva throw seed.
Mat 25.30: Go throw dis poho worka guy outside dea inside da dark.
Mat 25.35: I wen go one new place wea nobody neva know me, an you guys wen
Mat 25.38: Wen was dis, dat you wen go one new place wea nobody know you, an we wen say, “Eh,
Mat 25.41: “Den I goin tell da odda guys on my left side, ‘Go way from hea, you guys!
Mat 25.41: Go inside da fire dat stay ready fo da Devil an his angel
Mat 25.43: I wen go one new place wea nobody know me, an you guys neva tell me
Mat 26.14: Den Judas Iscariot wen go talk to da main pries guys.
Mat 26.17: On da first day, Jesus guys wen go by him an aks um, “Wea you like us make da stuff ready fo
Mat 26.18: He say, “Go by dis one guy inside town.
Mat 26.20: Afta da sun go down, Jesus sit down fo eat wit his twelve guys.’-”
Mat 26.28: Dat goin help plenny peopo, so God can let um go an hemo dea shame fo all da bad kine stuff dey do.
Mat 26.30: Jesus dem wen sing one song fo tell God “Mahalo,” an wen go by Olive Ridge.
Mat 26.32: Den you guys goin go by me ova dea.’
Mat 26.33: No matta all da odda guys bum out an like go way from you, eh, no way I eva goin do dat!”
Mat 26.36: Den Jesus dem go da place dey call Getsemane.
Mat 26.38: No go sleep -- stay ova hea wit me.
Mat 26.39: He go mo down, an go down on top da groun, an talk to God lidis:
Mat 26.39: He go mo down, an go down on top da groun, an talk to God lidis: “Eh, God, you
Mat 26.40: He go back by his guys, an dey stay sleeping.
Mat 26.41: Hang in dea an aks God fo help you, so you no go do da bad kine stuff wen you get chance.
Mat 26.42: Den Jesus go talk to God one mo time, an say, “Fadda, if dis kine suffa
Mat 26.42: God one mo time, an say, “Fadda, if dis kine suffa no can go way from me, ony if I take um, az okay, I still yet do um.
Mat 26.44: So he go way from dem one mo time, an talk to God one mo time, an
Mat 26.46: We go by dem now.
Mat 26.49: So Judas wen go by Jesus an say, “Aloha, Teacha!
Mat 26.58: He go inside da yard an sit down ova dea wit da police guys fo
Mat 26.69: Had one girl who work fo da Head Priest guy wen go by him, an say, “Eh, you was wit Jesus too, yeah?
Mat 26.71: Den he go ova dea by da gate, an had one nodda girl dat work ova
Mat 26.75: So den he wen go outside an broke down an bus out crying.
Mat 27.1: all da main pries guys an da older leadas fo da peopo wen go figga out how dey goin kill Jesus.
Mat 27.5: da thirty silva coins right dea inside da temple, an wen go hang himself.
Mat 27.7: So dey figga dis: “We go buy da land from da guy dat make clay pots, yeah?
Mat 27.15: Now, Governa Pilate, he let one prisona guy go every year, Passova time.
Mat 27.15: Any guy da peopo pick, Pilate let um go.
Mat 27.17: come togedda, Pilate aks um, “Who you guys like me let go fo you?
Mat 27.21: Which one you like me let go?”
Mat 27.26: Den Pilate tell da army guys fo let Barabbas go, an go whip Jesus, an den kill him on top one cross.”
Mat 27.26: Den Pilate tell da army guys fo let Barabbas go, an go whip Jesus, an den kill him on top one cross.”
Mat 27.29: An dey go down in front him an make fun a him.
Mat 27.46: Aramaic language, dat mean, “My God, my God, how come you go way an leave me ova hea?
Mat 27.49: We go see if Elijah goin come fo get him outa dis.
Mat 27.50: Den Jesus yell again real loud, an den he let go his spirit.
Mat 27.53: Dey wen come outa dea graves, an dey go inside Jerusalem, da town dat stay spesho fo God, an
Mat 27.55: Befo time, dey wen go wit Jesus from Galilee side, fo take care him.”
head: Dey Go Bury Jesus
Mat 27.58: He go in front Pilate befo da sun go down, an aks Pilate if he
Mat 27.58: He go in front Pilate befo da sun go down, an aks Pilate if he can take Jesus body.
Mat 27.60: An dey go way.
Mat 27.66: Den dey wen go an put one seal on top da big rock da close da tomb, an
Mat 28.1: Dat time, Mary from Magdala an da odda Mary wen go da tomb fo look.
Mat 28.7: Den eh, go hurry up!
Mat 28.7: know, he going Galilee side first, den you guys suppose to go ova dea too.
Mat 28.9: Dey go by him, an go down, an touch his feet, an dey give him
Mat 28.9: Dey go by him, an go down, an touch his feet, an dey give him plenny love an
Mat 28.10: Go tell my brudda guys fo go Galilee side.
Mat 28.10: Go tell my brudda guys fo go Galilee side.
Mat 28.11: same time some a da guys dat was guarding da tomb wen go back inside Jerusalem town an tell da main pries guys wat
head: Jesus Go By His Guys
Mat 28.16: Den Jesus eleven guys go Galilee, to da mountain wea Jesus wen tell um fo go.
Mat 28.16: guys go Galilee, to da mountain wea Jesus wen tell um fo go.
Mat 28.17: Wen dey wen see him ova dea, dey go down an give um plenny love an respeck.
Mat 28.18: Den Jesus go near dem an say, “God wen give me all da power, so now I
Mat 28.19: So you guys, go all ova da world an teach all da diffren peopos, so dey
Mrk 1.4: Den God goin let you guys go an hemo all yoa shame.
Mrk 1.5: All da peopo from Judea side an Jerusalem town, dey wen go da boonies fo hear John.
Mrk 1.7: I not even importan nuff fo go down an help him hemo his slippa from his foot.
Mrk 1.12: Right afta dat, God's Spirit wen make Jesus go inside da boonies.
Mrk 1.14: Afta dat, Jesus go Galilee side, an he tell da peopo da Good Stuff From God.
Mrk 1.18: Right den an dea, dey wen leave dea nets an go wit him.
Mrk 1.20: Dey go way from dea fadda Zebedee who stay inside da boat wit da
Mrk 1.20: Zebedee who stay inside da boat wit da workas, an dey go wit Jesus.
head: Jesus Make One Bad Kine Spirit Let Go One Guy
Mrk 1.21: Jesus an his guys, dey wen go Capernaum town.
Mrk 1.21: On da Jewish Rest Day, dey go inside da Jewish church.
Mrk 1.25: Let go da guy!”
Mrk 1.26: Da spirit wen yell real loud, an let go da guy.”
Mrk 1.28: Right den an dea, da peopo wen go all ova Galilee side, fo tell everybody bout Jesus.
Mrk 1.29: Right den an dea Jesus dem wen go outside da Jewish church, an dey go inside Simon an
Mrk 1.29: an dea Jesus dem wen go outside da Jewish church, an dey go inside Simon an Andrew's house.
Mrk 1.29: James an John go too.
Mrk 1.31: Jesus go an take her by da hand an pull her up.
Mrk 1.32: Wen da sun go down, an da Rest Day pau, da peopo bring all da sick peopo
Mrk 1.34: He make all da bad kine spirits let go da peopo, an he tell da spirits, “No talk!
Mrk 1.35: da morning, wen starting fo get light, Jesus wen get up an go outa da house.
Mrk 1.35: He go one place wea neva have nobody, an pray ova dea.
Mrk 1.36: Simon dem wen go look fo him.
Mrk 1.38: We gotta go da odda towns aroun hea, cuz I gotta teach dea too.”
Mrk 1.39: all ova Galilee, an make all da bad kine spirits let go da peopo.
Mrk 1.40: Had one lepa guy wen go by Jesus, an go down in front him an beg him.
Mrk 1.40: Had one lepa guy wen go by Jesus, an go down in front him an beg him.
Mrk 1.40: He say, “If you like, you can make me come good so I can go wit da odda peopo fo pray, yeah?
Mrk 1.44: Go, let da pries guy check you out.
Mrk 1.44: Den he tell um fo go.
Mrk 1.45: But da guy, he go outside an tell everybody wat wen happen to him.”
Mrk 2.1: Afta couple days, Jesus wen go back Capernaum wea he wen stay befo.
Mrk 2.2: No can even go near da door.
Mrk 2.4: So dey wen go up on top da flat roof, an make one big puka inside da
Mrk 2.7: Ony God can let da guy go an hemo da shame from da bad kine stuff!
Mrk 2.10: guys, dat I get da right inside dis world, fo let da peopo go an hemo da shame dey get fo da bad kine stuff dey wen do.
Mrk 2.11: Take yoa mat an go home awready!”
Mrk 2.12: So da guy wen get up, pick up da mat an go outside in front all dem.
Mrk 2.13: Jesus wen go by da lake.
Mrk 2.14: Levi get up, an go wit him.
Mrk 2.15: Jesus wen go Levi's house fo eat.”
Mrk 2.19: You go one wedding an skip food, wen da guy dat getting married
Mrk 2.21: You go do dat, den wen you wash um, da new piece goin shrink
Mrk 2.26: Wen Abiatar was da Head Priest, David go inside God's house an eat da bread dass spesho fo God.
Mrk 3.1: One nodda time Jesus wen go inside da Jewish church.
Mrk 3.2: Dey was checking out Jesus real good, if he go make da guy come good on da Rest Day, cuz dey like poin
Mrk 3.6: Dey wen go outside, an right den an dea dey go talk to King Herod
Mrk 3.6: Dey wen go outside, an right den an dea dey go talk to King Herod guys, how dey goin kill Jesus.
Mrk 3.7: Den Jesus an his guys, dey wen go way, an stay by da lake.
Mrk 3.7: Plenny peopo from Galilee wen go wit him.
Mrk 3.9: Jesus wen tell his guys fo make ready one boat, so he can go inside um an den da peopo no can squash him.
Mrk 3.10: Dass why all da odda sick peopo dea, dey go all out fo touch him.
Mrk 3.11: Weneva dey see Jesus, dey go down in front him, an yell, “You God's Boy!
Mrk 3.13: Den Jesus wen go to da hills.
Mrk 3.15: I goin give you guys power fo make da bad kine spirits let go da peopo too.
Mrk 3.20: Den Jesus wen go home.
Mrk 3.21: Wen Jesus ohana hear dat, dey wen go fo take him away.
Mrk 3.21: Dey say, “He wen go pupule!
Mrk 3.22: Dass why he can make da bad kine spirits let go da peopo!
Mrk 3.23: You tink da Devil goin make his own guys let go da peopo, aah?
Mrk 3.25: Da ohana dat go agains each odda no can stay strong.
Mrk 3.25: Da country dat go agains each odda ony bus up itself.
Mrk 3.26: If da Devil make his own guys let go da peopo, den he going agains himself!
Mrk 3.28: An I like tell you guys dis too: God can let da peopo go an hemo dea shame fo all da bad kine stuff dey doing, even
Mrk 3.29: So if dey talk lidat, God no goin let um go an hemo dea shame fo dat, not now o eva!
Mrk 4.1: Plenny peopo wen come aroun him, so he go inside one boat, an sit down dea.
Mrk 4.4: He go throw seeds fo plant.
Mrk 4.4: Some fall down by da trail, an da birds go eat um up.
Mrk 4.12: wen see an hear, Den dey goin change, An I goin let um go an hemo dea shame Fo all da bad kine stuff dey wen do.
Mrk 4.35: Dat time afta da sun go down, Jesus wen tell his guys, “Eh, we go da odda side da
Mrk 4.35: time afta da sun go down, Jesus wen tell his guys, “Eh, we go da odda side da lake.
Mrk 4.38: His guys wen go wake him up, an tell him, “Eh, Teacha!
Mrk 5.1: Afta dat, Jesus dem go da odda side da lake wea da Gerasa peopo stay.
Mrk 5.6: Wen he see Jesus far away, he wen run an go down in front him.
Mrk 5.8: Jesus tell him, “Let go da guy, you bad kine spirit you!
Mrk 5.13: Jesus tell um, “Go!
Mrk 5.13: So da bad spirits wen let go da guy, an go take ova da pigs.”
Mrk 5.13: So da bad spirits wen let go da guy, an go take ova da pigs.”
Mrk 5.14: Den da pig farmas wen run, an go inside da town an all da place aroun dea, telling
Mrk 5.14: All da peopo from da town wen go fo see.
Mrk 5.17: Den da peopo, dey start fo beg Jesus fo go way from dea.
Mrk 5.18: kine spirits wen take ova befo time, he say, “Try let me go wit you.
Mrk 5.19: Go home to yoa ohana, an tell um all da good kine stuff da
Mrk 5.20: So da guy go way, an tell everybody in da Ten Towns wat Jesus wen do fo
Mrk 5.22: He spock Jesus, an wen go down on his knees by Jesus feet an beg him plenny, “Eh, my
Mrk 5.24: So Jesus wen go wit Jairus.
Mrk 5.24: An all da peopo wen go wit Jesus.”
Mrk 5.30: Right den an dea, Jesus wen feel power go outa him.”
Mrk 5.31: But you go aks who touch you?
Mrk 5.33: She wen go down by his feet, an wen tell him da whole story.
Mrk 5.34: Go now, yoa heart goin rest inside.
Mrk 5.37: He ony let Peter, James, an James brudda John, go wit him.
Mrk 5.39: He go inside an tell, “Eh, how come you guys making big noise an
Mrk 5.40: take da girl's fadda an mudda, an his three guys, an dey go inside da room wea da girl stay.”
Mrk 5.43: Now, go make her someting fo eat.
Mrk 6.1: Jesus go way from dea, an go back his own place Nazaret, an his
Mrk 6.1: Jesus go way from dea, an go back his own place Nazaret, an his guys go too.
Mrk 6.1: from dea, an go back his own place Nazaret, an his guys go too.
Mrk 6.2: Wen da Rest Day come, he go inside da Jewish church an teach.
Mrk 6.6: So Jesus wen go odda small towns, teaching odda peopo.
Mrk 6.7: He give um da power fo make da bad kine spirits let go da peopo.
Mrk 6.10: Wen you guys go inside one guy's house, stay dea till you go way from da
Mrk 6.10: Wen you guys go inside one guy's house, stay dea till you go way from da town.
Mrk 6.11: place no like you come an no like lissen to you, wen you go outa dat town, dust yoa feet, fo show dat you no mo dust
Mrk 6.12: Afta dat Jesus guys all wen go out an tell da peopo, “You gotta be sorry fo all da bad
Mrk 6.13: An dey wen make plenny bad kine spirits let go da peopo, an put olive oil on top plenny sick peopo, an
Mrk 6.29: Herod wen go throw one big lu`au.
Mrk 6.29: She wen go out an aks her mudda, “Wat I goin aks fo?
Mrk 6.29: An da mudda wen tell her, “Go aks fo John Da Baptiza Guy's head!”
Mrk 6.29: So da girl wen go inside real fast by da king an tell him, “I like you give
Mrk 6.29: So right den an dea he tell da guard fo go cut off John's head an bring um.
Mrk 6.29: Da guy wen go cut off his head inside da jail, an bring um on top da big
Mrk 6.29: King Herod hear dat, he say, “Eh, I wen tell my guys fo go chop off John's head.”
Mrk 6.31: We go one place wea nobody stay, so we can rest ova dea litto
Mrk 6.32: So dey wen go ova dea by demself inside da boat.
Mrk 6.35: Wen da sun go down, Jesus guys come by him an say, “Wow!
Mrk 6.36: Tell da peopo, ‘Go to da towns, an buy someting fo eat!
Mrk 6.37: Dey no need go way.’-”
Mrk 6.37: You like us guys go buy um?”
Mrk 6.38: Jesus tell dem, “Go see how plenny bread you get.
Mrk 6.38: Dey go, an come back, an say, “Get five bread an two fish.”
Mrk 6.46: Right den an dea Jesus tell his guys fo go inside da boat, an go Betsaida town ahead a him.
Mrk 6.46: den an dea Jesus tell his guys fo go inside da boat, an go Betsaida town ahead a him.
Mrk 6.46: Wen all da peopo wen go way, he go up da mountain fo pray.
Mrk 6.46: Wen all da peopo wen go way, he go up da mountain fo pray.
Mrk 6.53: Den Jesus dem all go da odda side da lake, an dey throw da anchor out by
Mrk 6.56: Wea eva Jesus go, in da big an small towns, an da country side, dey wen
Mrk 7.1: Pharisee guys an teacha guys dat teach God's Rules wen go from Jerusalem by Jesus.
Mrk 7.7: Dey go down an pray to me, But dey ony wase time.
Mrk 7.17: Latas he wen go way from da peopo, an go inside one house, an da guys he
Mrk 7.17: Latas he wen go way from da peopo, an go inside one house, an da guys he teaching come an say, “Try
Mrk 7.18: You gotta figga dis way: Wateva go inside da guy no can make him pilau inside so he no can
Mrk 7.19: Cuz dat ting no go inside da heart, but go inside da stomach, an bumbye come
Mrk 7.19: Cuz dat ting no go inside da heart, but go inside da stomach, an bumbye come out.
Mrk 7.21: can do bad kine stuff; dey not married an dey still yet go fool aroun; dey rip off da odda peopo; dey kill; dey
Mrk 7.21: rip off da odda peopo; dey kill; dey married an still yet go fool aroun; dey like corral everyting fo demself; dey feel
Mrk 7.24: From dea Jesus go Tyre side.
Mrk 7.24: He wen go inside one house, an he no like nobody know wea he stay.
Mrk 7.26: Da mudda wen hear bout Jesus, an right den an dea she wen go by him.”
Mrk 7.26: She wen go down by his feet, an beg him fo make da bad kine spirit
Mrk 7.26: by his feet, an beg him fo make da bad kine spirit let go her girl.
Mrk 7.30: So she go back home.
Mrk 7.31: Jesus wen hele on from Tyre side, an go thru Sidon, to Galilee Lake, near da Ten Towns.
Mrk 8.9: Den he tell um, “Go home now.
Mrk 8.10: Right den an dea he go inside one boat wit his guys.
Mrk 8.10: An dey go Dalmanuta side.
Mrk 8.13: Den he wen go way from dem, go back inside da boat, an go da odda side
Mrk 8.13: Den he wen go way from dem, go back inside da boat, an go da odda side da lake.
Mrk 8.13: Den he wen go way from dem, go back inside da boat, an go da odda side da lake.
Mrk 8.22: Jesus dem go Betsaida.
Mrk 8.23: He wen take da blind guy by da hand, an dey go outside dat small town.
Mrk 8.26: Den Jesus wen tell him, “Go home, but no go inside da town.
Mrk 8.26: Den Jesus wen tell him, “Go home, but no go inside da town.
Mrk 8.27: Jesus dem go da small towns Cesarea side, da place King Philip wen
Mrk 8.30: Den Jesus tell his guys, “No go tell nobody dat I da Christ Guy.”
Mrk 9.7: Den had one cloud go ova dem, an one voice from inside da cloud say, “Dis my
Mrk 9.18: hea by da guys you stay teaching fo dem make da spirit let go da boy, but dey no can.
Mrk 9.22: Plenny times da spirit go throw da boy inside da fire o da water fo try kill him.”
Mrk 9.25: Let go him an no come back eva!
Mrk 9.26: wen yell an throw da boy all ova da place, den he let um go.
Mrk 9.28: Wen Jesus go inside da house, an ony have Jesus an his guys dea, dey
Mrk 9.29: say, “If you no pray, you no can make dat kine spirit let go nobody.
Mrk 9.30: Jesus dem wen go way from dat place an go thru Galilee.
Mrk 9.30: Jesus dem wen go way from dat place an go thru Galilee.
Mrk 9.33: Den dey wen go Capernaum.
Mrk 9.38: tell da spirits, ‘I get Jesus power fo make you guys let go da peopo!
Mrk 9.44: max foeva, no matta no mo hand, den you get two hands an go Hell, wea da fire no pio, an da worm no mahke, eva!
Mrk 9.46: da max foeva, no matta no mo foot, den you get two feet an go Hell, wea da fire no pio, an da worm no mahke, eva!
Mrk 9.48: fo yoa King, no matta no mo eye, den you get two eyes an go Hell, wea da fire no pio, an da worm no mahke, eva!
Mrk 10.1: Den Jesus wen go way from dat place an go Judea side, da odda side da
Mrk 10.1: Den Jesus wen go way from dat place an go Judea side, da odda side da Jordan River.
Mrk 10.1: One mo time plenny peopo wen go by him, an he teach um jalike he everytime do.
Mrk 10.2: aks him, “Dass right, o wat, inside da Rules, fo one guy go dump his wife?
Mrk 10.10: Afta dey wen go inside da house one mo time, da guys he teaching wen aks
Mrk 10.11: He tell um, “Da guy who dump his wife an go marry one nodda wahine, da way God see um, da first one
Mrk 10.12: An da wahine who dump her husban an go marry one nodda guy, da way God see um, da first one still
Mrk 10.17: Wen Jesus was starting fo go, one guy wen run up by him, an go down on his knees in
Mrk 10.17: Jesus was starting fo go, one guy wen run up by him, an go down on his knees in front him, an say: ‘Eh, Teacha, you
Mrk 10.19: You know God's Rules: No go kill nobody, no go fool aroun behind da odda's back, no
Mrk 10.19: You know God's Rules: No go kill nobody, no go fool aroun behind da odda's back, no rip off nobody, no
Mrk 10.21: Go sell all da stuffs you get, an give da money to da poor
Mrk 10.22: Da guy wen hear dat, an he wen come real sad, an he wen go way, cuz he get plenny rich stuffs dat he neva like sell.
Mrk 10.25: Stay mo easy fo one camel go thru da puka in one needle, den fo one rich guy fo get God
Mrk 10.28: We wen give up everyting we get fo go wit you.”
Mrk 10.32: Jesus go in front his guys, an dey all going Jerusalem.
Mrk 10.32: Jesus guys was all shook up, an da odda peopo who wen go wit dem was all scared.
Mrk 10.46: Dey go Jericho.
Mrk 10.50: He wen jump up an throw down his coat, an go by Jesus.
Mrk 10.52: Jesus tell um, “Go!
Mrk 10.52: Right den an dea he can see, an he go wit Jesus on da road.
head: Jesus Go Inside Jerusalem Jalike One King
Mrk 11.2: Go inside dea, an you goin find one young donkey dat stay tie
Mrk 11.4: Da guys go an find da young donkey outside in da street.
Mrk 11.11: Den Jesus go inside Jerusalem, an go inside da temple yard.
Mrk 11.11: Den Jesus go inside Jerusalem, an go inside da temple yard.
Mrk 11.11: But late awready, dass why he go back Betany wit his twelve guys.
Mrk 11.12: Da nex day, wen dey go way from Betany fo go Jerusalem one mo time, Jesus wen
Mrk 11.12: Da nex day, wen dey go way from Betany fo go Jerusalem one mo time, Jesus wen come real hungry.
Mrk 11.13: He go ova dea fo check out if get fruit.
Mrk 11.15: Jesus wen go inside da temple yard, an he start fo throw out all da
Mrk 11.19: Wen da sun go down, Jesus dem go outside da town.
Mrk 11.19: Wen da sun go down, Jesus dem go outside da town.
Mrk 11.25: up an pray, if you huhu wit somebody, you gotta let dem go, an no feel huhu wit dem.
Mrk 11.25: den yoa Fadda dat stay inside da sky, he goin let you guys go, an no feel huhu bout da bad kine stuff you guys wen do.
Mrk 11.26: [But if you guys no like let da odda guy go, an like stay huhu wit dem, den yoa Fadda in da sky, he no
Mrk 11.26: wit dem, den yoa Fadda in da sky, he no goin let you guys go, he goin stay huhu bout all da bad kine stuff you guys wen
Mrk 11.27: teachas who teach God's Rules, an da older leada guys wen go by him.
Mrk 12.1: He say, “One guy wen go plant one grape field.
Mrk 12.1: he wen rent da grape farm to some farma guys, an den he go far away.
Mrk 12.12: So dey go way from him.
Mrk 12.18: Den some Sadducee guys go by Jesus.
Mrk 12.36: Bumbye I goin make da peopo dat go agains you Go down in front you, Fo show dat you da winna
Mrk 12.36: Bumbye I goin make da peopo dat go agains you Go down in front you, Fo show dat you da winna ova dem.
Mrk 12.41: Jesus go sit down da odda side by da place wea da peopo give money
Mrk 13.3: Lata on, Jesus go Olive Ridge, an sit down ova dea wea can see da temple da
Mrk 13.14: Dat ting so bad, goin make everybody go way.
Mrk 13.15: If you stay on top one house dat get flat roof, no go inside fo take yoa stuffs wit you.)
Mrk 13.16: If you stay inside da fields, no go home fo get yoa clotheses.
Mrk 13.21: no go trus dat kine guy!
Mrk 13.34: Befo he go, he tell his worka guys, ‘Come.
Mrk 13.35: Might be afta da sun go down, o midnite, o real early in da morning wen da roosta
Mrk 14.10: He go talk to da main pries guys, so he can set Jesus up fo dem
Mrk 14.12: Jesus guys wen go by him an aks him, “Wea you like us make da stuff ready fo
Mrk 14.13: He tell um, “Go inside da town.”
Mrk 14.13: Go wit him.
Mrk 14.16: Da two guys go inside town, an find everyting jalike Jesus wen say.
Mrk 14.17: Afta da sun go down, Jesus wen come wit his twelve guys.
Mrk 14.26: Den dey wen sing one song an go ova dea by Olive Ridge.
Mrk 14.28: Den you guys goin go by me ova dea.’
Mrk 14.29: No matta all da odda guys bum out an like go way from you, eh, no way I eva goin do dat!”
Mrk 14.32: Den Jesus dem go da place dey call Getsemane.
Mrk 14.34: No go sleep -- stay ova hea wit me.
Mrk 14.35: He go mo down, an go down on top da groun an tell God, “If can,
Mrk 14.35: He go mo down, an go down on top da groun an tell God, “If can, maybe I no
Mrk 14.37: He go back by his guys, an dey stay sleeping.
Mrk 14.38: Hang in dea an aks God fo help you, so you no go do bad kine stuff wen you get chance.
Mrk 14.39: Den Jesus go talk to God one mo time, an say da same ting jalike befo.
Mrk 14.42: We go by dem now.
Mrk 14.45: Right away, Judas go by Jesus an say, “Aloha, Teacha!
Mrk 14.51: Had one young guy wit one lavalava on, an he go wit Jesus.”
Mrk 14.54: Peter wen go wit Jesus, but he wen stay far.
Mrk 14.54: He go inside da yard an sit down ova dea wit da police guys fo
Mrk 14.68: Den he go ova by da gate.
Mrk 15.1: teachas who teach God's Rules, an all da main leadas, wen go figga out wat fo do bout Jesus.
Mrk 15.6: Now, Governa Pilate, he let one prisona guy go every year at da Passova religious time.
Mrk 15.6: Any guy da peopo pick, Pilate let him go.
Mrk 15.9: Pilate aks um, “You guys like fo me let go da King fo da Jews?
Mrk 15.15: make da peopo stay good inside, so he wen let Barabbas go fo dem.”
Mrk 15.19: An dey go down in front him jalike dey showing respeck fo him.”
Mrk 15.24: Dey hang him on top da cross wit nails, an den dey go throw dice, fo see wat guy goin get wat clotheses from
Mrk 15.34: Dat mean, “My God, my God, how come you go way an leave me ova hea?
Mrk 15.36: We go see if Elijah goin come fo get him outa dis.
Mrk 15.37: Den Jesus yell again real loud, an den he let go his spirit.
Mrk 15.41: Befo time, dey wen go wit Jesus from Galilee side, fo take care him.
Mrk 15.42: da day fo make everyting ready fo da Rest Day, befo da sun go down.
Mrk 15.43: He go aks Pilate if he can take Jesus body.
Mrk 15.46: Joseph go buy some linen cloth, take down da body, wrap um inside da
Mrk 16.1: pau, Mary from Magdala, James mudda Mary, an Salome, dey go buy perfume so dey can put um on top Jesus body.
Mrk 16.2: Ony get litto bit light inside da sky, an dey wen go da tomb.
Mrk 16.5: Dey go inside.”
Mrk 16.7: Den, go tell his guys an Peter, ‘Jesus going Galilee side befo you
Mrk 16.9: know, befo time Jesus wen make seven bad kine spirits let go her.
Mrk 16.10: So she go tell da peopo who was wit him befo, dat stay sad an
Mrk 16.13: Da two guys go back, an tell da odda peopo.
Mrk 16.15: He tell um, “Go all ova da world, an teach da Good Stuff Bout Me to
Mrk 16.17: dey goin use my power fo make da bad kine spirits let go da peopo.
head: Jesus Go Up Inside Da Sky
Mrk 16.20: Den all his guys go all ova da place an teach.
Luk 1.8: An wen happen dat wen Zekariah wen go in front God inside da temple, fo do da pries kine job wit
Luk 1.9: job wit his pries hui, da pries guys wen pick Zekariah fo go inside God's Spesho Place an burn da incense dat time.
Luk 1.23: Wen da time pau fo his job, he wen go home.
Luk 1.38: Den da angel guy wen go way.
head: Mary Go See Elizabet
Luk 1.39: Dat time, Mary wen get up an wen go fast to one town in da hills Judea side.
Luk 1.40: Ova dea she wen go inside Zekariah's house, an wen spock Elizabet, an wen
Luk 1.56: wen stay dea wit Elizabet three months, an den she wen go home.
Luk 1.76: da God Dass Mo Importan Den All Da Odda Gods, Cuz you goin go first, befo da Boss, Fo make da road ready fo him, Fo make
Luk 1.77: outa da bad kine stuff dey stay doing, An he goin let um go an hemo dea shame from dat.
Luk 2.3: Everybody wen go back to da town dea ohana come from fo sign up.
Luk 2.4: So Joseph wen go from Nazaret town Galilee side, to Betlehem Judea side,
Luk 2.5: He go ova dea fo sign up wit Mary, da wahine da ohana wen
Luk 2.15: Den da angel guys wen go way from dem an go back by God inside da sky.
Luk 2.15: Den da angel guys wen go way from dem an go back by God inside da sky.
Luk 2.15: Da sheep farmas tell each odda, “Eh brahs, we go Betlehem fo see dis ting dat wen happen, dat da Boss Up
Luk 2.20: Da sheep farmas wen go back, an dey tell everybody how God stay plenny good an
Luk 2.22: one baby born, cuz da mudda kapu fo forty days an no can go pray wit da odda peopo.
Luk 2.22: da mudda an da fadda gotta make sacrifice, den she can go pray wit da odda peopo.
Luk 2.27: God's Spirit wen tell him an he wen go inside da temple yard.
Luk 2.37: She no go outside da temple yard eva.
head: Dey Go Back To Nazaret
Luk 2.39: da Boss Up Dea In Da Sky wen say inside da Rules, dey go back Galilee side, Nazaret town.
Luk 2.41: Every year Jesus fadda an mudda wen go Jerusalem fo da Passova.
Luk 2.42: Wen Jesus make twelve, dey wen go da Passova jalike dey everytime go.
Luk 2.42: make twelve, dey wen go da Passova jalike dey everytime go.
Luk 2.43: Wen da days fo da Passova pau, dey wen start fo go home, but da boy Jesus wen stay inside Jerusalem.
Luk 2.44: Dey wen tink Jesus stay wit da odda peopo dat wen go wit dem.
Luk 2.44: So dey wen go fo one day, an den dey wen start fo look fo him wit dea
Luk 2.45: Dey neva find him, so dey wen go back to Jerusalem fo look fo him.
Luk 2.51: So Jesus wen go back wit dem to Nazaret, an everytime wen do wat dey say.”
Luk 3.3: So he wen go all ova da place aroun da Jordan River, an tell da peopo,
Luk 3.3: Den God goin let all you guys go an hemo yoa shame fo all da bad kine stuff you doing.
Luk 3.7: Plenny peopo wen go ova dea so John can baptize um.
Luk 4.1: Afta John wen baptize Jesus, Jesus wen go way from da Jordan River.
Luk 4.7: I give you all dis, if you go down on yoa knees an give me plenny respeck.
Luk 4.8: Jesus tell him, “Da Bible say, ‘Gotta go down on yoa knees An give plenny respeck to God yoa Boss,
Luk 4.9: Kay den, go jump down dea.
Luk 4.13: Devil was pau trying fo make him do all kine bad stuff, he go way from him till nex time.
Luk 4.14: Den Jesus wen go back Galilee side, wit plenny power from God's Spesho
Luk 4.16: Jesus go Nazaret town, wea he wen grow up small kid time.
Luk 4.16: Wen da Rest Day wen come, he go inside da Jewish church, jalike he every time go.
Luk 4.16: come, he go inside da Jewish church, jalike he every time go.
Luk 4.18: He wen send me fo tell da prisona guys Dey can go free now.
Luk 4.30: But he wen walk right thru all da peopo an go way from dea.
head: Jesus Make One Bad Kine Spirit Let Go One Guy
Luk 4.31: Den Jesus go Capernaum town, Galilee side.
Luk 4.35: Let da guy go!
Luk 4.35: wen shake up da guy plenny in front dem, an wen let da guy go, an neva hurt him.
Luk 4.36: He get power fo even tell da bad kine spirits fo let go da peopo, an dey let um go!
Luk 4.36: tell da bad kine spirits fo let go da peopo, an dey let um go!
Luk 4.37: An da peopo wen go all ova da place aroun dea fo tell everybody bout Jesus.
Luk 4.38: Jesus wen go outside da Jewish church, an go inside Simon's house.
Luk 4.38: Jesus wen go outside da Jewish church, an go inside Simon's house.
Luk 4.39: Den Jesus go stand by her bed, an tell da feva fo get out.
Luk 4.40: Wen da sun wen go down an da Rest Day pau, plenny peopo wen bring by Jesus
Luk 4.41: An da bad kine spirits wen let go plenny peopo.
Luk 4.42: In da morning wen starting fo get light, Jesus go one place wea neva have nobody.
Luk 4.42: Da peopo wen go look fo him, an wen dey find him, dey wen try fo make him
Luk 4.43: But he say, “I gotta go da odda towns too, fo teach da peopo da Good Stuff bout
Luk 5.3: Jesus go inside Simon's boat, an tell him fo go out litto bit from
Luk 5.3: Jesus go inside Simon's boat, an tell him fo go out litto bit from da beach.
Luk 5.4: Wen he pau teach, he tell Simon, “Eh Simon, go out wea stay deep, an drop yoa nets.
Luk 5.8: Wen Simon Peter see how plenny fish dey get, he wen go down on his knees in front Jesus an say, “Eh, Boss, go way
Luk 5.8: wen go down on his knees in front Jesus an say, “Eh, Boss, go way from me, cuz I one guy dat stay do bad kine stuff!
Luk 5.11: dea boats up on top da beach, an leave all dea stuffs, an go wit Jesus.
Luk 5.12: Wen he spock Jesus, he go down, an his face wen touch da groun, an he beg him,
Luk 5.14: Go, let da pries guy check you out.
Luk 5.16: Plenny times Jesus wen go wea neva have nobody, fo pray ova dea.”
Luk 5.19: So dey go on top da flat roof, an make one puka, an wen let um down
Luk 5.21: Ony God can let peopo go fo da bad kine stuff dey do an hemo dea shame!”
Luk 5.24: fo Real, an I get da right inside dis world, fo let peopo go an hemo dea shame fo da bad kine stuff dey wen do.
Luk 5.24: Take yoa mat, an go home awready!”
Luk 5.25: da guy wen get up in front all dem guys, take da mat, an go home, talking shaka stuff bout God.
Luk 5.27: Afta dat Jesus go outside an spock one guy dat collect money fo tax fo da
Luk 5.28: So Levi wen get up, leave all his stuffs ova dea, an go wit Jesus.
Luk 6.4: He wen go inside God's house.
Luk 6.6: One nodda Rest Day Jesus wen go inside one Jewish church an teach.
Luk 6.12: Dat time Jesus wen go up one hill fo pray.
Luk 6.13: Wen day time come he call all dem dat go wit him fo come.
Luk 6.17: Had plenny guys dea dat wen go wit him an plenny odda peopo from Jerusalem an all ova
Luk 6.23: Go dance an sing wen dey make any kine to you guys, an stay
Luk 6.37: Let da odda guy go, an no stay huhu wit him.
Luk 6.37: Den God goin let you go an hemo yoa shame fo all da bad kine stuff you wen do.
Luk 7.1: Wen Jesus pau teach da peopo all dat stuff, he go Capernaum town.
Luk 7.6: So Jesus wen go wit dem.
Luk 7.8: I tell one guy, ‘Go,’ an he go.
Luk 7.8: I tell one guy, ‘Go,’ an he go.
Luk 7.10: Den da guys da captain wen send wen go back to da house, an wen see dat da worka guy wen come
Luk 7.11: Afta dat Jesus wen go Nain town.
Luk 7.11: His guys an plenny odda peopo wen go wit him.
Luk 7.12: Plenny peopo from da town wen go wit her.
Luk 7.14: Den Jesus wen go an touch da open box wit da guy inside, an da guys dat
Luk 7.19: He wen tell two a his guys fo come by him, an tell um fo go by da Boss Jesus an aks him, “Eh, you da guy suppose to
Luk 7.21: from all kine sick, an wen make da bad kine spirits let go plenny peopo, an wen make plenny blind guys see.”
Luk 7.22: So he tell um, “Go, tell John wat you guys stay hear an see.’-”
Luk 7.24: Afta John's messenja guys wen go way, Jesus tell all da peopo bout John.
Luk 7.24: “Wat you guys wen go in da boonies fo see?”
Luk 7.25: Kay den, wat you guys wen go ova dea fo see?
Luk 7.26: If not dat, wat you guys wen go fo see?
head: Jesus Go Eat One Pharisee Guy House
Luk 7.36: So Jesus wen go ova dea an wen sit down by da table.
Luk 7.47: you, she wen do plenny bad kine stuff, but God wen let her go awready an hemo her shame fo all dat.
Luk 7.50: Go, an yoa heart can rest inside.”
head: Some Wahines Go Wit Jesus
Luk 8.1: Afta dat Jesus wen go thru da big an da small towns, an he teach da Good Stuff
Luk 8.1: Da Twelve Guys wen go wit him.
Luk 8.2: Dey all wen go too: Mary da Magdala wahine, dat had seven bad kine
Luk 8.2: dat wen take ova her befo, an Jesus wen make um let her go.
Luk 8.3: An Joanna, Chuza's wife, she wen go.
Luk 8.3: An Susanna, an plenny odda wahines, dey all wen go too.
Luk 8.5: He wen go plant seed.
Luk 8.5: Da peopo wen walk on top um, an da birds wen go eat um up.
Luk 8.22: One time Jesus wen tell his guys, “We go da odda side da lake.
Luk 8.22: So dey go inside da boat an wen start fo go.
Luk 8.22: So dey go inside da boat an wen start fo go.
Luk 8.24: Da guys wen go wake Jesus up, an say, “Eh, Boss!
Luk 8.27: Jesus wen go on top da beach.
Luk 8.29: An da bad spirit wen make da guy go odda places wea nobody stay.
Luk 8.29: Jesus tell da bad spirit, “Let go da guy!
Luk 8.31: bad kine spirits, dey beg Jesus plenny times fo no make um go suffa inside da Devil's Deep Dark Hole.’-”
Luk 8.32: Da bad kine spirits wen beg Jesus, “If you go make us let da guy, we like go take ova da pigs, yeah?
Luk 8.32: wen beg Jesus, “If you go make us let da guy, we like go take ova da pigs, yeah?
Luk 8.32: Jesus tell um, “Go!
Luk 8.33: So da bad kine spirits wen let go da guy, an go take ova da pigs.”
Luk 8.33: So da bad kine spirits wen let go da guy, an go take ova da pigs.”
Luk 8.34: taking care da pigs wen see wat wen happen, dey wen run go tell everybody inside da town an all ova da place wat dey
Luk 8.37: Den all da peopo from aroun Gerasa town aks Jesus fo go way from dem, cuz dey real, real scared.
Luk 8.37: So he go inside da boat an go way.
Luk 8.37: So he go inside da boat an go way.
Luk 8.38: dat no mo bad kine spirits now, he wen beg Jesus if he can go wit him, but Jesus tell him, “No, brah.
Luk 8.39: Jesus tell, “Go home.
Luk 8.39: So da guy go way an tell all ova da town how Jesus wen help him plenny.
Luk 8.41: Right den an dea he wen come an go down by Jesus feet.
Luk 8.41: He beg Jesus fo go his house, cuz his ony girl, bout twelve years old, litto
Luk 8.46: I know, cuz power wen go out from inside me.”
Luk 8.47: da wahine wen know dat dey goin find out, an she come an go down by Jesus feet, shaking real hard.
Luk 8.48: Go.
Luk 8.51: he ony let Peter, John, an James, an da fadda an mudda go inside wit him, an no odda peopo.”
Luk 9.1: da right an da power fo make all da bad kine spirits let go peopo, an make all kine sick peopo come good.
Luk 9.4: Wen you guys go somebody's house, stay dea till you go way from dat town.
Luk 9.4: Wen you guys go somebody's house, stay dea till you go way from dat town.
Luk 9.5: come, an no like hear wat you guys teach, den wen you guys go outa da town, dust da dust from yoa feet, fo show da peopo
Luk 9.6: So da guys wen go out an go from one small town to anodda, an dey teach da
Luk 9.6: So da guys wen go out an go from one small town to anodda, an dey teach da Good Stuff
Luk 9.10: Den he take dem wit him an dey go way by demself to Betsaida town.
Luk 9.11: all da peopo wen hear dat Jesus dem stay ova dea, so dey go dea too.
Luk 9.12: wen come by him an say, “Send all da peopo away so dey can go da small towns an odda places aroun hea an get someting fo
Luk 9.13: You like us go buy food fo all dis peopo?”
Luk 9.33: Wen da two guys wen start fo go way from Jesus, Peter tell him, “You know wat, Boss?
head: Jesus Make One Bad Kine Spirit Let Go One Boy
Luk 9.37: Da nex day dey wen go down from da mountain, an plenny peopo come fo meet Jesus.
Luk 9.39: Da bad kine spirit hurt him everytime, an no like let him go.
Luk 9.49: “Boss, we wen spock one guy making da bad kine spirits let go da peopo, an using yoa name fo do um.
Luk 9.51: wen Jesus going up to da sky, an he make up his mind fo go Jerusalem.
Luk 9.52: Dey go inside one small town Samaria side fo find one place fo
Luk 9.56: An dey wen go one nodda small town.”
head: Da Guys Dat Say Dey Like Go Wit Jesus
Luk 9.57: road, an one guy tell him, “I going wit you wea eva you go.
Luk 9.59: But da guy say, “First let me go bury my fadda.
Luk 9.60: But you, go tell da peopo how dey can get God fo dea King.”
Luk 9.61: Anodda guy say, “Boss, I goin wit you, but first let me go back fo tell my ohana goodbye.
Luk 10.1: odda guys dat he like send out two by two, so dey can go befo him, every town an place wea he goin go lata on.
Luk 10.1: so dey can go befo him, every town an place wea he goin go lata on.
Luk 10.3: Go!
Luk 10.4: odda bag o extra slippas, an no stop fo talk story wen you go down da road.
Luk 10.5: Wen you go inside one house, first say, ‘I come fo aks God fo make
Luk 10.10: “But wen you go inside one town an da peopo no like you stay dea, go down
Luk 10.10: you go inside one town an da peopo no like you stay dea, go down da streets an say, ‘Da dust from yoa town dat stick
Luk 10.30: He wen go Jericho town from Jerusalem.”
Luk 10.31: He spock da guy, an go da odda side.
Luk 10.32: from da Levi ohana dat help da prieses, he spock him, an go da odda side too.
Luk 10.34: He go by him, put olive oil an wine on top his cuts, an wrap um
Luk 10.37: Jesus say, “Go, make lidat.”
head: Jesus Go See Marta An Mary
Luk 10.38: Jesus an da guys he teach wen go down one road, an dey come to one small town.
Luk 11.4: Let us go, an hemo our shame Fo all da bad kine stuff we do to you,
Luk 11.4: da bad kine stuff we do to you, Jalike we let da odda guy go, An we no stay huhu at him Fo all da bad kine stuff he do
Luk 11.5: If you go one friend's house at midnite an tell um, ‘My friend, lend
Luk 11.14: Jesus wen make da bad spirit let go da guy.
Luk 11.14: Wen da bad spirit let um go, da guy dat no can talk wen start fo talk.
Luk 11.15: he da one wen give Jesus da power fo make dat spirit let go da guy, az why!
Luk 11.17: wen know wat dey tinking, an he tell um, “Da country dat go agains each odda, bus up itself.
Luk 11.17: Da town o da ohana dat go agains each odda, no can stay strong.
Luk 11.18: If da Devil make his own guys let go da peopo, den he going agains himself.
Luk 11.18: cuz you guys wen say dat I make da bad kine spirits let go da peopo, cuz dea leada guy Beelzebul give me power fo do
Luk 11.19: kine spirits, he da one dat give me power fo make um let go da peopo.
Luk 11.19: Who give yoa guys da power fo make da bad kine spirits let go da peopo, aah?
Luk 11.20: But if I make da bad kine spirits let go da peopo, cuz I get power from God, dat show dat God stay
Luk 11.24: “Wen one bad kine spirit let go one guy, dat spirit go all ova da boonies fo find one
Luk 11.24: “Wen one bad kine spirit let go one guy, dat spirit go all ova da boonies fo find one place fo rest, but no can
Luk 11.24: Den he say, ‘Eh, mo betta I go back to da guy I wen take ova befo.
Luk 11.25: Wen he go dea, da guy stay clean inside, jalike wen you sweep one
Luk 11.26: Den da spirit go get seven odda spirits mo worse den him, an dey all go
Luk 11.26: go get seven odda spirits mo worse den him, an dey all go take ova da guy, an stay dea.’
Luk 11.37: So he go inside, an sit down fo eat.
Luk 11.53: Wen Jesus go way from dat place, da teachas dat teach God's Rules an da
Luk 12.10: talk bad bout me, da Guy Dass Fo Real, God goin let dem go hemo da shame fo dat.
Luk 12.10: talk bad bout God's Spesho Spirit, God no goin let dem go an hemo da shame fo dat.
Luk 12.29: No go worry bout wat you goin eat, o wat you goin drink.
Luk 12.51: I no come fo dat, but fo make um go agains each odda.
Luk 12.58: guy dat stay agains you, try fo make good wit him befo you go ova dea.
Luk 13.6: He go fo look if get fruit on um, but no mo fruit.
Luk 13.22: Jesus wen go thru da big an small towns, an teach.
Luk 13.24: You know, dass jalike you go inside one place thru one skinny door.”
Luk 13.24: Plenny peopo goin try fo go inside dea, but dey no can.
Luk 13.25: Jalike da house owna goin pau eat, he go lock da door fo go sleep.
Luk 13.25: Jalike da house owna goin pau eat, he go lock da door fo go sleep.
Luk 13.31: “You betta get outa hea, an go anodda place, cuz King Herod like kill you, you know.
Luk 13.32: Jesus say, “Go tell dat bugga dat I say, ‘I make da bad kine spirits let
Luk 13.32: tell dat bugga dat I say, ‘I make da bad kine spirits let go da peopo, an I make da peopo come good today an tomorrow,
Luk 13.33: But I still gotta go today an tomorrow an da nex day, till I get to Jerusalem.”
Luk 14.4: wen take da sick guy, an make um come good, an tell um fo go.”
Luk 14.8: say, “Wen somebody tell you fo come da wedding lu`au, no go sit down by da place fo da spesho wedding guys.
Luk 14.10: Mo betta, wen dey tell you fo come, go take da place fo da guy dass not importan.’
Luk 14.18: tell da worka guy, ‘I jus wen buy one field, an I gotta go look um.’
Luk 14.19: Anodda guy say, ‘I jus wen buy ten cows fo plow, an I goin go see if dey strong nuff fo work.
Luk 14.20: Anodda guy say, ‘I jus wen get married, so I no can go wit you.
Luk 14.21: Da worka guy go tell his boss.’
Luk 14.21: Go out by da big an small roads inside town, an bring back da
Luk 14.23: Da boss tell da worka guy, ‘Go out by da big an small roads in da country side an make da
Luk 14.25: Plenny peopo wen go wit Jesus.
Luk 15.4: you goin leave da ninety nine sheeps inside da boonies, an go look fo da one sheep dat stay lost, yeah?”
Luk 15.6: real good inside, an you put um on top yoa shouldas, an go home.
Luk 15.13: get all his stuffs, sell his share an take da money, an go one far place.’
Luk 15.15: Den da boy wen go by one guy from dat country, an da guy wen send him out
Luk 15.18: Mo betta I go back wit my fadda.
Luk 15.20: Den he wen leave da place an go to his fadda.
Luk 15.22: Go get one robe, da bestes one, an put um on him.
Luk 15.23: Go get da bestes young cow an kill um.
Luk 15.28: He no like go inside da house.’
Luk 15.28: So da fadda guy go outside an beg him fo come inside.
Luk 15.29: I neva go agains notting you wen tell me fo do!
Luk 16.17: Stay mo easy fo da sky an da earth fo go pau den fo one litto line from God's Rules fo go pau.
Luk 16.17: earth fo go pau den fo one litto line from God's Rules fo go pau.
Luk 16.26: Da peopo dat like go from ova hea to you no can, an da peopo dat like go from
Luk 16.26: like go from ova hea to you no can, an da peopo dat like go from ova dea to ova hea no can.
Luk 17.3: sorry an pau do um, den no stay huhu wit him, but let him go.
Luk 17.4: an I pau do dat,’ den no stay huhu wit him, but let him go.
Luk 17.6: seed, you can tell dis mulberry tree, ‘Pull yoaself up an go plant yoaself in da ocean,’ an da tree goin do um.
Luk 17.8: Da boss goin say, ‘Make my suppa, go get ready, an bring um all fo me so I can eat an drink.
Luk 17.10: Wen you guys go do everyting you suppose to, den you goin say, ‘We jus
Luk 17.12: He go inside one small town, an ten lepa guys wen come by him.
Luk 17.14: Jesus see um an tell um, “Go let da pries guys check you guys out.
Luk 17.19: Go!”
Luk 17.23: But no lissen, no go wit dem.
Luk 17.27: wen marry an give dea girls fo marry, till da day Noah wen go inside da big boat.
Luk 17.29: But da day Lot wen go way from Sodom, fire an sulfur wen come down from da sky
Luk 17.31: guy dat stay resting on top his flat roof house betta not go inside fo get his stuffs.
Luk 17.31: Same ting, da guy inside da field betta not go back fo get someting.
Luk 18.10: He say, “Two guys wen go to God's Temple fo pray, one Pharisee guy, an one guy dat
Luk 18.14: Jesus say, “I telling you, wen dis tax guy go home, he get um right wit God awready.
Luk 18.20: You know God's Rules: ‘No go fool aroun da odda guy's wife, no go kill nobody, no rip
Luk 18.20: know God's Rules: ‘No go fool aroun da odda guy's wife, no go kill nobody, no rip off nobody, no bulai any kine bout
Luk 18.22: Go sell all da stuffs you get, an go give da money to da
Luk 18.22: Go sell all da stuffs you get, an go give da money to da peopo dat no mo notting.”
Luk 18.25: Stay mo easy fo one camel go thru da puka in one needle, den fo one rich guy fo get God
Luk 18.28: We wen leave everyting we get fo go wit you.”
Luk 18.43: Right den an dea da guy wen see, an he wen go wit Jesus, talking bout how awesome God.
Luk 19.1: Jesus wen go inside Jericho an stay go pass right thru da town an neva
Luk 19.1: Jesus wen go inside Jericho an stay go pass right thru da town an neva stop.
Luk 19.4: run in front, climb one fig tree fo see um, cuz Jesus goin go by dat place.
Luk 19.5: Wen Jesus go by dea, he look up an tell Zaccheus, “Come down now,
Luk 19.7: Dey say, “Jesus wen go inside da house a dat guy dat get bad name!
Luk 19.12: Jesus tell, “Had one ali`i dat wen go one far place fo come king an den come back.
Luk 19.13: Befo he go, he tell ten worka guys fo come.
Luk 19.13: He say, ‘Go use dis coin fo make money till I come back.
Luk 19.20: I wen go hide um inside one cloth.’
head: Jesus Go Inside Jerusalem Jalike One King
Luk 19.28: Jesus say dat, an den he go Jerusalem in front da peopo.
Luk 19.30: Olive Ridge, he send two a his guys in front, an tell um, “Go by da small town ova dea, an wen you go inside um, you
Luk 19.30: an tell um, “Go by da small town ova dea, an wen you go inside um, you goin find one young donkey stay tie to da
Luk 19.32: Da guys go, an find um jalike he wen say.’
head: Jesus Go Inside Da Temple
Luk 19.45: He go inside da temple yard, an start fo throw out da guys dat
Luk 20.1: One time Jesus go inside da temple yard, an teach da peopo da Good Stuff
Luk 20.1: dat teach God's Rules, an da older leadas fo da peopo go by him.
Luk 20.9: Den he go way long time.
Luk 20.14: Come, we go kill him.
Luk 20.43: Bumbye I goin make da peopo dat go agains you Go down in front you, Fo show dat you da winna
Luk 20.43: Bumbye I goin make da peopo dat go agains you Go down in front you, Fo show dat you da winna ova dem.
Luk 20.46: Dey like go aroun an wear fancy kine religious kine clotheses.
Luk 21.8: But no go wit dem.
Luk 21.21: town gotta get out, an da guys inside da boonies betta not go back to da town.
Luk 21.37: Wen da sun go down, he wen go outside da town fo stay on top Olive
Luk 21.37: Wen da sun go down, he wen go outside da town fo stay on top Olive Ridge.”
Luk 22.4: So Judas wen go talk to da main pries guys, an da officers fo da temple,
Luk 22.8: He say, “Go make ready da Passova food fo us eat.
Luk 22.10: Jesus say, “You know, wen you guys go inside town, one guy goin come dat carry one water jug.”
Luk 22.10: Go wit him inside one house, an tell da guy dat own da house,
Luk 22.13: Da guys wen go an dey wen find everyting jalike Jesus wen say.
Luk 22.33: But Peter say, “Boss, I stay ready fo go jail an mahke wit you.
Luk 22.39: Jesus go Olive Ridge, jalike he everytime do.
Luk 22.39: His guys go too.
Luk 22.41: Den he go litto bit mo down by himself, go down on his knees, an aks
Luk 22.41: Den he go litto bit mo down by himself, go down on his knees, an aks God fo help him like dis:
Luk 22.45: Wen Jesus pau pray, he stand up an go back by his guys, an find dem all sleeping.
Luk 22.50: Den one a dem wen go afta da guy dat work fo da Head Priest, an cut his right
Luk 22.54: Peter go too, but he stay far.
Luk 22.62: Den Peter go outside an bus out crying.
Luk 23.1: Den all da peopo dat wen come togedda take Jesus away fo go in front Pilate, da governa.
Luk 23.16: So, I goin tell my army guys fo go whip um an let um go.
Luk 23.16: So, I goin tell my army guys fo go whip um an let um go.
Luk 23.17: spesho religious time, Pilate gotta let one prisona guy go fo da peopo.
Luk 23.18: Let Barabbas go fo us!]
Luk 23.20: Pilate like let Jesus go, so he aks da peopo one mo time.
Luk 23.22: So I goin tell my army guys fo whip him an let him go.
Luk 23.25: He let Barabbas go, da guy dey pick, dat wen make da peopo beef an wen kill
Luk 23.34: Jesus say, “Fadda, let um go fo dis bad ting dey doing.
Luk 23.48: Den dey go home.”
Luk 23.52: He go in front Pilate, an aks him fo Jesus body.
Luk 23.55: Da wahines dat stick wit Jesus from Galilee side, dey go wit Joseph, an see da cave, an how dey put Jesus mahke
Luk 23.56: Den dey go home fo make da spices an da perfume ready fo his body.
Luk 24.1: come up, da wahines bring da spices dey wen make ready, an go by da cave.
Luk 24.3: Dey go inside da cave, but da Boss Jesus, his body no stay dea.
Luk 24.5: Dey go down on dea knees, an ony look da groun.
Luk 24.10: Joanna, James mudda Mary, an da odda wahines dat wen go wit dem, dey tell all dis stuff to da guys dat Jesus was
Luk 24.12: Den he go way, an he no can figga bout wat wen happen.
head: Two Guys Go Emmaus Town
Luk 24.13: Dat same day had two a Jesus guys wen go one small town name Emmaus, bout seven miles from
Luk 24.22: wahines dat stay wit us wen blow our minds, cuz dey wen go by da cave dis morning, befo da sun come up.
Luk 24.24: Some a our guys wen go to da tomb.
Luk 24.29: So he go inside da house, fo stay wit dem.
Luk 24.33: Right den an dea dey wen stand up, an dey wen go back Jerusalem.
Luk 24.47: So den, God goin let go da peopos an hemo dea shame fo all da bad kine stuff dey
Luk 24.47: His guys goin go teach lidat cuz dey his guys an dey get his power, an dey
head: Jesus Go Up Inside Da Sky
Luk 24.51: Jesus stay aksing God fo do good tings fo dem, he start fo go up inside da sky.
Luk 24.52: Den dey all go down on dea knees fo show Jesus love an respeck.
Luk 24.52: Den dey go back to Jerusalem.
Jhn 1.37: Da two guys hear him say dat, an dey go wit Jesus.
Jhn 1.39: So dey go wit him an see wea he stay, an dey stay dea wit him dat
Jhn 1.40: he one a da two guys dat wen hear John Da Baptiza guy, an go wit Jesus.
Jhn 1.43: Da nex day Jesus wen tink fo go Galilee side.
Jhn 2.2: ohana wen tell Jesus an his guys fo come too, so dey wen go.
Jhn 2.8: Den he tell um, “Now, go take some out, an take um to da guy in charge a da lu`au.”
Jhn 2.9: But da worka guys dat wen go get da water, dey know.
Jhn 2.12: his mudda, his bruddas, an da guys he teaching, dey wen go down Capernaum town.
Jhn 2.13: So Jesus wen go Jerusalem.
Jhn 3.2: One nite he wen go by Jesus an tell him, “Teacha, we know dat you one teacha
Jhn 3.4: No way he can go inside his mudda one mo time an get born!”
Jhn 3.9: Nicodemus go aks him, “How can be?
Jhn 3.13: Nobody wen eva go up inside da sky.
Jhn 3.22: Afta dat, Jesus an da guys he teaching wen go Judea side.
Jhn 3.26: So dey go by John an tell um, “Teacha, you know da guy dat wen stay
Jhn 4.1: stay baptizing mo peopo den John, an dat all da peopo wen go wit Jesus.
Jhn 4.3: Jesus wen know dat da Pharisee guys wen hear dat, he wen go way from Judea, an go Galilee side.
Jhn 4.3: Pharisee guys wen hear dat, he wen go way from Judea, an go Galilee side.
Jhn 4.4: But fo go Galilee, he figga mo betta go thru Samaria.)
Jhn 4.4: But fo go Galilee, he figga mo betta go thru Samaria.)
Jhn 4.5: He go to one town inside Samaria name Sykar, dat stay near da
Jhn 4.8: His guys wen go inside town fo buy lunch, an he sit down by da puka.
Jhn 4.14: But whoeva go drink da kine water I goin give him, dey no goin eva come
Jhn 4.16: Jesus tell her, “Go, tell yoa husban fo come, an bring um ova hea.
Jhn 4.20: Us Samaria peopo, our ancesta guys wen go down an pray to God on top dis mountain ova hea.”
Jhn 4.20: But you Jewish peopo, you guys say dat everybody gotta go Jerusalem fo go down an pray to God.
Jhn 4.20: peopo, you guys say dat everybody gotta go Jerusalem fo go down an pray to God.
Jhn 4.21: Da time goin come wen you guys goin go down an pray to God our Fadda, but no goin be hea on top
Jhn 4.22: You guys from Samaria go down in front somebody an pray, but you guys donno who
Jhn 4.22: Us Jewish peopo, we go down in front God an pray, an we know who him.
Jhn 4.23: time goin come, an awready stay hea now, wen da peopo dat go down an pray to da Fadda fo real kine, dey goin give him
Jhn 4.28: Den da wahine wen leave her water jar, an go back inside town.”
Jhn 4.30: So da peopo wen go outa da town an wen go wea Jesus stay.
Jhn 4.30: So da peopo wen go outa da town an wen go wea Jesus stay.
Jhn 4.43: Afta Jesus wen stay dea two days, he wen go Galilee side.
Jhn 4.45: But befo, Passova time, da peopo from Galilee wen go Jerusalem fo da spesho religious time.
Jhn 4.46: Den Jesus go Cana town Galilee side one mo time.
Jhn 4.47: So he wen go Cana town by Jesus, an beg him fo make his boy come good,
Jhn 4.50: Jesus tell him, “Go home.”
Jhn 4.50: An da guy wen trus wat Jesus wen tell um, an he go home.
Jhn 4.54: two awesome ting Jesus wen do afta he leave Judea side an go Galilee side.”
Jhn 5.1: Latas Jesus wen go Jerusalem, cuz da Jewish peopo get one spesho religious
Jhn 5.4: Cuz you know, sometimes one angel guy from da Boss go down inside da water an make um move.
Jhn 5.4: Afta dat, da first guy dat go inside da water, he come good from wateva kine sick he
Jhn 5.7: Cuz wen I trying fo go inside, anodda guy go inside first.”
Jhn 5.7: Cuz wen I trying fo go inside, anodda guy go inside first.”
Jhn 5.14: No go do da bad kine stuff no moa, o mo worse ting goin happen
Jhn 5.15: Den da guy go way an tell da Jewish leada guys dat was Jesus wen make
Jhn 5.39: You guys go check out da Bible everytime, cuz you guys tink you goin
Jhn 6.1: Afta dat Jesus dem wen go da odda side Galilee Lake.
Jhn 6.2: Plenny peopo wen go wit him, cuz dey wen see all da awesome stuff he wen do fo
Jhn 6.4: Jesus wen go sit down on top one hill wit da guys he was teaching.
Jhn 6.12: Wen everybody get nuff fo eat, Jesus tell his guys, “Go get all da lefovas.
Jhn 6.13: So dey go get da lefovas, an fill twelve big baskets wit da bread da
Jhn 6.15: So he wen go way, an go up on top one hill wea nobody stay.”
Jhn 6.15: So he wen go way, an go up on top one hill wea nobody stay.”
Jhn 6.16: Befo dark time come, Jesus guys wen go down to da lake.
Jhn 6.17: Dey go inside one boat, an start fo go da odda side da lake,
Jhn 6.17: Dey go inside one boat, an start fo go da odda side da lake, Capernaum side.
Jhn 6.22: An dey know Jesus guys wen go way inside dat boat, but Jesus neva go wit dem.
Jhn 6.22: know Jesus guys wen go way inside dat boat, but Jesus neva go wit dem.
Jhn 6.24: da peopo wen see dat Jesus an his guys no stay, dey wen go inside da odda boats, an go Capernaum fo look fo him.
Jhn 6.24: an his guys no stay, dey wen go inside da odda boats, an go Capernaum fo look fo him.
Jhn 6.27: No go work ony fo da kine food dat bumbye come no good.
Jhn 6.60: Den plenny guys dat go wit Jesus, wen dey wen hear all dat stuff, dey say, “Wow!
Jhn 6.66: had plenny guys dat he wen teach befo, but some a dem wen go back, an neva like go wit him no moa.
Jhn 6.66: wen teach befo, but some a dem wen go back, an neva like go wit him no moa.
Jhn 6.67: So Jesus aks his twelve guys, “Eh, you guys goin go way too, o wat?”
Jhn 6.68: Den Simon Peter tell him, “Boss, wea we goin go?
Jhn 7.1: Afta dat, Jesus go aroun inside Galilee.
Jhn 7.1: He neva like go aroun inside Judea, cuz da Jewish leada guys ova dea stay
Jhn 7.3: Den Jesus bruddas tell him, “Go way from hea, an go Judea side, so da peopo you wen teach
Jhn 7.3: Den Jesus bruddas tell him, “Go way from hea, an go Judea side, so da peopo you wen teach can see da kine
Jhn 7.6: Jesus tell dem, “Az not time fo me fo go yet.”
Jhn 7.6: You guys can go any time.
Jhn 7.8: You guys go Jerusalem fo da spesho religious time.
Jhn 7.8: I no going yet, cuz not time fo me fo go.
head: Jesus Go Da Spesho Religious Time
Jhn 7.10: But afta Jesus bruddas wen go da spesho religious time, den he wen go too.
Jhn 7.10: Jesus bruddas wen go da spesho religious time, den he wen go too.
Jhn 7.14: In da middle a da spesho religious time awready Jesus go inside da temple yard an start fo teach.”
Jhn 7.33: goin stay wit you guys litto bit mo time, an den I goin go back to da One who wen send me hea.
Jhn 7.34: but you no goin find me, cuz wea I going, you guys no can go ova dea.
Jhn 7.36: goin find me,’ an ‘Da place I goin stay, you guys no can go dea’?
Jhn 7.45: Da police guys wen go back by da main pries guys an da Pharisee guys.
Jhn 7.52: Go check out da Bible.
Jhn 7.53: Den everybody wen go home dea own place.
Jhn 8.1: But Jesus wen go Olive Ridge.
Jhn 8.2: Nex day he go inside da Temple yard early.
Jhn 8.9: So dey all go way, one afta da odda, da older guys first, an den da
Jhn 8.11: Jesus say, “You can go now, cuz I no say you gotta mahke.”
Jhn 8.11: But no go do da bad kine stuff no moa.”
Jhn 8.12: Whoeva come by me an be my guy, dey no goin go aroun inside da dark.
head: “Da Place I Going, You Guys No Can Go Dea”
Jhn 8.21: Da place I going, you guys no can go dea.
Jhn 8.22: Cuz he say, ‘Da place I going, you guys no can go dea.
Jhn 8.36: fo da bad kine stuff you guys wen do, an let you guys go, den you guys no need be slave guys foeva.
Jhn 8.59: Den dem guys wen go get rocks fo throw at Jesus.
Jhn 8.59: But he wen hide an wen go outside from da temple yard.”
Jhn 9.7: Den Jesus tell him, “Go, wash yoa face inside da Siloam water place.
Jhn 9.7: So da guy go ova dea an wash his face, an wen he go home, he can see!”
Jhn 9.7: So da guy go ova dea an wash his face, an wen he go home, he can see!”
Jhn 9.11: Jesus wen make mud, an put um on top my eyes, an tell me, ‘Go da Siloam water place an wash.”
Jhn 9.11: So I wen go an wash, an den I can see!”
Jhn 9.21: Go aks him.
Jhn 9.23: Go aks him.”
Jhn 9.35: hear dat dey wen throw da guy outa da Jewish church, so he go find da guy, an tell him, “You trus da Guy Dass Fo Real?
Jhn 9.38: An he go down on his knees in front Jesus.”
Jhn 10.1: you guys: If get one place fo da sheeps, an somebody no go inside dea by da gate, but he go climb ova da wall one
Jhn 10.1: da sheeps, an somebody no go inside dea by da gate, but he go climb ova da wall one nodda place, dat guy ony like steal
Jhn 10.2: But da guy dat go inside by da gate, dass da guy dat take care da sheeps.
Jhn 10.4: Afta he take um outside, he go in front dem, an da sheeps go wit him, cuz dey know his
Jhn 10.4: Afta he take um outside, he go in front dem, an da sheeps go wit him, cuz dey know his voice.
Jhn 10.9: goin take um outa da bad kine stuff dey stay in, an let um go.
Jhn 10.9: Dass jalike dey goin go inside God's place by me, da gate.
Jhn 10.9: An dey goin go wea eva dey like an find food fo eat.
Jhn 10.16: I gotta go get dem too.
Jhn 10.18: Nobody goin make me go mahke, I like do um by myself.
Jhn 10.40: Jesus wen go da odda side da Jordan River, wea John wen baptize first
Jhn 10.41: Plenny peopo wen go by Jesus.
Jhn 10.42: An plenny peopo wen go trus him ova dea.
Jhn 11.7: We go back Judea side, wea Lazarus stay.
Jhn 11.8: An you still like go back ova dea again?”
Jhn 11.11: Jesus wen say dat, he tell dem, “Our friend Lazarus wen go sleep, but I going ova dea fo wake him up.
Jhn 11.16: Den Thomas da Twin tell Jesus odda guys, “Eh, mo betta we go wit Jesus too, so we can mahke wit him.
Jhn 11.17: Den wen Jesus go Betany, he wen find out dat Lazarus wen stay inside da
Jhn 11.20: She go outside da town an meet him.
Jhn 11.28: Afta Marta wen say dat, she go back by her sista Mary.
Jhn 11.29: She get up quick an go outside wea Jesus stay.”
Jhn 11.31: wit Mary, fo kokua her, dey wen see her get up quick an go outside.
Jhn 11.31: So dey wen go too.
Jhn 11.32: She go down in front his feet an say, “Boss, if you was hea, my
Jhn 11.38: He go to da cave wea dey wen bury Lazarus.
Jhn 11.38: An had one big stone dea dat cover da cave so nobody can go inside.
Jhn 11.44: Jesus say, “Hemo da bandage from his face, an let him go.
Jhn 11.46: But odda guys wen go by da Pharisee guys, an tell dem all da stuff Jesus wen
Jhn 11.48: If we let him stay do dis kine stuff, everybody goin go trus him jalike he dea king!
Jhn 11.54: So Jesus no go aroun no moa wea da Jewish leada guys can see him.
Jhn 11.54: He go one place near da boonies, Efraim town.
Jhn 11.55: Plenny peopo from da boonies wen go Jerusalem befo da Passova, so dey can do all da stuff
Jhn 12.1: Den six days befo da Passova religious time, Jesus wen go to Betany.
head: Jesus Go Inside Jerusalem Jalike One King
Jhn 12.13: da palm trees fo wave cuz dey like cheer Jesus, an dey wen go fo meet Jesus.
Jhn 12.18: Dass why plenny peopo wen go outside Jerusalem fo meet Jesus, cuz dey wen hear bout da
Jhn 12.20: Had some Greek guys dat wen go Jerusalem wit da odda peopo fo da Passova religious time,
Jhn 12.20: wit da odda peopo fo da Passova religious time, fo go down an show God love an respeck dea.
Jhn 12.22: Philip, he go tell Andrew.
Jhn 12.22: Den Andrew an Philip, dey go togedda an tell Jesus.”
Jhn 12.26: Whoeva like be my helpa gotta go wit me an be my guy.
Jhn 12.36: So go trus me.
Jhn 12.36: Den he go way from da peopo so he can stay by himself.”
Jhn 13.1: Jesus wen know dat was time fo him fo go outa dis world, an go by his Fadda.
Jhn 13.1: wen know dat was time fo him fo go outa dis world, an go by his Fadda.
Jhn 13.6: Den he wen go by Simon Peter.
Jhn 13.12: Afta Jesus wen wash dea feet, he put on his robe an go back to da table.
Jhn 13.18: say from befo time, ‘One guy dat wen eat wit me, like go agains me.
Jhn 13.27: Den Jesus say, “Hurry up an go do wat you goin do!
Jhn 13.29: Some a Jesus guys was tinking dat Jesus telling Judas, ‘Go get wat we need fo da Passova,’ o ‘Go give someting to da
Jhn 13.29: telling Judas, ‘Go get wat we need fo da Passova,’ o ‘Go give someting to da peopo dat no mo notting.”
Jhn 13.30: So afta Judas take da bread, he go outside quick.’
Jhn 13.31: Afta Judas go way, Jesus say, “I da Guy Dass Fo Real.
Jhn 13.33: you guys now, ‘Da place wea I going, you guys no can go dea.
Jhn 13.36: Jesus tell him, “Da place I going, you no can go dea now, but bumbye you going dea.
Jhn 13.37: Peter tell him, “Eh, Boss, how come I no can go wit you now?”
head: Ony By Jesus We Can Go To Da Fadda
Jhn 14.3: Afta I go an make da place ready, I goin come back, an take you guys
Jhn 14.4: Da place I going, you guys know how fo go ova dea.
Jhn 14.5: How we goin know how fo go ova dea?
Jhn 14.27: “Wen I go way, I goin make you guys hearts rest inside, da kine rest
Jhn 15.6: Den dey go get all da odda dry branches, an throw um inside da fire
Jhn 15.13: get mo love an aloha fo da odda guy, den da guy dat goin go mahke fo his friends.
Jhn 15.16: I wen pick you guys, an give you dis job: go do plenny good stuff dat stay long time, jalike one grape
Jhn 15.22: But now, dey no can go do bad kine stuff an den say, ‘Eh, us guys neva know was
Jhn 15.26: Wen I go to my Fadda, I goin send his Spirit by you guys.
Jhn 16.7: wat I stay telling you guys: Mo betta fo you guys if I go way.
Jhn 16.7: Cuz if I no go way, da One who goin kokua you guys no goin come hea.
Jhn 16.7: But if I go way, den I goin send him to you guys.
Jhn 16.28: Befo, I wen go way from wea my Fadda stay, an wen come inside da world.
Jhn 16.32: Everybody goin go his own place, an I goin stay by myself.
Jhn 17.19: Da true stuff you say, dass wat goin make dem go all out fo you.
Jhn 18.1: Wen Jesus wen pau pray, he wen go ova da Kidron Stream wit da guys he teaching, an dey wen
Jhn 18.1: ova da Kidron Stream wit da guys he teaching, an dey wen go inside one garden wit trees.
Jhn 18.2: set Jesus up fo mahke, wen know da place, cuz Jesus wen go ova dea plenny times befo wit his guys.
Jhn 18.3: So Judas dem go to da garden, an dey all wen go dea togedda, wit lanterns
Jhn 18.3: So Judas dem go to da garden, an dey all wen go dea togedda, wit lanterns an torches an swords.
Jhn 18.4: wen know all da stuff dat going happen to him, so he wen go by dem an aks dem, “Who you guys looking fo?
Jhn 18.8: If I da guy you looking fo, den let dese odda guys go.”
Jhn 18.15: Simon Peter wen go wit Jesus.
Jhn 18.15: An anodda guy Jesus wen teach go too -- dass me.
Jhn 18.15: Dass how I wen go inside da Head Priest guy's yard togedda wit Jesus.
Jhn 18.16: odda guy dat was dea, an da Head Priest guy know me, I wen go outside, talk to da girl dat watch da gate, an bring Peter
Jhn 18.23: But if was good, how come you wen go slap me?”
Jhn 18.28: But dey neva go inside da Rome guys place, cuz if dey do dat, bumbye dey
Jhn 18.29: Den Governa Pilate wen go outside wea da Jews stay.
Jhn 18.33: Den Pilate go back inside da army headquarters, an he tell Jesus fo come
Jhn 18.38: Wen Pilate wen say dat, he wen go back outside to da Jews, an he tell dem, “I no find
Jhn 18.39: But you guys get dis ting wea I suppose to let one guy go at da Passova time.
Jhn 18.39: So, you guys like me let go da King fo da Jews, o wat?
Jhn 19.4: Den Pilate go outside one mo time, an tell everybody, “Eh, look!”
Jhn 19.7: from God, an da Rules say dis guy gotta mahke, cuz he wen go talk like he God's Boy.
Jhn 19.9: He go back inside da army headquarters an aks Jesus, “Eh, you!
Jhn 19.10: kill you on top one cross, an I get da right fo let you go?
Jhn 19.12: From dat time, Pilate try fo let him go.
Jhn 19.12: But da Jews make big noise an yell, “If you let dis guy go, you not King Cesar's friend.”
Jhn 19.24: We go throw da dice fo um, yeah?
Jhn 19.30: An he wen bend down his head, an den let go his spirit.
Jhn 19.31: Dat Rest Day stay real spesho, so da leada guys wen go beg Pilate fo broke da guys legs fo kill um mo quick, so
Jhn 19.32: Da army guys wen go dea.
Jhn 19.33: But wen dey go by Jesus, dey see dat he mahke awready, so dey neva broke
Jhn 19.38: He wen go aks Pilate fo let him take Jesus body, an Pilate let him.
Jhn 19.38: So he go an take away Jesus body.
Jhn 19.39: Nicodemus, he go ova dea wit Joseph too.
Jhn 19.39: He da guy who befo time wen go by Jesus, nite time, fo talk to him.
Jhn 20.3: So Peter an me wen run, fo go da place.
Jhn 20.5: But I neva go inside da place dey wen bury Jesus.
Jhn 20.6: An he go inside da place dey wen bury Jesus, an see da cloths dey
Jhn 20.8: Den me, dat wen come first, I wen go inside too.
Jhn 20.10: Den us two, Jesus guys, we wen go back da place we staying.
Jhn 20.17: Jesus tell her, “No touch me, cuz I neva go up by my Fadda yet.”
Jhn 20.17: But go by my brudda an sista guys an tell dem, I goin go up dea
Jhn 20.17: But go by my brudda an sista guys an tell dem, I goin go up dea by my Fadda an yoa Fadda, an by my God an yoa God.”
Jhn 20.18: Den Mary from Magdala wen go an tell his guys, “Eh!
Jhn 20.19: da same day Sunday, da first day in da week, an da sun wen go down.
Jhn 20.23: Whoeva do bad kine stuff, an you guys let um go, God goin let um go too.
Jhn 20.23: do bad kine stuff, an you guys let um go, God goin let um go too.
Jhn 20.23: Whoeva do bad kine stuff, an you guys no let um go, God no goin let um go too.
Jhn 20.23: kine stuff, an you guys no let um go, God no goin let um go too.
Jhn 21.1: An den, afta dat, Jesus wen let his guys go see him again.
Jhn 21.3: Simon Peter wen tell da guys, “Eh, I like go fish!
Jhn 21.3: We like go too.”
Jhn 21.3: So da guys wen go down to da beach, an dey wen go inside one boat.
Jhn 21.3: So da guys wen go down to da beach, an dey wen go inside one boat.
Jhn 21.6: Den he tell um, “Go throw da net ova da right side!
Jhn 21.6: Dey go throw da net, an get so plenny fish, da guys no can pull
Jhn 21.7: on his shirt dat he wen take off befo fo work, an den he go jump outa da boat fo swim quick to da beach, cuz da boat
Jhn 21.9: Wen da guys wen go outa da boat, dey spock one charcoal fire on da beach.
Jhn 21.11: So Simon Peter go back inside da boat, an he help da guys drag da net on top
Jhn 21.13: Den Jesus wen go ova dea, an take da bread an give um to his guys.
Jhn 21.17: come all hurt inside, cuz now three times awready Jesus go aks him.
Jhn 21.18: guy, you used to put on yoa clotheses an tie yoa belt an go wea eva you like.
Jhn 21.18: guy goin tie you up an take you one place you no like go.
Act 1.2: Befo he go up, he tell da guys dat he wen pick fo send all ova, wat
Act 1.4: One time wen Jesus wen stay wit his guys, he tell dem, “No go way from Jerusalem, but wait ova hea till you guys get da
head: Jesus Go Up Inside Da Sky
Act 1.11: He goin come back da same way you wen see him go.
Act 1.12: Den da guys Jesus wen pick wen go way from Olive Ridge, an go back Jerusalem, bout half
Act 1.12: Den da guys Jesus wen pick wen go way from Olive Ridge, an go back Jerusalem, bout half mile.
Act 1.13: Wen dey wen come, dey all go da place upstairs wea dey was staying.
Act 1.18: wen give Judas money fo da bad ting he goin do, an he wen go buy one field.
Act 1.21: stay wit us da whole time Jesus da Boss wen come an den go from us, from da time John wen baptize him, till he go up
Act 1.22: den go from us, from da time John wen baptize him, till he go up to da sky.’
Act 1.22: One a da guys gotta go wit us fo tell how Jesus wen come back alive again.’
Act 1.25: Judas wen go da place dass fo him.
Act 2.34: Cuz David neva go up in da sky, but he wen say, ‘Da Boss wen tell my Boss:
Act 2.35: Bumbye I goin make da peopo dat go agains you Go down in front you, Fo show dat you da winna
Act 2.35: Bumbye I goin make da peopo dat go agains you Go down in front you, Fo show dat you da winna ova dem.
Act 2.38: Den he goin let you guys go, an hemo yoa shame fo all dat bad kine stuff, an he goin
Act 3.1: One time Peter an John wen go to da temple three clock.
Act 3.2: Dey put him dea so he can beg fo money from da peopo dat go inside da temple yard.
Act 3.8: Den he wen go wit dem inside da temple yard.
Act 3.13: Pilate wen like let him go, but den you guys wen tell Pilate dat Jesus not God's
Act 3.16: He wen find out wat kine guy Jesus, an he go trus him.
head: Peter An John Go In Front Da Main Leadas
Act 4.3: Da sun jus wen go down, so dey wen put dem in jail till da nex day.
Act 4.13: leadas wen know dat Peter an John jus regula guys dat neva go school fo learn, an dat wen blow dea minds.”
Act 4.15: So da leada guys tell Peter an John fo go outside, an da leada guys wen talk togedda.
Act 4.21: betta not talk bout Jesus no moa, an den dey wen let um go.
Act 4.23: Afta da leada guys let Peter an John go, dey go home by dea own peopo, an tell dem everyting da
Act 4.23: Afta da leada guys let Peter an John go, dey go home by dea own peopo, an tell dem everyting da main pries
Act 5.15: wen Peter goin come, his shadow goin pass ova dem wen he go by, an da sick peopo can come good.
Act 5.20: He wen say, “Go stand in front all da peopo inside da temple yard, an tell
Act 5.21: Wen da sun stay come up, dey wen go inside da temple yard jalike da angel guy wen say, an dey
Act 5.22: So da police guys wen go back an tell da leadas, “We wen find da jail door still
Act 5.26: Wen da captain hear dat, he an his guys wen go an bring Jesus guys to da main leadas.
Act 5.31: come sorry fo all da bad kine stuff dey wen do, an let um go an hemo dea shame.
Act 5.38: Let um go!
Act 5.40: An dey wen let dem go.
Act 5.41: Jesus guys wen go way from da main leadas.
Act 6.7: Jesus guys wen go aroun an tell da peopo wat God wen say.
Act 7.2: ancesta Abraham wen he stay Mesopotamia side, befo he wen go Haran side.”
Act 7.3: God wen tell him, ‘Go way from yoa place an yoa ohana, an go da place I goin
Act 7.3: God wen tell him, ‘Go way from yoa place an yoa ohana, an go da place I goin show you.
Act 7.4: So Abraham wen go way from Chaldea an stay in Haran.
Act 7.7: An latas, yoa ohana guys goin go way from ova dea, an dey goin pray an show me respeck in
Act 7.13: Da nex time dey wen go, da guy Joseph tell his bruddas who him, an den Pharaoh
Act 7.15: Dass how Jacob wen go Egypt side.
Act 7.23: “Wen Moses wen come forty years old, he wen like go by his bruddas an sistas, da Israel peopo.
Act 7.24: one Egypt guy dat wen bus up one Israel guy, so he wen go help da Israel guy.
Act 7.29: Wen Moses wen hear dat, he wen beat it outa dea an go Midian side.
Act 7.31: He wen go near ova dea fo check um out, an he wen hear da Boss say,
Act 7.34: I wen hear dem moaning, an I stay come fo let dem go.
Act 7.39: Inside dea hearts dey like throw him out, an like go back Egypt side.
Act 7.40: Aaron, ‘Make odda gods fo us dat can show us da way fo go.
Act 7.42: So God wen turn away from dem, an give dem ova so dey can go down an pray to da sun an da moon an da stars.
Act 7.43: Dey da gods you wen make So you can go down an pray to dem.
Act 8.1: So all da peopo dat wen trus da Good Stuff From God wen go all ova Judea an Samaria.
Act 8.1: But da twelve guys Jesus wen send neva go way.
Act 8.3: He wen go inside all da houses, an he drag away da guys an da
Act 8.4: Jesus guys dat wen go all ova wen teach wat God say inside all da places dey wen
Act 8.4: all ova wen teach wat God say inside all da places dey wen go.
Act 8.5: Philip wen go one big town inside Samaria, an teach da peopo ova dea
Act 8.7: Plenny bad kine spirits wen make big noise an let go plenny peopo.
Act 8.13: An Simon wen stick wit Philip all da places he wen go.
Act 8.26: One angel guy from da Boss wen tell Philip, “Go sout to da road inside da boonies dat go from Jerusalem to
Act 8.26: wen tell Philip, “Go sout to da road inside da boonies dat go from Jerusalem to Gaza.
Act 8.27: So Philip wen go, an he come by one eunuch guy dat no can marry from
Act 8.27: Dis guy wen go Jerusalem fo go down an pray to God.
Act 8.27: Dis guy wen go Jerusalem fo go down an pray to God.
Act 8.29: God's Spesho Spirit wen tell Philip, “Go by dat carriage, an stay near um.
Act 8.38: Den Philip an da guy wen go down inside da water, an Philip wen baptize him.”]
Act 8.40: Den Philip wen show up Azotus side, an he wen go all da towns, teaching da Good Stuff From God.
Act 8.40: An den he go Cesarea side.
Act 9.1: He wen go da Head Priest guy an wen tell him fo write lettas fo da
Act 9.6: Now stand up an go inside da town, an somebody goin tell you wat you gotta
Act 9.7: Da guys dat wen go wit Saul wen stay dea an neva say notting.”
Act 9.8: So dey wen take him by da hand an dey all wen go inside Damascus.
Act 9.11: Da Boss wen tell, “Go da guy Judas house on Strait Street, an tell him you like
Act 9.15: But da Boss wen tell Ananias, “Go!
Act 9.17: Den Ananias wen go da house wea Saul stay, an go inside.
Act 9.17: Den Ananias wen go da house wea Saul stay, an go inside.
head: Saul Go Jerusalem
Act 9.26: Saul go Jerusalem, an try fo go by da odda guys dat stick wit
Act 9.26: Saul go Jerusalem, an try fo go by da odda guys dat stick wit Jesus, but dey all scared
Act 9.28: Dass why Saul wen stay ova dea wit dem, an wen go all ova inside Jerusalem.
head: Peter Go Lydda Side an Joppa Side
Act 9.32: Peter wen go all ova dat place, an he wen go stay Lydda side wit da
Act 9.32: Peter wen go all ova dat place, an he wen go stay Lydda side wit da peopo dat stay spesho fo God ova
Act 9.39: Peter wen go wit dem, an wen he come, dey take him upstairs to da room.
Act 9.40: Peter tell dem all fo go outside.
Act 9.40: Den he wen go down on his knees an pray.
Act 10.7: Wen da angel guy go way, Cornelius wen call two a his worka guys an one army
Act 10.9: Dat time Peter wen go up on top da flat roof fo pray.
Act 10.16: wen happen three times, an right den an dea da sheet wen go back up to da sky.”
Act 10.20: So stand up an go down dea.”
Act 10.20: Go wit dem an no worry, cuz was me wen bring um.
Act 10.21: Peter wen go down an wen tell um, “I da guy you stay looking fo.
Act 10.23: Da nex day Peter wen go wit da guys, an some a da bruddas from Joppa wen go too.”
Act 10.23: wen go wit da guys, an some a da bruddas from Joppa wen go too.”
Act 10.25: Wen Peter go inside da house, Cornelius go in front him, an go down on
Act 10.25: Wen Peter go inside da house, Cornelius go in front him, an go down on his knees, cuz he get plenny
Act 10.25: Peter go inside da house, Cornelius go in front him, an go down on his knees, cuz he get plenny respeck fo him.
Act 10.27: Peter stay talking to him, an dey go inside da house.
Act 10.28: wit one guy dat not Jewish, an da Jewish guy no can go inside da odda guy's house.
Act 10.38: Jesus wen go all ova da place, an do da good kine stuff.
Act 10.43: Dey say dat whoeva trus him, God goin let um go an hemo dea shame fo all da bad kine stuff dey wen do.
Act 11.2: Wen Peter go Jerusalem, da Jewish bruddas dat trus da Good Kine Stuff
Act 11.3: Dey say, “You go by some peopo dat not Jews, an wen go inside dea house, an
Act 11.3: Dey say, “You go by some peopo dat not Jews, an wen go inside dea house, an eat wit dem.
Act 11.10: Dat wen happen three times, an den da sheet wen go up to da sky again.’
Act 11.12: God's Spirit wen tell me, ‘No scared fo go wit dem now.
Act 11.12: Dese six bruddas hea, dey wen go wit me Cesarea side.
Act 11.12: An we wen go inside da guy Cornelius house.’
Act 11.19: Now, da bruddas an sistas dat wen go all ova da place afta Stephen wen mahke, dey wen go all da
Act 11.19: wen go all ova da place afta Stephen wen mahke, dey wen go all da way Fonecia, Cyprus, an Antioch, cuz Saul dem wen
Act 11.20: But some a dem guys dat come from Cyprus an Cyrene, wen go Antioch, an wen start fo talk to da peopo dea dat talk
Act 11.25: Den Barnabas wen go Tarsus fo look fo da guy Saul.
Act 12.6: Da nite befo dey goin go bring Peter in front da judge, he was sleeping.
Act 12.9: Peter wen go wit him outside da jail, but he neva know if was fo real
Act 12.10: an wen come by one iron gate dat take dem outa da jail fo go inside Jerusalem.
Act 12.10: Da gate wen open all by itself fo dem, an dey wen go inside Jerusalem.
Act 12.10: Afta dey wen walk down one street, den da angel guy wen go way.
Act 12.12: Plenny peopo wen go ova dea fo pray.
Act 12.13: wen knock on da gate, an one helpa girl name Rhoda wen go fo see who stay dea.
Act 12.17: He say, “Go tell da odda James an all da bruddas bout dis.
Act 12.17: An den he wen go one nodda place.
Act 12.19: Dey go tell King Herod, an he wen tell um fo look all ova fo him.
Act 12.19: Latas King Herod wen go from Judea to Cesarea, an wen stay ova dea litto wile.
Act 13.4: God's Spesho Spirit wen send Saul an Barnabas, an dey wen go Seleucia, an sail from dea to Cyprus.
Act 13.6: Dey wen go thru Cyprus Island to Paphos on da odda side.
Act 13.11: an dea da mist an da dark wen cover his eyes, an he wen go all ova da place, an wen try find one guy fo lead him by
Act 13.13: Paul an da guys dat wen go wit him wen sail from Paphos to Perga, Pamfylia side.
Act 13.13: Ova dea John Mark wen go way from dem, an go back Jerusalem.
Act 13.13: Ova dea John Mark wen go way from dem, an go back Jerusalem.
Act 13.14: Paul an Barnabas, dey go from Perga to Antioch, Pisidia side.
Act 13.14: On da Rest Day dey wen go inside da Jewish church an wen sit down.
Act 13.31: An fo plenny days da guys dat wen go wit him befo from Galilee to Jerusalem, dey wen see him.
Act 13.38: Cuz a Jesus, we tell you guys dat God can let you guys go, an hemo yoa shame fo all da bad kine stuff you wen do.
Act 13.42: Den Paul an Barnabas wen go way from da Jewish church.’-”
Act 13.43: Wen da peopo go way from da Jewish church, plenny Jewish guys an guys dat
Act 13.43: plenny Jewish guys an guys dat wen come jalike Jews wen go wit Paul an Barnabas.
Act 13.46: da real kine life dat stay to da max foeva, now we goin go by da peopo dat not Jews.
Act 13.49: Paul dem wen go all ova dat side an tell wat God say.
Act 13.51: Den dey wen go Iconium side.
Act 14.1: Now, in Iconium Paul an Barnabas wen go inside da Jewish church jalike dey everytime go.
Act 14.1: wen go inside da Jewish church jalike dey everytime go.
Act 14.20: wit Jesus wen come aroun Paul, an he wen stand up, an go back inside da town.
Act 14.20: Da nex day Paul an Barnabas wen go Derbe town.
Act 14.21: Den dey wen go back Lystra town, an Iconium, an Antioch.
Act 14.24: Den dey wen go da odda side Pisidia, an come Pamfylia.
Act 14.25: An dey wen tell wat God say Perga town, an den wen go Attalia.
Act 15.2: pick Paul an Barnabas an some odda guys dat trus Jesus fo go Jerusalem fo talk to da guys Jesus wen send an da older
Act 15.3: Dey wen go thru Fonecia an Samaria, an dey wen tell da bruddas an
Act 15.7: um, “Bruddas, you know dat befo time God wen pick me fo go tell da peopo dat not Jews da Good Stuff Bout Jesus so dey
Act 15.24: We hear dat some guys wen go by you guys from ova hea, but we neva send um.
Act 15.30: Dey wen send da guys, an dey wen go Antioch town.
Act 15.33: an den da bruddas wen send um back wit aloha so dey can go by da guys dat wen send um befo.
Act 15.36: Afta long time Paul wen tell Barnabas, “We go back an stay wit da bruddas an sistas in all da towns wea
Act 15.38: But Paul neva like take um, cuz John Mark wen go way from dem befo, in Pamfylia, an neva work wit dem from
Act 15.40: Paul wen take Silas an wen go way, an da bruddas an sistas wen aks God fo take care dem
Act 15.41: Paul dem wen go Syria an Cilicia, an wen kokua da church guys.
head: Timoty Go Wit Paul An Silas
Act 16.1: Paul wen go Derbe an Lystra.
Act 16.3: Paul wen like take Timoty wit him wen dey go all ova, so Paul wen cut skin Timoty, cuz da Jewish peopo
Act 16.4: Dey wen go from one town to anodda.
Act 16.6: Dey wen go all ova Frygia side an Galatia side.
Act 16.7: Dey wen come near Mysia, an dey wen try fo go inside Bitynia, but Jesus Spirit neva let um go inside
Act 16.7: wen try fo go inside Bitynia, but Jesus Spirit neva let um go inside dea.
Act 16.8: So den dey wen pass by Mysia an wen go Troas town.
Act 16.10: Afta Paul see dat, we wen come ready fast fo go Macedonia side.
Act 16.10: We tink dat God wen call us fo go tell da Good Stuff From Him to da peopo ova dea.”
Act 16.12: We wen go way from dea an go Philippi, one place da Rome govermen
Act 16.12: We wen go way from dea an go Philippi, one place da Rome govermen wen run.
Act 16.13: On da Rest Day we wen go outside da town by da river side.
Act 16.13: sit down an wen start fo talk story wit da wahines dat wen go ova dea.
Act 16.14: She everytime go down an pray to God.
Act 16.15: So den we wen go wit her.
Act 16.18: a Jesus, da Spesho Guy God Wen Send, I tell you fo let her go!”
Act 16.18: An right den an dea da spirit wen let go da girl.
Act 16.29: Den he wen run inside da jail an wen go down in front Paul an Silas.”
Act 16.35: da police guys by da jaila guy fo tell him, “Let da guys go.
Act 16.36: tell Paul, “Da govermen guys wen say dat you an Silas can go.
Act 16.36: So, go wit aloha.”
Act 16.39: Silas dey sorry, an take um outside da jail, an beg um fo go way from da town.
Act 16.40: Afta Paul an Silas wen go outside da jail, dey wen go Lydia's house.
Act 16.40: Afta Paul an Silas wen go outside da jail, dey wen go Lydia's house.
Act 16.40: Den dey wen go.
Act 17.1: Dey wen go thru Amfipolis an Apollonia, an wen come Tessalonika.
Act 17.2: Paul wen go da Jewish church, jalike he everytime wen go.
Act 17.2: Paul wen go da Jewish church, jalike he everytime wen go.
Act 17.4: Some a da Jewish peopo wen trus wat he say, an wen go wit Paul an Silas.
Act 17.9: Jason an da odda guys pay some money, an dey wen let um go.”
Act 17.10: Wen dey wen come ova dea, dey wen go da Jewish church.
Act 17.13: know dat Paul stay teach wat God say inside Berea, dey wen go ova dea too, an dey wen make plenny peopo like beef.
Act 17.15: Da guys dat wen go wit Paul wen take him to Athens.
Act 17.15: Den dey wen go back an wen tell Silas an Timoty fo go by Paul fast.
Act 17.15: Den dey wen go back an wen tell Silas an Timoty fo go by Paul fast.
Act 17.17: He wen go da Jewish church an wen talk wit da Jewish peopo bout da
Act 17.17: An, he wen go da market place every day an talk to da peopo dat stay
Act 17.23: Cuz wen I wen walk aroun an see all da places wea you guys go down an pray, I even wen find one altar place dat get one
Act 17.23: Now I goin tell you bout da god dat you go down an pray to, dat you donno.
Act 17.27: God wen do dat so da peopo can go look fo him.
Act 17.33: Den Paul wen go way from da main leadas.
Act 17.34: Some guys wen go wit Paul an trus da Good Stuff Bout Jesus.”
Act 18.1: Afta dat Paul wen go way from Athens an wen go Corint.
Act 18.1: Afta dat Paul wen go way from Athens an wen go Corint.
Act 18.2: Paul wen go an talk wit dem.
Act 18.6: Now I goin go talk wit da peopo dat not Jews.
Act 18.7: Den he wen go way from da Jewish church, an wen go nex door, da house
Act 18.7: Den he wen go way from da Jewish church, an wen go nex door, da house wea one guy name Titius Justus live.
Act 18.13: Jews wen tell da governa, “Dis guy, he stay make da peopo go down an pray to God da way dat stay agains our Rules.
head: Paul Go Back To Antioch
Act 18.18: Den he wen go way from da bruddas an wen sail Syria side.
Act 18.18: Priscilla an Aquila wen go wit him.
Act 18.19: Dey wen come Efesus, an Paul wen go way from Priscilla an Aquila.
Act 18.19: Paul wen go inside da Jewish church, an wen talk to da Jewish peopo fo
Act 18.22: Wen Paul wen come Cesarea, he wen go show face to da church guys.”
Act 18.22: Den he wen go Antioch.
Act 18.23: Den he wen go all ova Galatia an Frygia, an wen kokua da peopo dat stay
Act 18.24: He one guy dat wen go school long time, an he know plenny stuff from da Bible.
Act 18.27: Apollos wen like go Akaia, an da bruddas wen kokua him.
Act 18.27: Wen he go ova dea, he wen help da peopo dat wen trus God cuz God wen
Act 19.1: Paul wen go da back road, an come Efesus.
Act 19.8: Paul wen go inside da Jewish church.
Act 19.9: So den Paul wen go way from dem.
Act 19.12: An da bad kine spirits wen let da peopo go.
Act 19.13: Had some Jewish guys dat wen go all ova an make da bad kine spirits let go da peopo.
Act 19.13: guys dat wen go all ova an make da bad kine spirits let go da peopo.
Act 19.13: use da Boss Jesus name fo make da bad kine spirits let um go.
Act 19.13: da guy Paul talk bout, I tell you bad kine spirits fo let go da guy.
Act 19.21: Afta all dat wen happen, Paul wen tink fo go Jerusalem, an go thru Macedonia an Akaia.
Act 19.21: Afta all dat wen happen, Paul wen tink fo go Jerusalem, an go thru Macedonia an Akaia.
Act 19.21: He say, “Afta I go ova dea, den I gotta go Rome too.
Act 19.21: He say, “Afta I go ova dea, den I gotta go Rome too.
Act 19.27: She stay awesome, an da peopo all ova Asia an da world go down an pray to her.
Act 19.30: Paul wen like go in front da peopo, but Jesus guys neva let him.
Act 19.31: Paul's friends, an dey wen send him one letta dat say, “No go inside da stadium!
Act 19.32: Plenny peopo neva know how come dey wen go ova dea.
Act 19.38: his worka guys get anyting fo say agains somebody, dey can go in front da judge an da governas.
Act 19.41: Wen he wen pau say dat, den he wen tell everybody fo go home.
head: Paul Dem Go Macedonia An Greece
Act 20.1: He wen kokua dem, an wen tell um aloha, an den wen go Macedonia.
Act 20.2: He wen go thru Macedonia, an wen talk to da peopo ova dea an kokua
Act 20.2: An den he wen go Greece side.
Act 20.3: but da Jewish guys wen make plan fo kill him, so he wen go back thru Macedonia.
Act 20.4: Timoty, an Tykicus an Trofimus from Asia, dey all wen go wit him.
Act 20.5: Dem guys wen go ahead an wen wait fo us inside Troas.
Act 20.6: Five days afta dat we wen go by da guys inside Troas, an we wen stay ova dea one week.
head: Da Last Time Paul Go Troas
Act 20.7: Cuz he wen like go way da nex day, he wen talk till da middle a da nite.
Act 20.10: Paul wen go down dea, an throw himself on top da guy, an wen put his
Act 20.11: Den he wen go upstairs again, an wen broke da bread, an eat.
Act 20.11: He talk to dem till da sun wen come up, an den he wen go.”
Act 20.13: Paul wen tell us guys fo go by da boat an sail aroun da poin to Assos, cuz he wen like
Act 20.14: An den we wen all go Mitylene.
Act 20.15: Da nex day we wen sail from dea, an wen go Chios Island.
Act 20.15: day we wen cross ova to Samos Island, an da nex day we wen go Miletus town, da Asia mainland.
Act 20.16: Paul wen tink fo go aroun Efesus.
Act 20.16: He no like stay Asia side, cuz he wen like go Jerusalem fo Pentecost Day, if he can make um.
Act 20.22: Now, God's Spesho Spirit stay telling me fo go Jerusalem.
Act 20.23: God's Spesho Spirit been telling me dat I goin suffa an go jail every place I go.
Act 20.23: been telling me dat I goin suffa an go jail every place I go.
Act 20.25: “I wen go all ova da place wea you guys stay, an wen tell you guys
Act 20.29: I know dat afta I go, some guys jalike wild dogs goin come by you guys fo try
Act 20.36: Wen he say dat, he wen go down on his knees wit all dem guys an wen pray.
Act 20.38: An dey wen go wit him to da boat.
head: Paul Go Jerusalem
Act 21.1: Afta us guys wen go way from dem, we wen sail strait to Cos Island.
Act 21.1: Da nex day we wen go Rhodes Island, an den Patara town, da Asia mainland.
Act 21.2: We wen find one boat dat stay goin Fonecia side, an we wen go on top um an wen sail away.
Act 21.3: We wen see Cyprus, an pass sout from dea, an wen go Syria.
Act 21.3: We wen go outa da boat at Tyre, wea dey wen take off all da stuffs
Act 21.4: Dey wen try fo tell Paul fo no go Jerusalem, cuz God's Spirit wen tell um dat.
Act 21.5: But wen da time wen come, we wen go way from dea.
Act 21.5: All da guys an da wahines an da kids wen go wit us outside da town.
Act 21.5: An by da beach we wen go down on our knees an wen pray.
Act 21.6: Afta we wen tell each odda aloha, we wen go inside da boat, an dey wen go home.
Act 21.6: tell each odda aloha, we wen go inside da boat, an dey wen go home.
Act 21.8: Da nex day we wen go Cesarea.
Act 21.12: we hear dat, we an all da peopo ova dea wen beg Paul fo no go Jerusalem.
Act 21.15: Afta litto wile we wen get our stuffs, an go Jerusalem.
Act 21.16: a da guys from Cesarea dat stay tight wit Jesus, dey wen go wit us too.”
head: Paul Go See James
Act 21.18: Da nex day Paul an all us guys wen go by James.
Act 21.24: gotta do da religious kine stuff fo seven days so dey can go back in front God.
Act 21.24: So den, take dese guys, an go wit um fo do da religious kine stuff.
Act 21.26: to da temple yard fo do da stuff dey gotta do so dey can go in front God.
Act 21.26: Den he wen go inside da temple an tell da pries guys wat day da spesho
Act 21.28: Dis da guy dat stay teach da peopo all ova da place fo go agains our peopo, an agains our Rules an our temple.
Act 21.36: All da peopo dat wen go wit dem wen yell, “Kill um!
Act 22.3: I wen go school, an Gamaliel was my teacha.
Act 22.3: I learn all da stuff from our ancesta guys rules, an I wen go all out fo God jalike all you guys dat stay hea now.
Act 22.5: An I wen go ova dea fo do dat.
Act 22.9: Da guys dat wen go wit me wen see da light, but dey neva hear da voice dat
Act 22.10: An da Boss tell me, ‘Stand up an go Damascus.
Act 22.12: He go all out fo do all da stuff God's Rules say, an all da
Act 22.16: Stand up, go get baptize.
Act 22.17: “I wen go back to Jerusalem, an I stay praying inside da temple.
Act 22.18: Go way from Jerusalem right now, cuz dey no goin like da
Act 22.19: I tell him, ‘Boss, dey know I wen go from one Jewish church to anodda fo throw da peopo dat
Act 22.21: But da Boss tell me, ‘Go.’
Act 22.26: Wen da captain hear dat, he wen go an tell da main captain, “Wat you goin do?
Act 22.27: Da main captain wen go by Paul an tell, “Eh, tell me, you get da same rights
Act 22.29: den an dea da guys dat wen start fo make him talk wen go outside.”
Act 22.30: He wen let him go outa jail, an tell da main pries guys an all da main leada
Act 23.10: He wen tell his army guys fo go down, take Paul away from dem, an take him inside da army
Act 23.14: Dey wen go by da main pries guys an da older leadas an say, “We wen
Act 23.15: So you an da main leada guys go tell da main captain fo bring him in front you, an you ack
Act 23.16: But Paul's sista's boy wen hear bout dat, an he wen go da army place, an tell Paul.
Act 23.22: An he wen let him go.”
Act 23.23: wen tell two a his captains fo come, an wen tell um, “Go get two hundred army guys ready, an seventy guys riding
Act 23.23: guys riding horses, an two hundred guys wit spears fo go Cesarea nine clock tonite.
Act 23.24: Go get horses fo da guy Paul, so dey can take him by Felix da
Act 23.29: dea rules, but I neva find notting fo say he gotta mahke o go jail.
Act 23.32: da guys on horses take him da rest a da way, an dey wen go back dea place.
Act 24.1: Afta five days da Head Priest guy Ananias wen go down to Cesarea wit some a da older leadas.
Act 24.11: Twelve days befo dis I wen go Jerusalem fo go down an pray to God dea.
Act 24.11: Twelve days befo dis I wen go Jerusalem fo go down an pray to God dea.
Act 24.14: Dass true I go down an pray in front da God fo our ancesta guys.
Act 24.18: I wen make myself right fo go inside da temple, an dese guys wen find me ova dea inside
Act 24.22: So he wen tell um dey can go home.”
Act 24.25: You can go.
Act 25.1: Cesarea side fo take charge, an three days lata he wen go from Cesarea to Jerusalem.
Act 25.5: Make some a yoa leada guys go wit me, an dey can poin finga at him ova dea, if he wen do
Act 25.6: Festus wen stay ova dea eight o ten days, an den he wen go back Cesarea.
Act 25.9: someting fo da Jewish guys, so he wen tell Paul, “You like go Jerusalem an stand in front me ova dea fo tell bout all
Act 25.12: wen talk to his guys, an den he say, “You wen aks fo go in front Cesar.
Act 25.15: Wen I wen go Jerusalem, da main pries guys an da older leadas fo da
Act 25.20: check out all dat stuff, dass why I wen aks him if he like go Jerusalem an stand in front da judge ova dea.
Act 25.21: But Paul say he like go in front King Cesar.
Act 25.23: Dey wen go inside one big place wit all da main captains an da main
Act 25.25: But he wen aks fo go in front King Cesar, so I say he can go ova dea Rome side.
Act 25.25: But he wen aks fo go in front King Cesar, so I say he can go ova dea Rome side.
Act 26.11: Plenny times I wen go from one Jewish church to da odda fo punish um, an I wen
Act 26.11: I wen come plenny huhu wit dem, an I even wen go da towns far away fo make um suffa.
Act 26.12: Da main pries guys wen give me da power an wen tell me fo go afta da Christian peopo.
Act 26.18: Den I goin let um go, an hemo dea shame fo all da bad kine stuff dey do, an dey
Act 26.20: First I wen go by da peopo inside Damascus, an den inside Jerusalem an
Act 26.31: Dey wen go outa da room, an wen tell each odda, “Dis guy neva do
Act 26.31: “Dis guy neva do notting wrong dat say he gotta mahke o go jail.”
Act 26.32: aks fo stand in front da Big King Cesar, we wen let him go.
Act 27.2: We wen go inside one boat from Adramytium dat stay ready fo sail da
Act 27.2: ready fo sail da port towns on da Asia coast, an we wen go out on da ocean.
Act 27.2: Aristarkus from Macedonia, Tessalonika side, wen go wit us.
Act 27.3: Da nex day we wen come Sidon, an we wen go on top da land.
Act 27.3: Julius wen like do someting good fo Paul, an he wen let um go by his friends so dey can take care him.
Act 27.4: We wen go from ova dea out on da ocean again an wen pass near Cyprus
Act 27.5: an Pamfylia coast, an wen come Myra, Lycia side, an wen go on top da land.
Act 27.7: Plenny days we wen go slow, an had hard time fo come by Knidus Island.
Act 27.7: Da wind neva let us go da way we like, so we wen sail by Crete Island, leeward
Act 27.8: We wen get hard time wen we wen go by da coast side.
Act 27.12: da winta time, an almos all da guys wen tink mo betta fo go.
Act 27.17: Dey wen put out da sea anchor an wen let da boat go wit da wind.
Act 27.32: wen cut da ropes fo da litto boat an wen let da litto boat go.
Act 28.8: Paul wen go by him an pray an put his hands on top um, an he wen make
Act 28.14: An den we wen go way from dea fo go Rome.
Act 28.14: An den we wen go way from dea fo go Rome.
Act 28.16: We wen go inside Rome, an dey wen let Paul stay inside one place by
Act 28.18: Rome guys wen aks me plenny stuffs, an dey wen like let me go, cuz I neva do notting dat say I gotta mahke.
Act 28.19: But da Jewish guys neva like dem fo let me go, so den, I wen say I gotta come in front da Big King
Act 28.23: Wen da sun come up till da sun go down he wen tell um all da stuff bout how dey can get God
Act 28.25: Dey wen go way an make argue wit each odda.
Act 28.26: Isaiah wen talk fo him an say, ‘God wen tell me fo go by dis peopo an say, “You guys goin hear, But you no goin
Act 28.29: [So da Jewish guys wen go way an wen make argue real hard wit each odda.
Rom 1.10: Everytime I go pray, I aks God lidis: “You know, if you like, I donno how
Rom 1.10: how you goin do dis, but been really long time I like go see dem guys Rome side.
Rom 1.12: Dis, az wat I mean: Bumbye wen I go stay wit you guys, I like you guys give me good kine words
Rom 1.13: dis: Plenny times I tink, “Maybe az now da time fo me fo go by da Rome peopo!
Rom 1.13: Ony now, I can go.”
Rom 1.13: Wen I go ova dea fo stay wit you guys, I like plenny peopo go trus
Rom 1.13: Wen I go ova dea fo stay wit you guys, I like plenny peopo go trus Christ, an everyting come mo betta fo you guys,
Rom 1.15: fo tell you guys all da Good Kine Stuff From God wen I go ova dea Rome side fo see you guys.
Rom 1.24: Cuz da way dey acking, dass why God wen let um go do wat dey like.
Rom 1.25: Dey tink lidis: “Mo betta we go do da odda stuff, no matta bulai!
Rom 1.26: An dass why God wen let dem guys do all dat, an dey ony go do how dey like do.
Rom 1.28: Dey tink, “Mo betta no go tink bout stick tight wit God fo real kine!
Rom 1.28: Az why God wen let um go do how dey like do.
Rom 1.29: Dey like go beef everybody.
Rom 1.32: But dese guys, dey go do all dat kine stuff, an dey tink good wen da odda guys
Rom 1.32: do all dat kine stuff, an dey tink good wen da odda guys go do lidat too.
Rom 2.1: So den, no matta who you, if you go poin finga somebody dat he doing bad kine stuffs, no foget
Rom 2.3: an you doing da same ting, you tink God goin let you go?
Rom 2.15: Wen dey go tink wat stay right an wat stay wrong, den dey figga.
Rom 2.19: You stay shua you can tell da peopo dat no can see wea fo go.
Rom 2.21: So, you go teach da odda peopo.
Rom 2.21: You go preach dey betta not rip off nobody.
Rom 2.22: You say, “No go fool aroun behind yoa husban o wife's back.
Rom 2.22: You go fool aroun too, o wat?
Rom 2.25: But if you go broke God's Rules, az jalike you no mo da mark awready, an
Rom 3.7: If I go bulai, an dat show everybody even mo dat God tell da trut,
Rom 3.8: stink bout us an tell odda peopo dat we say, “Eh, we go do da bad kine stuff, so den everyting goin come good!
Rom 3.16: Every place dey go, Dey like bus up everyting, An make big trouble fo peopo.
Rom 3.19: Bumbye everybody all ova da world gotta go in front God da Judge, so he can say if dey wen do da bad
Rom 3.21: Stay clear now how God wen go make plan so we can get um right wit him.
Rom 3.25: da shame fo all da bad kine stuff everybody do, ony if dey go trus him an dey shua dat he wen go bleed an mahke fo dem.
Rom 3.25: do, ony if dey go trus him an dey shua dat he wen go bleed an mahke fo dem.
Rom 3.25: how God show dat he make everyting come right: he let um go fo da bad kine stuff dey wen do befo time an hemo dea
Rom 4.2: get um right wit God cuz a da stuffs he wen do, den he can go talk big bout dat.
Rom 4.7: say: “Da peopo dat wen broke God's Rules, God wen let um go, An wen hemo dea shame.
Rom 4.11: Dat wen show proof dat he wen go trus God.
Rom 5.7: guy dat everytime get good heart, maybe bumbye somebody go mahke fo help dat kine guy.
Rom 5.8: time we was doing bad kine stuff, Christ still yet wen go mahke fo us.
Rom 5.10: But den God's Own Boy wen mahke so we can go da same side wit God.
Rom 5.11: cuz our Boss Jesus Christ wen mahke fo us, so now we can go da same side wit God.
Rom 5.13: But wen neva have da Rules, nobody wen go write down wat da bad kine stuff peopo do.
Rom 5.15: Had da one guy Adam, dat wen go do wat God tell um not fo do, an cuz a dat, everybody wen
Rom 5.16: But even afta da peopo wen go blow it choken times, jalike God da Judge give um one
Rom 5.17: So den, da one guy Adam, wen go do one ting dat he not suppose to do.”
Rom 6.13: An no go let notting inside you go do stuff dat no stay right, cuz
Rom 6.13: An no go let notting inside you go do stuff dat no stay right, cuz dass bad.
Rom 6.13: Cuz jalike you wen go mahke awready an now you stay alive again.
Rom 6.18: God wen let you guys go, so you no gotta do da kine bad stuff no moa.
Rom 6.19: kine peopo dat gotta do ony pilau kine stuff an dat gotta go broke da Rules from God.
Rom 6.22: do ony bad kine stuff no moa, cuz God wen let you guys go.
Rom 7.3: If she go live wit one nodda guy, an her husban alive still yet,
Rom 7.3: An if she go marry one nodda guy, dat mean she no go fool aroun behind
Rom 7.3: An if she go marry one nodda guy, dat mean she no go fool aroun behind her mahke husban's back.
Rom 7.4: Christ wen go mahke, his body, everyting.
Rom 7.5: Cuz we wen know da Rules, we wen like go agains um, an dat ony wen make us guys da kine peopo dat
Rom 7.6: Da old way, da Rules inside da Bible neva let us go.
Rom 7.7: If I neva undastan da Rules, den no way I go undastan wat kine stuff stay bad inside me.
Rom 7.9: find out dat God wen say dat get tings I not suppose to go do -- an right den an dea, jalike all da bad kine stuff
Rom 7.9: all da bad kine stuff inside me wen wake up an make me go do dose tings!
Rom 7.13: Was da bad kine stuff inside me dat wen go use da Rules fo cut me off from God.
Rom 7.23: inside my body, an stay make me one prisona dat jus gotta go do any kine bad kine stuff.
Rom 7.24: nobody dat can take me outa da bad kine stuff befo all dat go cut me off from God!
Rom 8.3: But den God, he wen go send his own Boy fo come one guy jalike us.
Rom 8.13: If you guys go ack jus da way you stay inside, fo shua kine you goin cut
Rom 8.26: But God's Spirit, he go take ova an aks God fo do good tings fo us, no matta we
Rom 8.28: Befo time, God wen go make plan wat he goin do fo dem, an he wen tell um
Rom 8.34: Jesus Christ, he da One dat wen go mahke.
Rom 8.38: o leada guys in da sky, o if get spirits wit power dat go agains us, no matta wateva stay happen now o goin happen
Rom 9.3: Fo dem, I like even go aks God fo punish me, an not dem, an cut me loose from
Rom 9.4: Dey da ones dat know how fo go down in front him an show him respeck how suppose to.
Rom 9.19: Cuz no mo nobody can go agains wat God like fo happen, you know.
Rom 9.33: But whoeva go trus dat Guy, Dey no need come shame.
Rom 10.2: You know, I can tell you dis bout dese peopo: Dey like go all out fo God, an dey try make lidat, but den, dey donno
Rom 10.3: So dey go try fo get um right wit God how dey like, an dass why dey
Rom 10.4: Now, whoeva go trus Christ, dey da ones dat goin get um right wit God.
Rom 10.5: Now Moses, he wen go write inside da Bible how fo get um right wit God if da
Rom 10.5: Dis wat Moses wen say: “Whoeva go do everyting da Rules say, cuz dey do dat, dey goin get
Rom 10.6: Da Bible say: “No good you go tink inside yoa head, ‘Eh, who going up dea inside da
Rom 10.7: da Bible say: “No good you tink inside yoa head, ‘Who goin go way down inside da groun by da Deep Dark Hole wea da mahke
Rom 10.14: An how dey goin hear bout him if nobody eva go tell um notting bout him?
Rom 10.15: An how dey goin tell peopo if nobody send um fo go teach?
Rom 10.15: Jalike da Bible say, “Wen peopo go fo tell da Good Stuff From God, eh!
Rom 10.16: No mo nobody dat like go trus Da tings dat dey wen hear from us guys!
Rom 10.18: Da tings dey say, wen go all ova da place wea get peopo.
Rom 10.19: Moses da first one dat wen go tell inside da Bible, dat God wen say dis: “I goin do
Rom 10.21: Dey ony like go do someting else.”
Rom 11.3: Da altar wea dey make sacrifice fo you, Dey wen go bus um up.
Rom 11.4: Dey no go down in front da idol kine god Baal!
Rom 11.6: No was cuz dey wen go do someting good, an dass why he gotta pick um, you know.
Rom 11.11: So den, I like aks dis: How come da Jewish peopo wen go mess up?
Rom 11.11: But afta dey wen go do da way dey not suppose to an no trus God, dat wen mean,
Rom 11.14: You know, might be, if I do good job, I can go make my own kine peopo come jealous, an den, dass how I
Rom 11.15: mean dat da odda peopos all ova da world wen get chance fo go da same side wit God.
Rom 11.19: Den might be you goin say, “Eh, God wen go hemo one branch so I can go stay same place wea dat branch
Rom 11.19: be you goin say, “Eh, God wen go hemo one branch so I can go stay same place wea dat branch was.
Rom 11.23: God can go plant um back, jalike dey was befo time.
Rom 11.25: dat not Jews goin trus God, den da Jewish peopo, dey goin go trus um too.
Rom 12.1: He like you guys go all out fo God.
Rom 12.2: Den you can go figga how God like you do.
Rom 12.3: Everybody gotta go figga how much God stay helping dem fo trus him.
Rom 12.6: you power fo be one talka fo him, an you trus him plenny, go talk plenny fo him.
Rom 12.7: If God give you power fo kokua odda peopo, den go kokua.
Rom 12.7: If he give you power fo know how fo teach odda peopo, den go teach.
Rom 12.8: power fo know how fo give good kine words to odda peopo, go do um.
Rom 12.8: give you power so you can help oddas wit wat you get, den go use wat you get fo help um.
Rom 12.10: Go fo broke fo show da oddas you get plenny respeck fo dem.
Rom 12.11: Make shua yoa heart show dat you go all out!
Rom 12.14: No go aks God fo make bad ting happen to dem.
Rom 12.15: guys feel good inside plenny wit um -- an wen dey cry, you go cry wit um.
Rom 12.16: No go tink ony you da one dass smart.
Rom 12.17: If get somebody dat make bad kine to you, no go make same kine to dem fo pay um back.
Rom 12.18: you can fo live good wit everybody wit aloha, an no go agains each odda.
Rom 12.19: My good friends, no go afta da odda guy fo pay um back wen he hurt you.
Rom 13.2: Dat mean, if get somebody dat go agains da kine peopo dat get dat kine power, az jalike dey
Rom 13.2: kine power, az jalike dey going agains da way how God wen go make one govermen fo us.
Rom 13.3: like stay scared a da peopo dat get power, make shua you go do ony da good kine stuff.
Rom 13.7: All da peopo dat stay doing good tings, go tell odda peopo dat dey doing good tings.
Rom 13.8: Wen you go show dem love an aloha, dat mean you lissen to everyting
Rom 13.9: Da Rules say, “No go fool aroun, no go kill nobody, no go steal, no go do any
Rom 13.9: Da Rules say, “No go fool aroun, no go kill nobody, no go steal, no go do any kine fo ony get wat
Rom 13.9: Da Rules say, “No go fool aroun, no go kill nobody, no go steal, no go do any kine fo ony get wat you like,” an
Rom 13.9: say, “No go fool aroun, no go kill nobody, no go steal, no go do any kine fo ony get wat you like,” an plenny odda kine
Rom 13.11: goin happen, dat time mo close now den befo, wen we wen go trus Jesus Christ.
Rom 13.13: No good we go party up all da time an get drunk all da time.
Rom 13.13: No good we go sleep wit everybody.
Rom 13.13: No good we like go beef everybody.
Rom 13.14: Mo betta you go change yoa heart an come jalike our Boss Jesus Christ, da
Rom 13.14: No go make um so stay easy fo you fo go do any kine, jus cuz you
Rom 13.14: No go make um so stay easy fo you fo go do any kine, jus cuz you feel like you like do any kine.
Rom 14.1: But no go make argue bout wat he tinking.
Rom 14.3: Same ting, dat guy dat no eat meat, he betta not go tell da guy dat eat meat, “Eh, az wrong fo you do dat, you
Rom 14.9: Dass how come Christ wen go mahke, an den wen come back alive.
Rom 14.10: Eh, bumbye all us guys gotta go in front God da Judge, fo him fo judge us, you know.
Rom 14.11: An fo shua, Everybody goin go down on top dea knees in front me Fo show dey get respeck
Rom 14.13: No good we go try fo trap um so dey do da bad kine stuff.
Rom 14.15: So if you go eat meat, an cuz a dat, you make yoa brudda o sista hurt
Rom 14.15: No go jam up da odda guy, jus fo eat wat you like.
Rom 14.16: No good if you go do someting dat you figga stay okay, but same time peopo
Rom 14.19: dat make everybody stay good wit each odda, an we gotta go help each odda fo come mo strong inside.
Rom 14.20: Eh, no go bus up da kine stuff God stay do fo our bruddas an sistas,
Rom 14.20: shua, God say everyting stay okay fo eat, but den, if you go eat da kine stuff dat make hard time fo somebody, az bad,
Rom 14.22: Dis wat I mean: wen you an God go make um strait inside yoa mind how you goin trus him, dat
Rom 14.23: If you no stay shua bout wat you can go eat, but den still yet you go eat um, God goin say you wen
Rom 14.23: stay shua bout wat you can go eat, but den still yet you go eat um, God goin say you wen do someting wrong, cuz you
Rom 14.23: Wen you go do someting, an you no mo trus fo God, az wrong.
Rom 15.4: us, so den we can come mo strong fo hang in dea, an we can go get good kine words from da Bible.
Rom 15.11: da Bible David say dis: “All you odda diffren peopos, Go tell how awesome an good da Boss stay.”
Rom 15.16: God wen go make me one worka guy fo Jesus Christ fo tell all da
Rom 15.20: Cuz I no like go teach wea get odda peopo stay teaching awready.
head: Paul Make Plan Fo Go Rome
Rom 15.22: Az how come I neva go by you guys befo.
Rom 15.22: From long time I like go, but den, I no can.
Rom 15.23: my work dis side, an long time now, I wen like plenny fo go see you guys.
Rom 15.24: Az why, wen I go Spain side, I like stop see you guys dat time.
Rom 15.24: I stay wit you guys litto wile, you guys can kokua me fo go Spain.
Rom 15.29: I know dat wen I go by you guys, goin get all da good kine stuffs Christ like
Rom 15.31: ova dea dat no like trus God no goin hurt me; an, wen I go kokua da Jerusalem peopo dat stay spesho fo God, dey goin
Rom 16.5: An give my aloha to all da peopo dat go church dea house too.”
Rom 16.5: He da first guy dat wen go trus Christ Akaia side, you know.
Rom 16.7: Dey Jewish jalike me, an dey wen go trus Christ befo me.
Rom 16.16: Go give each odda one hug an kiss from da Boss Up Dea.
Rom 16.17: guys dis: Watch out fo da kine peopo dat try make you guys go agains each odda an try fo make you guys do da bad kine
Rom 16.17: Da stuff dey tell you guys go agains da tings us guys wen teach you.
Rom 16.19: I like you guys be akamai bout da good kine stuff, an no go even try do da bad kine stuff.
Rom 16.23: Gaius, he wen go let me make house his place.
Rom 16.23: An he let all da church peopo go come togedda dea.)
1Co 1.12: An dis odda guy go say, “Me, I stick wit Christ!”
1Co 1.13: You guys tink was me dat wen go mahke on top da cross fo you guys?
1Co 1.17: goin take away da power from wat wen happen wen Christ wen go mahke on top da cross.
1Co 1.21: God figga dat from da stuff his peopo tell, odda peopo can go trus him, an dass how he goin take um outa da bad kine
1Co 2.1: Wen I wen go by you guys first time, I wen tell you guys all da kine
1Co 2.3: You know, da first time, wen I wen go ova dea by you guys, I wen feel like I not strong, an I
1Co 2.5: Cuz I figga, no good you guys go trus God jus cuz you hear smart kine stuff dat peopo tell.
1Co 4.15: da Good Kine Stuff From God first time, an you guys wen go trus um.
head: One Church Guy Go Fool Aroun
1Co 5.9: my letta befo time, “No hang aroun da kine peopo dat go fool aroun.
1Co 5.10: Fo no stay aroun dat kine peopo, you gotta go one nodda planet!”
1Co 5.11: fool aroun, o he like get everyting ony fo himself, o he go pray to da idol kine gods, o he talk stink an bulai bout
1Co 6.1: get one beef agains anodda brudda, you guys no mo shame fo go stand in front one judge dat no get um right wit God?
1Co 6.1: Mo betta you go in front da peopo dat stay spesho fo God, fo handle yoa
1Co 6.4: nodda brudda bout small kine stuff, den, how come you guys go pick peopo fo be da judge dat get no mo respeck from da
1Co 6.6: But one brudda go take anodda brudda in front da judge!
1Co 6.7: Mo betta, you let da odda guy go if he wen do wrong to you!
1Co 6.9: Da guys dat fool aroun da wahines, da peopo dat go pray to da idol kine gods, da peopo dat sleep wit da odda
1Co 6.9: dat sleep wit da odda guy's wife o husban, da guys dat go fool aroun da odda guys fo money, da mahu kine guys, da
1Co 6.18: But anybody dat go fool aroun, dey do bad kine stuff dat hurt dea own body.
1Co 7.11: she leave um, she not suppose to marry again, o she gotta go back wit her husban an make tings good.
1Co 7.11: An da husban not suppose to make his wife go way too.
1Co 7.15: stay stuck wit da marriage if da one dat no trus God like go.
1Co 7.24: Wen God wen tell you guys fo come be his guys, no go make all kine changes.
1Co 7.27: No go looking.
1Co 7.28: If one wahine dat neva marry go marry, she no stay doing notting wrong.
1Co 7.31: o if you use da stuff from dis world, o if you let um go, no big ting.
1Co 7.36: her wait long time, if she old nuff fo marry awready, go ahead.
1Co 8.4: peopo make sacrifice to da idol kine gods, an den somebody go eat dat food, we all know dat da idol kine gods inside dis
1Co 8.11: dat guy, he one Christian brudda, an God's Spesho Guy wen go mahke fo him, an den!
1Co 8.13: So den, if I go eat dat stuff, an dat make my Christian brudda o sista jam
1Co 9.5: we get da right fo take one Christian wife wit us wen we go some odda place?
1Co 9.9: fo smash da wheat so you can take out da junks, you no go tie up his mout so he no can eat da wheat.
1Co 9.17: But if I go do um cuz I gotta do um, den, jalike God stay trus me fo
1Co 9.19: Jalike I wen go make myself jalike one slave guy, so everybody can tell me
1Co 9.24: So den, go fo da win, fo God!
1Co 9.26: Me, I like run an go strait fo da finish!
1Co 10.2: Cuz da peopo wen trus Moses fo be dea leada, an wen go unda da cloud an inside da sea wit him.
1Co 10.4: Jalike dat rock was dea every place dey go, Christ was dea too.
1Co 10.5: dea bodies dey wen bury, all da diffren places wea dey wen go.
1Co 10.6: dat stuff wen happen fo show us guys dat we not suppose to go all out fo do da bad kine stuff, jalike all da peopo dea.
1Co 10.8: No good we go fool aroun wit peopo dat we not married to.
1Co 10.10: da peopo wen grumble ova an ova, an da Killa Angel Guy wen go wipe um out.
1Co 10.14: So, my good friends, weneva somebody try make you guys go down an pray in front da idol kine gods, run da odda way
1Co 10.15: So go check um out yoaself, wat I telling you is da trut.
1Co 10.16: guys stay tight wit God's Spesho Guy Christ, an wen he wen go bleed an mahke, was jalike us guys wen mahke too.
1Co 10.25: Go eat da meat dey sell inside da meat market, an no go aks,
1Co 10.25: Go eat da meat dey sell inside da meat market, an no go aks, “Dis okay fo me fo eat, o wat?
1Co 10.27: an you guys like go, den eat everyting dey give you, an no go aks, “Az okay fo
1Co 10.27: an you guys like go, den eat everyting dey give you, an no go aks, “Az okay fo me fo eat dis, o wat?
1Co 10.32: No go jam up nobody -- da Jewish peopo, o da peopo dat not
1Co 11.1: An you guys, go copy me, jalike how I stay do.
1Co 11.22: You guys no mo house fo go eat an drink inside?
1Co 11.27: Dat mean, anybody dat go eat da bread an drink outa da cup fo rememba da Boss, but
1Co 12.2: was God's peopo, all da time someting wen make you guys go afta da idol kine gods dat no can even talk, an pray to
1Co 12.15: Wat if yoa foot wen go say, “Me, I not one hand, so gotta be, I not from dis
1Co 12.16: An wat if yoa ear wen go say, “Me, I not one eye, so gotta be, I not from dis guy's
1Co 12.31: Now, you guys go all out so you guys can handle da mos importan stuff God
1Co 14.1: Go all out fo get love an aloha.
1Co 14.12: Mo betta go all out fo get da kine power dat goin help all da peopo
1Co 14.20: No go tink jalike small kids!
1Co 14.25: Den he goin go down on his face an give God love an respeck, an tell
1Co 14.35: Wen dey get questions, dey can aks dea husbans wen dey go home.
1Co 14.39: Bruddas an sistas, all dis mean: -- go all out fo talk fo God!
1Co 14.39: An no go tell peopo dey no can talk diffren kine languages.
1Co 15.9: I even wen go try fo hurt da church peopo dat come togedda fo God.
1Co 15.25: stay da King, you know, till God bus up all da peopo dat go agains Christ, an show dat Christ da winna ova dem.”
1Co 15.29: If no was lidat, how come get guys dat go get baptize fo da mahke guys?
1Co 15.33: No go tink da wrong ting lidat!
1Co 15.58: You guys stay working fo da Boss awready, so den, go do mo an mo plenny good kine stuffs fo him everytime.
1Co 16.3: Den, wen I come dea, whoeva da bestes guys, you guys go pick um fo carry dis money dat you guys goin give da
1Co 16.4: An if you guys figga az good fo me fo go too, den we all going togedda.
head: Paul Make Plan Fo Go All Ova
1Co 16.5: Afta I go thru Macedonia, den I like go by you guys.
1Co 16.5: Afta I go thru Macedonia, den I like go by you guys.
1Co 16.5: But first, I gotta go Macedonia.
1Co 16.6: Den you guys can help me go da nex place from dea, wea eva.
1Co 16.7: Mo betta I go dea lata, cuz den I stay shua I can hang out wit you guys
1Co 16.9: so I can do plenny, no matta get plenny peopo dat like go agains me.
1Co 16.10: Timoty, wen he go dea by you guys, take care him so he no need worry bout
1Co 16.11: Help um out befo he go an stay good wit him, so he can come back by me.
1Co 16.12: brudda Apollos, I wen give him plenny good kine words fo go by you guys wit da odda bruddas.
1Co 16.12: But right now, he no like go.
1Co 16.15: Dey was da first peopo dat wen go trus Christ from all ova dea Akaia side by you guys.
1Co 16.15: An dey wen go all out fo kokua all da peopo dat stay spesho fo God.
2Co 1.15: Cuz I wen know dat, da first ting I wen tink fo do was go back by you guys, so you guys can get someting good two
2Co 1.16: I wen tink I goin come see you guys wen I go Macedonia side, an one mo time wen I coming back, cuz I
2Co 1.16: wen I coming back, cuz I like you guys kokua me so I can go Judea side.
2Co 2.1: So I wen figga dis: I no goin go by you guys an make everybody sad again.
2Co 2.3: so dat you guys can make everyting right, an den wen I go ova dea, I no goin feel all sad cuz a you guys dat suppose
head: Let Go Da Guy Dat Wen Do Da Bad Kine Stuff
2Co 2.7: So now, let um go an no stay mad at um.
2Co 2.10: If you guys no stay mad fo wat da guy wen do, an let um go, den I not mad, an I let um go too.
2Co 2.10: da guy wen do, an let um go, den I not mad, an I let um go too.
2Co 2.10: Dass why I let um go.
2Co 2.12: Dat time, I wen go Troas, an da Boss Up Dea wen let me teach da Good Stuff
2Co 2.13: So I wen tell da Troas peopo bye, an wen go Macedonia.
2Co 3.7: But den da shine wen go way.)
2Co 3.11: Dey awesome jalike Moses face an den da shine wen go way.
2Co 3.13: cover up his face so da Israel peopo no can see da shine go way.
2Co 4.2: Den everybody can go check us out demself, an dey can see wat kine guys us in
2Co 4.10: Every place we go, da way us guys suffa an get bus up, show how plenny Jesus
2Co 5.8: Dass why we figga, mo betta leave dis body hea, an go live up dea wit da Boss.
2Co 5.9: guys: fo do wat God like, no matta we stay ova hea, o we go up ova dea wit God.
2Co 5.10: You know, we all gotta go in front Christ da Judge, an no can hide notting.
2Co 6.16: You guys tink you can go da temple fo pray to God, an same time you guys go in
2Co 6.16: you can go da temple fo pray to God, an same time you guys go in front da idol kine gods fo pray to dem?
2Co 7.1: da bad kine stuff dat make us pilau inside o outside, an go all out fo come hundred percent clean an spesho fo God,
2Co 7.11: Try go figga dis!
2Co 8.7: how you guys talk, da stuff you guys know, how you guys go all out fo do all da tings you guys do, an da plenny love
2Co 8.8: see if you guys get plenny love an aloha fo real kine, an go all out, jalike da Macedonia church guys.
2Co 8.16: But I tank God, cuz he wen make Titus like go all out fo help you guys, jalike me.
2Co 8.17: like do wat we wen aks him fo do, an he going all out fo go by you guys ova dea.
2Co 8.17: He wen tink fo go by himself.
2Co 8.19: An da church guys wen pick him fo go wit us fo do dis good ting fo da peopo dat need help.
2Co 8.22: times an plenny ways awready, an we know dat he goin go all out fo you guys.
2Co 9.2: was ready fo give money, an da way you guys was ready fo go all out, wen make da odda peopo like give money too.
2Co 9.5: Dass why I wen tink, good if da bruddas go ova dea first, an make everyting ready, so you guys can
2Co 11.3: But I stay scared dat you guys goin like go way from Christ, an tink diffren kine, jalike Eve wen go
2Co 11.3: go way from Christ, an tink diffren kine, jalike Eve wen go way befo time.
2Co 11.4: You wen go trus da Good Stuff From Christ befo, so how come you guys
2Co 11.4: da Good Stuff From Christ befo, so how come you guys wen go trus one diffren kine teaching now?
2Co 11.14: Dat no blow our minds, cuz da Devil, he go try ack jalike he one good angel messenja guy fo God.
2Co 11.15: Dass no big ting if da Devil's worka guys go try ack jalike dey working fo da good an right stuffs too.
2Co 11.20: You guys let da odda guys go wen dey make any kine to you.
2Co 11.26: Everytime I go all ova da place.
2Co 11.33: I wen go inside one big basket, an my friends wen put me down wit
2Co 11.33: down wit one rope, from one window inside da big wall, fo go outside town.
2Co 12.14: Eh, dis da numba three time I stay ready fo go by you guys.
2Co 12.18: I wen tell Titus fo go by you guys, an I wen send da odda brudda wit him.
2Co 13.2: telling you one mo time: Wen I come ova dea I not goin let go da guys dat wen do da bad kine stuff befo.
Gal 1.2: make Jesus come back alive from mahke, dey wen tell me fo go all ova fo tell peopo da Good Stuff Bout Jesus.
Gal 1.2: No was peopo dat wen tell me fo go, o give me da right fo do um, was God.
Gal 1.6: Quick time you guys pau trus God an go trus odda kine stuff.
Gal 1.6: But you guys go trus odda kine stuff awready.
Gal 1.14: I wen go all out fo do everyting our ancesta guys wen tell us fo
Gal 1.17: Right den an dea I neva talk to nobody, an I neva go Jerusalem fo check out dis stuff wit da guys dat God wen
Gal 1.17: da guys dat God wen pick befo me fo send um all ova, but I go Arabia side, an den I go back Damascus town.
Gal 1.17: befo me fo send um all ova, but I go Arabia side, an den I go back Damascus town.
Gal 1.18: Three years lata I wen go Jerusalem fo talk story wit Peter, an I stay ova dea his
Gal 1.21: Den I wen go Syria an Cilicia side.
Gal 2.1: Den fourteen years lata I wen go Jerusalem one mo time wit Barnabas.
Gal 2.2: I wen go Jerusalem cuz God wen tell me fo go.
Gal 2.2: I wen go Jerusalem cuz God wen tell me fo go.
Gal 2.4: can find out how we ack now dat Jesus Christ wen let us go cuz we stay tight wit him, so we no gotta do wat da Rules
Gal 2.9: An we all wen say da same ting: dey goin go by da Jews, an we goin go by da peopo dat not Jews.
Gal 2.9: wen say da same ting: dey goin go by da Jews, an we goin go by da peopo dat not Jews.
Gal 2.10: You know, I awready go all out fo do um.
Gal 2.12: But afta James guys come, he wen go back, an no eat wit da guys dat not Jews, cuz he scared da
Gal 2.13: Dey say Christ wen let um go, but den dey start fo stick wit da Jewish Rules again.
Gal 2.16: We no go do wat da Rules say so dat we can get um right wit God,
Gal 2.18: Cuz if I go trus da Rules fo make me get um right wit God, afta I wen
Gal 3.22: how come da Bible wen say dat, fo show dat peopo gotta go trus Jesus Christ, fo get da kine life God wen promise.
Gal 4.5: his Boy Christ so he can mahke fo pay da price fo let us go, so we no gotta stick wit da Rules, an so he can make us
Gal 4.9: So how come you guys go back an like stick wit da spirits dat stay junk an not
Gal 4.17: But dem buggas, dey go all out fo get you guys, cuz dey like cut you guys off
Gal 4.17: dey like cut you guys off from us, so dat you guys goin go all out fo dem.
Gal 4.18: Now, good if dey go all out everytime, if dey do good kine stuff, no matta I
head: Christ Wen Let Us Go
Gal 5.1: Christ wen let us go, so we no gotta do wat da Rules say fo get um right wit
Gal 5.12: Dem buggas dat stay bodda you guys fo go cut skin, why dey no go chop um all off?
Gal 5.12: buggas dat stay bodda you guys fo go cut skin, why dey no go chop um all off?
Gal 5.13: Eh, bruddas an sistas, God wen let you guys go, but dat no mean you can make any kine how you like.
Gal 5.15: But if you guys go beef wit each odda, an eat up each odda jalike wild
Gal 5.20: Dey go down an pray in front da idol kine gods.
Gal 6.1: kine stuff, you guys dat stay tight wit God's Spirit, you go help bring um back.
Eph 1.7: wen broke God's Rules, still yet Christ da One dat wen go bleed an mahke fo us.
Eph 1.8: God everytime go all out fo us guys.
Eph 1.9: He wen go make plan fo all da tings dat he wen like do, an he wen
Eph 1.11: He wen go make everyting jalike he wen figga befo time.
Eph 1.12: God wen go do all dat, cuz he wen like us guys dat wen go trus Christ
Eph 1.12: God wen go do all dat, cuz he wen like us guys dat wen go trus Christ first, show da oddas how awesome God stay.
Eph 1.13: An cuz you guys wen go trus Jesus, an stay tight wit him, God wen give you guys
Eph 1.13: Dass da Spirit dat make you guys go all out fo him, an da Spirit jalike one mark fo show dat
Eph 1.15: Jesus, an you guys get love an aloha fo all da peopo dat go all out fo him, az why I no stop telling God, “Mahalo
Eph 1.20: He wen go make Christ come back alive afta he wen mahke, dass how
Eph 2.1: God, jalike you stay mahke inside, cuz everytime you guys go agains da Rules God wen make, an same time you guys stay
Eph 2.2: Wen was dat time, you guys wen go make jalike all da odda peopo all ova da world.
Eph 2.2: An you guys wen like go do wat he wen tell you guys fo do.
Eph 2.2: Az da same spirit dat go make peopo go tink fo go agains wat God say.
Eph 2.2: Az da same spirit dat go make peopo go tink fo go agains wat God say.
Eph 2.2: Az da same spirit dat go make peopo go tink fo go agains wat God say.
Eph 2.3: us guys dat time was acking same ting, jalike da peopo dat go agains God.
Eph 2.3: Everyting our body wen like do, we wen go do um.
Eph 2.3: Wateva we wen feel, an wateva we wen tink, we jus go do um.
Eph 2.5: from God, jalike we stay mahke inside awready, cuz we wen go agains da Rules God wen make, God wen go make his Spesho
Eph 2.5: cuz we wen go agains da Rules God wen make, God wen go make his Spesho Guy Christ come back alive.
Eph 2.5: Dass jalike same time he wen go make us guys come back alive too.
Eph 2.7: all dat fo show proof, even afta dis world pau, dat he wen go all out fo do plenny good stuff fo kokua us, cuz a wat
Eph 2.13: Jesus wen go bleed an mahke fo you guys, fo make you guys come tight
Eph 2.14: an da odda peopo wen build one wall dat neva let us guys go close to each odda.
Eph 2.14: But Christ, wen he wen go mahke on top da cross, dass jalike he wen bus down dat
Eph 2.14: Christ da guy wen go make everyting good fo all us guys, so da Jewish peopo an
Eph 2.14: all us guys, so da Jewish peopo an da odda peopo no need go agains each odda no moa.
Eph 2.14: He wen go make dem jalike ony one peopo.
Eph 2.16: da cross, he wen wipe out everyting dat wen make da peopo go agains each odda.
Eph 2.17: Christ wen go by you guys dat no stay close to God befo time, an by da
Eph 2.18: Dass why all us guys get da right fo go talk to our Fadda.”
Eph 2.20: fo tell peopo da Good Stuff bout him, an da guys dat wen go talk fo him, dey jalike da foundation.
head: Paul Go To Da Diffren Peopos
Eph 3.4: plan dat was secret befo time, bout da ting dat Christ wen go do.
Eph 3.7: God wen go give me dis job, jalike one spesho gif, fo tell da Good
Eph 3.8: Dis job, jalike one spesho gif God wen go give me.
Eph 3.12: wit Christ, we know fo shua we no need shame, an we can go talk to God any time we like.
Eph 3.14: All dat stuff I stay telling you guys, az why I go down on my knees an pray to da Fadda.
Eph 4.3: Go all out fo stay tight wit each odda, cuz God's Spirit wen
Eph 4.8: Dass why da Bible say, “He wen go up to da high place.
Eph 4.9: Wen da Bible say, “He wen go up,” dass jalike one picha, you know.
Eph 4.9: Dat mean dat Christ wen go all da way down to da earth, an afta, den he wen go up
Eph 4.9: wen go all da way down to da earth, an afta, den he wen go up inside da sky.”
Eph 4.10: Dat One dat wen go all da way down to da earth, he da same One dat wen go all
Eph 4.10: wen go all da way down to da earth, he da same One dat wen go all da way up inside da sky.
Eph 4.10: He wen go mo high den da sky, fo show he da King fo everyting.
Eph 4.11: Some guys, he give um power fo go all ova fo tell peopo bout him.”
Eph 4.14: one boat dat da waves push all ova da place, an da wind go blow um hea an dea.
Eph 4.19: Dey go buckaloose fo do any kine ting dea body like.
Eph 4.26: If you guys huhu, no go do bad kine stuff cuz a dat.
Eph 4.26: No good da sun go down an you guys still yet stay huhu, you know.
Eph 4.29: No go talk pilau kine stuff notting.
Eph 4.30: No go do notting dat goin make God's Good an Spesho Spirit come
Eph 4.31: kine peopo dat wen had it wit somebody an no like let um go.
Eph 4.32: Let each odda go, jalike God wen let you guys go, cuz a wat Christ wen do.
Eph 4.32: Let each odda go, jalike God wen let you guys go, cuz a wat Christ wen do.
Eph 5.3: But you guys, no go fool aroun notting, no go do pilau kine stuff, no try fo
Eph 5.3: But you guys, no go fool aroun notting, no go do pilau kine stuff, no try fo get everyting fo yoaself.
Eph 5.4: No go talk pilau kine o stupid kine.
Eph 5.5: You guys gotta know dis fo shua: Anybody go fool aroun, o do da kine stuff dat make um so dey no can
Eph 5.7: So, no go in wit dat kine peopo.
Eph 5.8: Now, go live how suppose to, jalike da guys dat get da light
Eph 5.10: So, go check out wat kine stuff you guys gotta do fo make da Boss
Eph 5.11: No go do bad kine stuff wit da peopo dat donno God, cuz jalike
Eph 5.11: Mo betta, go show everybody how bad dat kine stuff stay.
Eph 5.18: No go get drunk, cuz den you goin go wild an no mo shame
Eph 5.18: No go get drunk, cuz den you goin go wild an no mo shame notting.
Eph 5.29: Cuz you know, no mo nobody eva stay go agains his own self, but he feed himself an take care
Php 1.23: Me, I like bag an go stay wit Christ awready!
Php 1.26: Bumbye, I goin go back by you guys one mo time.
Php 1.27: Den no matta I go see you guys, o I stay far away an ony goin hear wat you
Php 1.27: You guys all get da same heart fo go all out an work togedda, so da odda peopo goin trus da
Php 2.3: No go do stuff cuz you tink you mo betta den da odda guys, o cuz
Php 2.6: But no matta, he neva tink he gotta go hang on to dat.
Php 2.7: He let um all go, so he can make himself one poor worka guy, an come jalike
Php 2.8: He wen do everyting God say, even if he gotta go mahke.
Php 2.10: everybody, wen dey find out wat kine guy Jesus, dey goin go down on dea knees in front him.
Php 2.13: you like do da tings dat he like, an helping you guys fo go do um.
Php 2.24: I stay shua I goin go by you guys pretty soon, cuz dass wat da Boss like.
Php 2.30: He wen go work fo Christ.
Php 3.6: I wen go all out fo make da church peopo suffa plenny.
Php 3.10: I like come jalike Christ, so wen I go mahke, I goin handle um jalike him.
Php 3.12: Mo like I go all out, cuz I like da medal fo come mines.
Php 3.12: Dass why I go all out fo win.
Php 4.9: everyting you wen see an hear wen I was wit you guys -- go do um!” --
Php 4.15: Afta dat, I wen go way from dea Macedonia side.
Col 1.2: I one a da messenja guys Jesus Christ wen go send all ova fo tell everybody wat God say, cuz dass wat
Col 1.6: All ova da world get mo an mo plenny peopo dat go stay trus dis Good Stuff, an dat make um do good tings fo
Col 1.14: Jesus da One wen go cut us guys loose, so we no gotta do any kine bad tings no
Col 1.18: He da One who wen go start everyting.
Col 1.22: But now Christ stay make everyting go back da same side wit God, cuz Christ wen go mahke, his
Col 1.22: everyting go back da same side wit God, cuz Christ wen go mahke, his body, everyting.
Col 2.13: he wen make Christ come alive, an he wen let you guys go an hemo da shame fo all da bad kine stuff you guys wen do.
Col 2.18: Dey like you go down in front da angel guys, an pray to dem, cuz dey wen
Col 3.1: So den, go all out fo make importan da tings dat God like.
Col 3.5: No go fool aroun wit somebody you not married to.
Col 3.8: No go make peopo suffa.
Col 3.13: Somebody give you problem, eh, let um go, an no stay huhu.
Col 3.13: Da Boss wen let you guys go, so den you guys, go make jalike him.
Col 3.13: Da Boss wen let you guys go, so den you guys, go make jalike him.
Col 4.2: you guys pray, tink plenny bout wat you telling God, an no go sleep.
Col 4.9: Onesimus, he goin go wit Tykicus too.
1Th 1.2: Every time us guys go pray, we talk to God bout all you guys, an we say, “Mahalo
1Th 1.9: peopo stay telling dat you guys wen take us in wen we wen go by you guys first time, an dat you guys wen throw out da
1Th 1.9: an wen trus da God dat stay alive an stay fo real, an you go work fo him.
1Th 2.2: But cuz we stay tight wit God, no matta we scared, we wen go ahead an tell you guys da Good Kine Stuff From God.
1Th 2.2: We wen tell you guys, no matta we get plenny peopo dat wen go agains us.
1Th 2.5: You guys know dat we neva eva go talk real nice kine fo bulai peopo!
1Th 2.15: An dey wen go afta us guys an give us guys one real hard time too.
1Th 2.15: Dey like go agains everybody!
1Th 2.16: Dass how dey everytime go all out fo do bad kine stuff.
head: Paul Like Go By Da Tessalonika Peopo One Mo Time
1Th 2.17: Bruddas an sistas, fo litto wile some peopo wen make us go way from you guys.
1Th 2.17: But no matta we wen go, inside our hearts we neva go way.
1Th 2.17: But no matta we wen go, inside our hearts we neva go way.
1Th 2.18: Cuz we wen like go by you guys.
1Th 2.18: Me, Paul, I wen try go back ova an ova, but da Devil wen stop us so we neva can.
1Th 3.2: You know, dat time we gotta go way from you guys, us guys wen feel real sad, cuz we wen
1Th 3.2: from you guys, us guys wen feel real sad, cuz we wen like go back fo see you guys, but no can.
1Th 3.10: Day an nite we go pray real hard dat we can see you guys one mo time, an we
1Th 3.11: an our Boss Jesus, I like dem do everyting so us guys can go see you guys.
1Th 4.3: He like you guys be good an spesho fo him, an no go fool aroun da guys o da wahines notting.
1Th 4.6: kine stuff bout da guys an da wahines, you guys betta not go buckaloose an cheat yoa brudda o sista.
1Th 4.7: he neva do dat so we can go do pilau kine stuff!
1Th 4.8: Dass da Spirit dat make you guys go all out fo God.
1Th 4.11: Go all out fo make nice to everybody, an no bodda odda peopo.
1Th 4.15: goin stay hea dat time wen da Boss come back, we no goin go by him befo God's odda peopo dat wen mahke awready get
1Th 4.18: So den, go give each odda dis kine good words, jalike I telling you
1Th 5.2: da Boss goin come back, goin be jalike wen one steala guy go sneak inside yoa house nite time, an you no expeck.
1Th 5.10: He wen do dat cuz Jesus Christ our Boss wen go mahke fo us.
1Th 5.13: Cuz dey do dat kine work, I like you guys go show dem all kine love an aloha, an make dem like dey
1Th 5.13: Go live togedda wit aloha.
1Th 5.15: Make shua nobody go do bad kine stuff to da odda guy fo pay um back fo da bad
1Th 5.19: No go jam up wat God's Good an Spesho Spirit like do.”
1Th 5.20: Wen some guy go talk fo God, no tink, “Junk, dat!
1Th 5.21: Mo betta, go check out everyting, den stick wit da good stuff.
1Th 5.26: fo us guys, an go give um one hug an kiss cuz dey stay spesho fo God.
2Th 2.1: Den we all goin go wea he stay, an be wit him ova dea.
2Th 2.4: He da guy dat goin go agains all da religious kine stuff, an agains all da
2Th 2.7: Az why da Real Bad Guy no can go all out till afta God take da one dat hold um back, outa
2Th 2.11: Az why dey go trus peopo dat bulai dem big time.
2Th 3.11: Dey no work, but dey ony go holoholo an niele.”
1Ti 1.1: God wen tell me fo go all ova fo tell peopo da Good Stuff Bout Jesus Christ.
1Ti 1.3: I telling you now, jalike I wen tell you wen I wen go way from you befo, an wen go Macedonia side: Stay ova dea
1Ti 1.3: I wen tell you wen I wen go way from you befo, an wen go Macedonia side: Stay ova dea inside Efesus town.
1Ti 1.4: Wen peopo go tink bout dat kine stuff long time, dey ony goin like make
1Ti 1.10: Get God's Rules fo da peopo dat go fool aroun, fo da mahus, fo da peopo dat steal peopo fo
1Ti 2.1: Dis wat I tell um: Go aks God fo wateva you guys need.
1Ti 2.5: Dat Guy, he go talk to God fo us.
1Ti 3.7: Gotta be dat da peopo dat no go church say good tings bout him cuz a da way he ack.
1Ti 4.10: Us guys go fo broke an work real hard fo make all dis tings happen.
1Ti 4.11: Go teach all dis stuff, an tell da peopo fo do um.
1Ti 5.10: if she wen help da peopo dat get hard time, an she wen go all out fo do all kine good tings.
1Ti 5.12: away from Christ, an come wild fo marry one mo time, an go broke dea first promise to God.
1Ti 5.13: Dey go holoholo from one house to anodda.
1Ti 5.15: You know, awready get some widows dat wen go da wrong way an stay doing wat da Devil like.
1Ti 5.18: working fo smash da wheat so you can take out da junks, no go tie up his mout so he no can eat da wheat.
1Ti 5.22: put yoa hands on top somebody fo show you wen pick um fo go work fo God, if you neva check um out real good first.
1Ti 6.11: Go all out fo do da right ting, fo do wat God like, fo trus
1Ti 6.12: Go all out fo trus God.
1Ti 6.12: Go get da real kine life dat stay to da max foeva.
2Ti 1.6: So now, go all out fo do um!
2Ti 1.17: Da guy even wen go Rome, an right away he wen look all ova da place fo me, an
2Ti 2.2: Now, you gotta go find peopo dat you can trus, an den, put dem in charge a
2Ti 2.15: Mo betta you go all out, so wen God tink bout you, he know you fo real,
2Ti 2.18: Dem guys wen go away from da true stuff.
2Ti 2.21: So, dass jalike if anybody go clean up da pilau kine stuff inside dea heart, dey goin
2Ti 2.21: Da Boss can use um, an dey stay ready fo go do any good kine stuff fo him.
2Ti 2.22: Mo betta, you go all out fo do da right ting everytime, fo trus God, fo get
2Ti 3.8: side, dat time da Egypt guys Jannes an Jambres wen try fo go agains Moses, but dey no can.
2Ti 3.8: guys nowdays, dey da same -- dey everytime tink dey can go agains da stuff dat stay true.
2Ti 4.2: You gotta be ready an go all out, no matta if everyting going good, o bad.
2Ti 4.4: Dey no goin lissen to da true stuff, an dey goin go da odda way.
2Ti 4.9: Go all out fo come hea by me quick!
2Ti 4.10: He wen go Tessalonika side.
2Ti 4.10: Cresens, he wen go Galatia side, an Titus, Dalmatia side.
2Ti 4.11: Go get Mark, an bring um ova hea wen you come.
2Ti 4.15: He really wen go all out agains everyting us guys wen teach da peopo!
2Ti 4.21: Go all out fo come hea befo da cold time.
Tit 1.5: You rememba da time I wen go way from you, I wen tell you, “Eh Titus!
Tit 1.5: An da stuff dat still yet no stay right, go take care dat.
Tit 1.5: Go every town, an pick some older guys fo come da leadas fo
Tit 1.11: Cuz every house dey go, dey mess up everybody dea wit da kine tings dey teach.
Tit 1.16: But den, dey go turn aroun an ack jalike dey donno him.
Tit 2.6: Go give dem good kine words fo help um fo take charge a how
Tit 2.14: He like make us his own spesho peopo, dat go all out fo do wateva stay good.
Tit 3.2: Dey gotta let da odda peopo go first.
Tit 3.9: No go all out fo find out who everybody's ancesta guys was, fo
Tit 3.12: wen I send Artemas o Tykicus by you guys, den try hard fo go Nicopolis fo see me ova dea.
Tit 3.14: Our peopo gotta learn how fo go all out fo do da good kine stuff.
Phm 1.15: I tink dass why God wen let him go way from you fo litto bit, so dat you goin get him back
Phm 1.22: I stay shua God goin let me go ova dea yoa place fo stay, cuz you guys everytime pray fo
Heb 1.3: da peopo wen do, So dey can come clean inside, He wen go sit down up ova dea in da sky, On da right side nex to God
Heb 1.6: Wen God wen go bring his Numba One Boy inside da world, he say, “I like
Heb 1.6: da world, he say, “I like all my angel messenja guys Fo go down an give my Boy plenny love an respeck.”
Heb 1.13: Bumbye I goin make da peopo dat go agains you Go down in front you, Fo show dat you da winna
Heb 1.13: Bumbye I goin make da peopo dat go agains you Go down in front you, Fo show dat you da winna ova dem.
Heb 2.9: Cuz Jesus wen go suffa an mahke fo everybody, God “wen make him awesome, an
Heb 2.9: make him awesome, an show him plenny respeck, jalike God go put one crown on top his head.”
Heb 2.9: Dass how God wen do plenny fo us, cuz Jesus wen go suffa an mahke fo everybody.
Heb 3.8: hard head, Jalike yoa ancesta guys wen do Dat time dey wen go agains Moses, Ova dea inside da boonies.
Heb 3.10: Cuz a all dat, dass why I wen had it Wit da peopo dat wen go agains Moses.
Heb 3.10: Dey everytime go agains me.
Heb 3.11: I wen make one strong promise: ‘No way dem guys eva goin go inside Da land I wen like give um fo rest!’
Heb 3.13: Mo betta dis: all you guys go give each odda good kine words.
Heb 3.15: Bible wen say, “Today, wen God tell you guys someting, No go come hard head, Jalike yoa ancesta guys wen do, Dat time
Heb 3.15: head, Jalike yoa ancesta guys wen do, Dat time dey wen go agains Moses.
Heb 3.16: Who da peopo he talking bout dat wen go agains Moses, afta dey wen hear wat he say?
Heb 3.17: Az was da peopo dat wen go do bad kine stuff, an bumbye dey wen all mahke in da
Heb 3.18: he wen make dis strong promise: “No way dem guys eva goin go inside da land I like give um fo rest”?
Heb 3.19: Now us guys can figga how come dem guys no can “go inside da land God like give um fo rest.
Heb 4.1: one promise, dat he get one place dat he like give us fo “go rest inside.
Heb 4.3: Now us guys dat trus God, jalike we “go inside God's place an rest wit him.
Heb 4.3: I wen make one strong promise, ‘No way dem guys eva goin go inside da land I like give dem fo rest!”
Heb 4.3: An still yet, cuz dem guys neva trus him, he neva let um go inside da land.’-”
Heb 4.5: da Bible, God wen say dis: “No way dem guys goin eva go inside da land I like give dem fo rest!
Heb 4.6: So, still yet, get peopo dat “goin go inside da place God like give dem fo rest.”
Heb 4.6: wen hear da Good Kine Stuff From God befo time, dey neva go inside dea, cuz dey neva like trus God.”
Heb 4.12: Wat God say goin go inside us mo betta den one sword dat get two side sharp.
Heb 4.14: He wen go all da way up inside da sky wea God stay awready!
Heb 4.16: Us guys gotta make strong fo go in front God's throne, cuz he like do plenny good kine
head: No Go Da Wrong Way!
Heb 6.9: We talk bout peopo dat go da wrong way, jalike dat land dat stay poho.”
Heb 6.11: Same ting, now we like all you guys fo show dat you guys go all out jalike befo time.
Heb 6.15: So Abraham wen go hang in dea an wait long time, an den he wen get wat God
Heb 6.19: we can come tight wit him, jalike wen da Jewish main pries go inside da Real, Real Spesho Place wea God stay inside.
Heb 6.20: Dass wea Jesus wen go befo us guys, da place wea God stay fo real kine, jalike
Heb 6.20: place wea God stay fo real kine, jalike da main pries guy go inside da Real, Real Spesho Place inside God's temple.
Heb 7.3: One time, had some kings an dea army guys dat wen go rip off plenny stuff from da peopo dat live near Abraham.
Heb 7.3: Abraham dem wen go fight an win ova dose kings an dea army guys.
Heb 7.3: Den wen Abraham was coming back, Melkizedek wen go out from Salem Town fo meet him.
Heb 8.11: Den dey no need go teach all da guys dat live close, An dey no need go teach
Heb 8.11: need go teach all da guys dat live close, An dey no need go teach dea bruddas an sistas.
Heb 9.6: put everyting inside da big tent lidat, da pries guys wen go all da time inside da first room, fo do da tings dey
Heb 9.7: But ony da main pries guy can go inside da Real, Real Spesho Room, an he can do dat ony one
Heb 9.7: Wen he go inside dea, everytime he gotta take blood from one animal
Heb 9.8: fo show dat all da time da first tent stay, no way we can go inside da place wea God stay fo real kine.
head: Christ Wen Go Bleed An Mahke Fo Us
Heb 9.12: Wen Christ wen go inside da Spesho Place fo God, he wen go inside one time
Heb 9.12: Wen Christ wen go inside da Spesho Place fo God, he wen go inside one time ony.
Heb 9.12: He get da right fo go inside dea, cuz was his own blood he wen bring in front
Heb 9.12: da blood from da goats an cows dat dey wen sacrifice, fo go inside.
Heb 9.14: den, God's Spesho Spirit dat stay foeva wen help Christ go bleed an mahke fo us.
Heb 9.15: Dass cuz Christ wen go mahke fo cut dem loose from da power dat da bad kine stuff
Heb 9.22: mo notting dat bleed an mahke, den God no goin let nobody go o hemo dea shame fo all da bad kine stuff dey wen do.
Heb 9.24: But Christ neva go inside dat place dat da peopo wen make.
Heb 9.24: He wen go wea God stay fo real kine inside da sky, an now he stay
Heb 9.25: But da Jewish main pries guy, every year he gotta go inside da Real, Real Spesho Place, an take blood dass not
Heb 9.27: everybody gotta mahke ony one time, an afta dat, dey gotta go in front God da Judge.
Heb 10.1: eva make perfeck da peopo dat like come tight wit God fo go show him love an respeck.
Heb 10.1: No matta dose peopo go make sacrifice every year, jalike da Rules tell.
Heb 10.2: Cuz den da peopo dat go show God love an respeck lidat, dey goin come clean inside
Heb 10.11: An one nodda ting, every day all da pries guys go an do dea work fo God.
Heb 10.12: sacrifice fo da bad kine stuff dat one time, an den he wen go sit down ova dea by God, on da right side, da place wea da
Heb 10.13: fo da time wen bumbye God goin make all da peopo dat go agains Christ go down in front him fo show dat Christ wen
Heb 10.13: wen bumbye God goin make all da peopo dat go agains Christ go down in front him fo show dat Christ wen fight an win ova
Heb 10.18: An you know, wen God let da peopo go an hemo da shame fo da bad kine stuff dey wen do, den no
Heb 10.19: my bruddas an sistas, now we stay shua we no need shame fo go any time inside da place dass spesho fo God fo real kine.
Heb 10.19: We get da right fo dat, cuz Jesus wen go bleed an mahke fo us.
Heb 10.20: But now, Jesus wen open up da new way fo us fo go inside wea God stay, cuz Jesus wen go bleed an mahke, an
Heb 10.20: da new way fo us fo go inside wea God stay, cuz Jesus wen go bleed an mahke, an now he stay alive.
Heb 10.23: So us guys goin go all out an tell everybody dat, an no ack jalike we not
Heb 10.26: you know, even afta we know da true stuff from God, if we go stay doing da bad kine stuff still yet cuz we like, den no
Heb 10.27: get one awesome fire dat goin burn up all da peopo dat go agains God.
Heb 10.31: Scared, you know, if da God dat stay alive go afta you!”
Heb 10.32: wen let you guys see his light an trut, an you guys wen go trus him.
Heb 10.32: peopo wen make you guys suffa plenny, but you guys wen go all out fo hang in dea an no give up.
Heb 10.34: An you guys even wen stay good inside no matta peopo wen go rip off yoa stuffs.
Heb 11.8: One time God wen tell him fo go one place dat goin come his land bumbye.
Heb 11.8: So Abraham, he wen lissen God, an he wen go, no matta he neva know wea da place stay.
Heb 11.15: dey wen leave befo time, den dey had plenny chance fo go back dea.
Heb 11.22: he wen tink plenny bout da time wen da Israel peopo goin go outa Egypt bumbye.
Heb 11.22: wen tell da Israel peopo fo take his bones wit dem wen dey go.
Heb 11.27: Cuz Moses wen trus God, dass why he wen go outa Egypt.
Heb 11.27: An wen he go, he no scared da king, no matta da king plenny huhu wit
Heb 11.30: dey wen make parade fo seven days outside da big wall dat go aroun Jericho town.
Heb 11.35: Dey neva like sell out to da guys dat go agains dem jus so dey can get outa trouble.
Heb 11.37: Dem guys gotta go live any kine place an dey ony get sheep skin o goat skin
Heb 11.38: Dey wen go all ova da boonies, on top da mountains, inside da caves
Heb 12.5: learn someting, An no give up wen he tell you dat you wen go do wrong, Cuz da Boss get love an aloha fo you, He make
Heb 12.14: Cuz ony da peopo dat go all out fo stay spesho fo da Boss goin see him fo real
Heb 12.15: bad kine plant dat grow wild an make all da odda plants go poho.
Heb 12.16: But den, he wen let go da right fo one bowl soup!
Heb 12.20: God wen tell um strait, “No let notting go on top da mountain!”
Heb 12.20: Gotta throw stones an kill um if dey go on top da mountain!
Heb 12.22: come tight wit him, jalike da time yoa ancesta guys wen go by him on top Zion Mountain wea he stay.
Heb 12.22: An jalike you guys go by uku paila angel guys dat wen come togedda fo party.
Heb 12.23: An jalike you guys go by da good peopo from befo time dat God wen make come
Heb 13.12: Was outside Jerusalem gate dat he wen go suffa, fo make his peopo come spesho fo God, wit his own
Heb 13.13: We go make same same jalike Jesus.
Heb 13.19: I aksing you guys dis, serious kine: Try aks God fo let me go back by you guys real quick.
Heb 13.23: If he come hea quick, den he goin go wit me fo see you guys.
Jas 1.3: Cuz you know, afta you guys go thru all dat real hard time, an you guys still yet trus
Jas 1.11: Da sun go up an come real hot, an make da plant dry up.
Jas 1.13: no go say, “God da One making me do dat.
Jas 1.14: We come jalike da fish dat go afta da bait.”
Jas 1.15: Cuz first we tink, “Eh, I like do um,” an den we go do um.
Jas 1.24: An wen da guy go way, awready he no can rememba wat kine face he get.
Jas 1.25: So den, if you go check out real good da Rules from God, an no foget wat you
Jas 2.11: An, “No go kill nobody.
Jas 2.11: So, even if you no go fool aroun, but you go kill somebody, den you still wen
Jas 2.11: So, even if you no go fool aroun, but you go kill somebody, den you still wen broke God's Rules.”
Jas 2.16: no mo clotheses an no mo food fo eat every day, an den you go tell um, “Aloha!
Jas 2.16: But you no go give um notting.
Jas 2.24: You gotta go do someting too, if you like God fo say dat you get um
Jas 2.25: da Israel army guys hide her house, she wen tell dem fo go back one diffren way so dey no get kill.”
Jas 3.3: bit on da bridle inside dea mout, an dass how we make um go wea eva we like.
Jas 3.4: if da boat big, da strong winds inside da ocean make um go all ova, but still yet, ony need one small rudda, an da
Jas 3.4: need one small rudda, an da guy dat drive um make da boat go wea eva he like.
Jas 3.9: But still, wit da mout we go kahuna da peopo, no matta God wen make dem jalike himself.
Jas 3.10: da same mout we talk good bout God, an wit da same mout we go kahuna da peopo.
Jas 4.1: Cuz inside you, you like go all out fo get someting, an same time, you like get one
Jas 4.2: like someting, an you no can get um, you guys even like go kill peopo.
Jas 4.4: You guys, jalike you go fool aroun behind God's back!
Jas 4.8: Eh, you guys dat stay do da bad kine stuff -- go clean yoaself up inside!
Jas 4.13: You talk big lidis: “We go dis place today, o tomorrow we go da odda place.
Jas 4.13: You talk big lidis: “We go dis place today, o tomorrow we go da odda place.
Jas 4.14: You spock um one short time ony, an den, dey go way.
Jas 5.12: Main ting, my bruddas an sistas, no go say, “I swear to God fo make promise.
Jas 5.12: Wen you make promise, no go say “I swear to God by da earth dat I goin do um.
Jas 5.12: An no go say “I swear to God by da sky” o by any odda ting.”
Jas 5.15: If he wen do someting bad, da Boss goin let um go fo dat, an hemo da shame from him.
Jas 5.16: So den, if you wen do someting bad, go tell each odda wat kine tings you wen do.
Jas 5.19: If one a you guys start fo do da wrong ting an go way from wass true, an one nodda guy help him fo come
Jas 5.20: da shame fo da bad kine tings dat guy wen do, an let um go.
1Pe 1.11: So dem guys wen go try find out da time an how goin stay wen all dat stuff
1Pe 1.22: Eh, now go get even mo love an aloha fo each odda, cuz yoa heart stay
1Pe 1.25: dey come no good, an mahke, But wat da Boss say, Dat goin go on foeva.
1Pe 2.2: da babies dat jus wen born dey try get da milk, you guys go get da kine stuff dat stay good fo yoa spirit, so dat can
1Pe 2.4: Go stick wit Christ.
1Pe 2.9: Jalike you go outa da dark an come inside da light.
1Pe 2.16: No matta you guys can go do wateva you like, no tink you can make excuse fo make
1Pe 2.24: take wit him all da bad kine stuff we wen do, wen he wen go mahke on top da cross.
1Pe 3.1: if get some husbans dat no like do wat God say, dey goin go trus him, not cuz a wat you say, but cuz dey see how you
1Pe 3.19: Cuz a God's Spirit, Christ wen go teach da spirits dat stay inside one place jalike one
1Pe 3.22: Jesus wen go back inside da sky, an he stay ova dea in da mos importan
1Pe 4.3: No matta dey not suppose to, dey go down an pray to da idol kine gods.
1Pe 4.4: dey no undastan how come you guys no make like dem wen dey go all out fo make any kine.
1Pe 4.15: If you suffa, no good if you suffa cuz you wen go kill somebody, o cuz you steal someting, o cuz you one
1Pe 5.2: No make shame fo get tings fo yoaself, but make yoa heart go all out fo help God's peopo.
1Pe 5.4: An yoa present no goin go poho, foeva.
2Pe 1.5: Az why, I like you guys go all out.
2Pe 1.10: So den, bruddas an sistas, go all out, mo den befo time.
2Pe 1.15: But I goin go all out, so bumbye wen I go mahke, you guys still goin
2Pe 1.15: But I goin go all out, so bumbye wen I go mahke, you guys still goin tink bout dis stuff everytime.
2Pe 2.4: dat wen do bad kine stuff, an God da Judge neva let dem go.
2Pe 2.7: Wen bodda him plenny, how da odda guys wen go buckaloose da way dey neva lissen to God's Rules.
2Pe 2.10: Dem teacha guys dat bulai, dey get big head, an go all out.
2Pe 2.16: dem guys was going da right way, but den, dey wen bag an go da wrong way.
2Pe 2.16: Dey wen go do jalike da guy Balaam, Beor's boy.
2Pe 2.16: talka fo God, but he wen like make money so bad, he wen go do tings dat no stay right.
2Pe 2.18: Get peopo dat wen go da wrong way, but now dey starting fo come back da right
2Pe 2.19: dey promise peopo, “If you lissen to us guys, you can go do any kine how you like!
2Pe 2.22: say inside da Smart Guys book: “Da dog throw up, an den he go back to um.
2Pe 2.22: An same ting, “Da pig, you clean um up, an den awready he go back lay down inside da mud.
2Pe 3.10: nobody dat goin know he coming, jalike wen da steala guy go inside yoa house an you donno he coming.
2Pe 3.10: an stars up dea inside da sky goin come burning hot an go “Poom!
2Pe 3.11: You gotta go all out fo God da way you live, da way God like you live,
2Pe 3.12: So, go all out fo make dat happen mo fast.
2Pe 3.14: friends, all da time you stay waiting fo dis fo happen, go all out fo be da bestes kine peopo, da way God see you
2Pe 3.14: An go all out fo let yoa heart stay rest inside.
2Pe 3.17: to da rules, an dey like bulai you guys an make you guys go da wrong way, but no let um.
1Jn 2.2: he da one dat wen mahke fo be da sacrifice dat let us guys go an hemo da shame fo all da bad kine stuff we wen do.
1Jn 2.12: I writing to you kids, Cuz God wen let you guys go An hemo all da shame Fo all da bad kine stuff you guys wen
head: Da Peopo Dat Go Agains Christ
1Jn 2.18: You wen hear dat one guy goin come dat go agains Christ, da Spesho Guy God Wen Send.
1Jn 2.18: You know, get plenny guys awready dat go agains Christ.
1Jn 2.19: Dem guys wen go way from us, but dey neva come from us.
1Jn 2.19: But dey wen go way, an dat show dat all dem guys neva come from us.
1Jn 2.22: Dey da guys dat go agains God's Spesho Guy.
1Jn 4.1: My good friends, no go trus jus anybody dat say dey get God's Spirit, but check
1Jn 4.1: Cuz get plenny fake guys wen go all ova da world.
1Jn 4.3: Dass da same spirit dat stay go agains Christ.
1Jn 4.3: You guys wen hear dat one guy dat go agains Christ goin come, an now dat guy stay awready
2Jn 1.7: You know, get plenny peopo dat go all ova da world dat try fo bulai us guys.
2Jn 1.7: Dey go agains Jesus, da Spesho Guy God Wen Send.
2Jn 1.9: Whoeva no stick wit da stuff we teach bout Christ, but go teach odda kine stuff, dey donno God fo real kine.
3Jn 1.6: Da bruddas an sistas dat wen go yoa place, dey wen tell da church peopo dat come togedda
3Jn 1.7: Dey wen go by you guys fo teach bout Christ cuz dey his guys, an dey
Jud 1.4: tings our God stay doing, an try change all dat so dey can go buckaloose an make any kine how dey like.
Jud 1.5: time da Boss wen take da peopo outa Egypt so dey no gotta go back eva, den afta dat, he wen wipe out da peopo dat neva
Jud 1.7: Dey wen fool aroun an dey even go cruising fo da angel guys.
Jud 1.11: Dey go do any kine dey like fo make money, jalike Balaam.
Jud 1.11: Dey goin wipe out, jalike Korah, wen he wen go up agains Moses.
Jud 1.13: Dey jalike da stars dat no go wea dey suppose to.
Jud 1.16: Dey go do any kine how dey like.
Rev 1.17: Wen I see him, I wen go down by his feet jalike I mahke.
Rev 2.7: ‘If you guys can hear dis, you guys betta lissen, an go do wat God's Spirit stay telling da church peopo!
Rev 2.10: You know, da Devil goin set up some a you guys fo go jail, fo try make you guys give up, an you guys goin suffa
Rev 2.11: ‘If you guys can hear dis, you guys betta lissen, an go do wat God's Spirit stay telling da church peopo!
Rev 2.14: awready wen give fo sacrifice to da idol kine gods, an go fool aroun wit peopo dey not married to.
Rev 2.17: ‘If you guys can hear dis, you betta lissen, an go do wat God's Spirit stay telling da church peopo!
Rev 2.20: So dey go fool aroun da peopo dey not married to, an eat da food
Rev 2.29: you can hear dis, you betta lissen an go do wat God's Spirit stay telling da church peopo!
Rev 3.2: So, wake up an no go back sleep now!
Rev 3.3: wen take da stuff I wen teach you guys, an you guys wen go all out fo do um.
Rev 3.6: ‘If you guys can hear dis, you betta lissen an go do wat God's Spirit stay telling da church peopo.
Rev 3.9: I goin make dem come an go down in front you guys feet.
Rev 3.13: ‘If you guys can hear dis, you betta lissen an go do wat God's Spirit stay telling da church peopo.
Rev 3.19: So, come on, go all out, come sorry, an no do da bad kine stuff no moa.
Rev 3.20: Anybody hear my voice, an open da door, I goin go inside his place, an eat wit him, an he goin eat wit me.
Rev 3.22: ‘If you can hear dis, you betta lissen an go do wat God's Spirit stay telling da church peopo fo do.
Rev 4.10: Everytime da twenty-four older leadas go down in front God dat sit on top da throne, an show love
Rev 5.8: dat stay alive, an da twenty-four older leadas, dey wen go down in front da Baby Sheep Guy.
Rev 5.14: An da older leada guys wen go down an give God an da Baby Sheep Guy love an respeck.”
Rev 6.2: An he wen go out jalike one army guy fo fight an win agains da guys dat
Rev 6.3: An I wen hear da numba two ting dat stay alive, he tell, “Go awready!
Rev 6.5: An I wen hear da numba three ting dat stay alive tell, “Go awready!
Rev 6.7: An I wen hear da numba four ting dat stay alive say, “Go awready!
Rev 6.15: all da slave guys, an da guys dat not slaves, dey all wen go hide inside da caves, an unda da rocks on top da
Rev 7.11: Dey all go down wit dea face on top da groun in front God's throne,
Rev 8.1: Wen da Baby Sheep Guy wen go open da numba seven seal, neva had no noise inside da sky
Rev 8.3: Anodda angel guy wen go stand in front da altar place.
Rev 8.4: Da smoke from da incense dat stay burning, wen go up to God from da pan dat da angel guy stay hold.
Rev 8.4: An all da prayers from da peopo dat stay spesho fo God wen go up to God too, wit da smoke.
Rev 9.14: tell da numba six angel guy dat get da trumpet, “Let um go, da four angel messenja guys dat stay all tie up by da big
Rev 9.15: So da numba six angel guy wen let um go fo go kill one guy from every three peopo on top da
Rev 9.15: So da numba six angel guy wen let um go fo go kill one guy from every three peopo on top da earth.”
Rev 9.20: Dey still yet no pau go down in front da bad kine spirits, an da idol kine gods.
Rev 10.8: voice dat I wen hear befo from da sky, dat voice tell me, “Go, take da paper dat stay open inside da angel guy hand, da
Rev 10.9: I wen go by da angel guy an aks him fo give me da small paper.
Rev 11.1: An dey tell me, “Go.
Rev 11.2: But no go measure da yard outside da temple, cuz God wen let da
Rev 11.5: Dass how da guys goin wipe out anybody dat go agains dem.
Rev 11.12: wen da guys dat wen stay agains dem wen look, dey see um go up to da sky inside one cloud.
Rev 11.16: dat was sitting on top dea thrones in front God, dey wen go down wit dea face on top da groun, an wen give God love an
Rev 12.12: Cuz da Devil wen go down by you guys!
Rev 12.17: So da Dragon wen come real huhu at da wahine, an wen go way fo fight agains her odda kids.
Rev 12.17: Den da Dragon wen go stand on top da beach by da sea.
Rev 13.4: All da peopo wen go down an pray to da Dragon, cuz he wen give da Wild Animal
Rev 13.4: An dey go down an pray to da Wild Animal too.
Rev 13.4: No mo nobody can go fight one war agains him an win!
Rev 13.8: Everybody on top da earth goin go down an pray to da Wild Animal.
Rev 13.8: da Book Dat Tell Who Get God's Kine Life, dey no goin go down an pray to da Wild Animal.
Rev 13.10: Whoeva suppose to go prison, Dey goin go prison!
Rev 13.10: Whoeva suppose to go prison, Dey goin go prison!
Rev 13.12: He stay make all da peopo all ova da world go down an pray to da first Wild Animal, da one dat wen get
Rev 13.15: An anybody dat no like go down an pray to da statue, dey goin kill um.
Rev 14.4: Every place God's Baby Sheep Guy go, dey go wit him.
Rev 14.4: Every place God's Baby Sheep Guy go, dey go wit him.
Rev 14.8: da diffren peopos drink her kine wine, an dat make dem all go pupule an ony like fool aroun.”
Rev 14.9: come afta dat, an tell wit one loud voice, “Get peopo dat go down an pray in front da Wild Animal an his statue.
Rev 14.11: Da smoke from da fire wea dey stay suffa goin go up in da sky foeva an eva.
Rev 14.11: Everybody dat go down an pray in front da Wild Animal an his statue, o get
Rev 15.8: Nobody can go inside dea till da seven big kine trouble from da seven
Rev 16.1: Take um, an go pour da stuff inside um on top da earth.
Rev 16.2: Da first angel guy wen go an pour out da stuff from his bowl on top da earth.
Rev 16.2: da peopo dat get da Wild Animal's mark on top dem an dat go down an pray to his statue, dey get bad kine sore dat come
Rev 16.14: Dey go out an get all da kings in da whole world fo bring dem
Rev 18.17: Da captains from all da boats, da sailors, everybody dat go by boat, everybody dat work aroun da sea, dey all goin
Rev 18.23: But you wen make da diffren peopos all ova da world go da wrong way!
Rev 19.4: older leadas an da four tings dat stay alive, dey go down an show love an respeck fo God, da One dat sit on top
Rev 19.10: An I wen go down by da angel's feet fo show him love an respeck.”
Rev 19.14: All da army guys inside da sky stay go wit him.
Rev 19.20: get da Wild Animal's mark on top dea forehead, an dat wen go down an pray to his statue.
Rev 20.3: Afta dat, dey gotta let um go fo litto wile.
Rev 20.7: Wen da tousand years pau, dey goin let da Devil go outa da jail.
Rev 20.8: Den da Devil goin go out fo bulai all da diffren peopos all ova da world.
Rev 20.11: Da earth an da sky wen go way from him, an nobody eva see dem no moa.
Rev 20.13: Den da peopo dat wen mahke inside da ocean wen come up an go in front da Judge.
Rev 20.13: da mahke guys dat stay inside da place wea da mahke peopo go, dey wen come up too.
Rev 20.14: throw guy dat stay in charge a da place wea da mahke guys go, inside da lake dat stay burning.
Rev 21.8: kine, dat kill oddas, dat fool aroun, dat make kahuna, dat go down an pray to da idol kine gods, an everybody dat bulai,
Rev 21.8: to da idol kine gods, an everybody dat bulai, dey goin go inside da sulfur lake dat stay burning.
Rev 21.16: Da angel guy go measure wit da stick how big da town, an he wen find out
Rev 21.27: But da kine stuff dat make peopo so dey no can pray no can go inside da town, an da peopo dat do shame kine stuff an
Rev 21.27: an da peopo dat do shame kine stuff an bulai, dey no can go inside dea.
Rev 21.27: Book, Da Book Dat Tell Who Get God's Kine Life, dey can go inside God's big town.
Rev 22.1: Da river go from da throne wea God an God's Baby Sheep Guy stay, down
Rev 22.8: Afta I wen hear an see dat, I wen go down in front da angel guy dat wen show um to me, fo show
Rev 22.14: An dey can go inside God's big town thru da gate.
Rev 22.15: dat fool aroun, da peopo dat like kill oddas, da peopo dat go down an pray to da idol kine gods, an everybody dat love